Quarterlytics / Financial Services / Asset Management - Income / Unite Group

Unite Group

utg · LSE Financial Services
Claim this profile
Ticker utg
Exchange LSE
Sector Financial Services
Industry Asset Management - Income
Employees 1001-5000
← All annual reports
FY2014 Annual Report · Unite Group
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
INVESTING 
IN SUCCESS

The Unite Group plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2014

INVESTING IN SUCCESS

Unite Students is the UK’s largest and most 
experienced developer and operator of 
student accommodation. We provide a home 
for 43,000 students in 125 properties in 25 
of the UK’s strongest University towns and cities. 

We work in partnership with more than 55 
Universities, as well as renting rooms directly  
to students and we have over 1,000 employees. 

Our culturally-diverse customers are at the 
heart of our business and we aim to provide 
them with a home that supports their success, 
academic achievement, personal growth  
and employability. Working with our partner 
Universities we aim to provide the right 
accommodation experience for their students.

Our properties provide high quality, well-located, 
safe accommodation close to University 
campuses, transport and local amenities.  
Our rent includes a study bedroom, all bills, 
insurance, 24-hour security and high speed  
Wi-Fi throughout our buildings. 

We are focused on delivering attractive returns 
for our investors, while balancing investment  
in customer service, our operating platform  
and future development opportunities.

Strategic report
  1  Financial highlights
  4  Unite in brief
 6  Highlights
  8  Where we operate
 10  Chairman’s statement
 11  Business model and strategy
 12  Strategic priorities
 13  Chief Executive’s statement
 16  Market overview
 18  The most trusted brand in the sector
 20  The highest quality portfolio
 22  The strongest capital structure
 24  Key performance indicators
 26  Managing our risks
 27  Principal risks and uncertainties
30  Operations review
 33  Property review
 37  Financial review
 40  Corporate responsibility and sustainability

Corporate governance
 44  Chairman’s introduction to governance
 46  Board of Directors
 48  Shareholder relations
 49  Leadership
 53  Effectiveness
 54  Accountability and Audit Committee report
 59  Nomination Committee report
 60  Health & Safety Committee report
 62  Annual Statement of the Chair of the 

Remuneration Committee
 64  Directors’ Remuneration Policy
 72  Annual Report on Remuneration
 82  Directors’ report
 84  Statement of Directors’ responsibilities

Independent auditor’s report
Introduction and table of contents

Financial statements
 86 
 89 
 90  Consolidated income statement
 90  Consolidated statement  
of comprehensive income
 91  Consolidated balance sheet
 92  Company balance sheet
 93  Consolidated statement of changes  

in shareholders’ equity

 94  Company statement of changes  

in shareholders’ equity

 95  Statements of cash flows
 96  Notes to the financial statements

Other information
 137  Financial record
 138 Notice of Annual General Meeting
 142  Glossary
 144 Company information

STRATEGIC REPORT
FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS
STRONG RESULTS ACROSS THE BUSINESS

• Recurring profits up 44% 
• Dividend doubled
• Highly visible earnings growth prospects 
• High quality development programme
• Positive rental growth outlook

• Strong brand and scalable  

operating platform

• Market dynamics remain positive 
• Reservations and rental outlook  

for 2015/16 are strong

EARNINGS PER SHARE
PENCE

DIVIDEND PER SHARE
PENCE

(3)p

3p

10p

14p

17p

0p

1.8p

4.0p

4.8p

11.2p

2010

2011

2012

2013

2014

2010

2011

2012

2013

2014

NET ASSET VALUE
PENCE PER SHARE

TOTAL RETURN 
%

295p

318p

350p

382p

434p

11.3

8.0

11.3

10.5

15.0

2010

2011

2012

2013

2014

2010

2011

2012

2013

2014

OCCUPANCY 
%

LOAN TO VALUE RATIO
%

97

99

96

98

99

54

54

52

49

43

2010

2011

2012

2013

2014

2010

2011

2012

2013

2014

1

The Unite Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2014Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statementsOther informationSTRATEGIC REPORT
WHAT’S IN THIS SECTION
  4  Unite in brief
  6  Highlights
  8  Where we operate
 10  Chairman’s statement
 11  Business model and strategy
 12  Strategic priorities
 13  Chief Executive’s statement
 16  Market overview
 18  The most trusted brand in the sector
 20  The highest quality portfolio
 22  The strongest capital structure
 24  Key performance indicators
 26  Managing our risks
 27  Principal risks and uncertainties
 30  Operations review
 33  Property review
 37  Financial review
 40  Corporate responsibility  

and sustainability

2

The Unite Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2014The Anvil, Sheffield

3

The Unite Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2014Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statementsOther informationSTRATEGIC REPORT
UNITE IN BRIEF
WHAT WE DO

OUR PURPOSE: HOME FOR SUCCESS

OUR CORE PURPOSE IS TO PROVIDE STUDENTS 
WITH A HOME FOR SUCCESS. THIS MEANS 
PROVIDING A COMFORTABLE ENVIRONMENT THAT 
ENABLES STUDENTS TO ACHIEVE MORE DURING 
THEIR TIME AT UNIVERSITY AND REFLECTS  
THE DESIRE OF OUR EMPLOYEES TO POSITIVELY 
CONTRIBUTE TO MAKING STUDENTS FEEL AT HOME. 

OUR PURPOSE SITS AT THE HEART OF OUR BRAND.

Creating a Home for Success for our students is only possible  
by delivering great results for all our stakeholders. We do this by:

•  Working in partnership with Universities to help them achieve 
the right accommodation experience for their students in 
line with their strategic plans

•  Ensuring that Unite and the students living with us bring 

positive benefits to their local community and encouraging 
integration between the community and students

•  Offering our employees meaningful, challenging  

and rewarding careers

•  Delivering sustainable, growing cash flows and consistent 

low double digit total returns to our investors

Home for Success supports our business model and strategy  
to create long-term value for all our stakeholders.

Read more on page 18

THE UNITE FOUNDATION

w l e d g e
c e
n

o

e use our k n
nd ex p e ri e

a

W

We are str

an

d h

a

a

i

g

s

s
l

e

h

t

f

-

o

f
r

r

e

w

e

a

r

d

HOME FOR
SUCCESS

O

UR PU R P O S E

W
e

p

W

e

a

c

t

r

e

s

p

o

nsibly

er

ple togeth
e bring

o

HOME FOR SUCCESS 
SUPPORTS OUR BUSINESS 
MODEL BY CREATING 
LONG-TERM VALUE FOR 
ALL OUR STAKEHOLDERS

IN 2012 WE SET UP THE UNITE FOUNDATION

The Unite Foundation is a charitable trust providing 
free University accommodation and a generous 
annual scholarship to young people who aspire  
to a degree, but face the most challenging 
circumstances. Reflecting our purpose, Home  
for Success, particular emphasis is placed on 
supporting students for whom a secure home  
is of particular significance.

This year we provided 90 scholarships, which will 
increase to around 125 in the next academic year, 
and we committed £8.5 million in funding to the 
foundation for the next five years.

Find out more about the Unite Foundation  
at www.unitefoundation.co.uk

4

The Unite Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2014 
 
 
 
Our business is split into two business units, Operations and Property. 

OPERATIONS

Filbert Village, Leicester

PROPERTY

Stratford ONE, London

The Operations business unit is responsible for our 125 properties 
including those owned by our co-investment vehicles. 
Operations add value by:

•  Delivering high levels of customer service and building trust  

in our brand

•  Letting our rooms to students and our University partners  

to deliver operating cash flows and earnings

•  Delivering sustainable annual growth in rental income  

and profits, increasing the value of our investment portfolio

•  Ensuring our infrastructure is able to support cost saving  

and service improvement initiatives such as mobile working

•  Earning a management fee for operating all properties  

on behalf of our co-investment vehicles

Progress is measured through earnings per share, operating 
cash flow, customer satisfaction, Higher Education trust and 
safety benchmarks. 

  Read more on page 30

Our Property business unit is responsible for our development 
and asset management strategy, and oversees our two 
co-investment vehicles. Property adds value by:

•  Identifying and managing the delivery of new 

development opportunities to promote sustainable growth

•  Maintaining and enhancing the value of our investment 
assets through targeted asset management activities

•  Identifying and managing asset disposal activities, 

generating capital for re-investment into new 
development activity

The key metrics for the Property business unit are net asset 
value per share and loan to value. 

Read more on page 33

5

The Unite Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2014Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statementsOther information 
STRATEGIC REPORT
HIGHLIGHTS
A YEAR OF ACHIEVEMENT

2014 has been a year of achievement across the business.  
We have made improvements to our operations, service and 
business that will contribute to our long-term sustainable growth, 
helping us to deliver the best student accommodation experience 
and provide continued support to our students, our Higher Education 
partners and the communities within which we operate.

▼ THE MOST TRUSTED BRAND

We announced a £40m re-
investment programme to help 
strengthen our market leading 
position and deliver our new 
purpose, Home for Success. 

•  Upgraded to a minimum 20MB 

Wi-Fi in all our properties, with the 
option for students to upgrade  
to 50MB

•  Launched a new student website, 

  Read more on pages 18 – 19

and two student apps

Our Home for Success investment  
will transform our buildings, service 
and digital platforms, enabling us  
to provide a genuine home for 
students which helps them succeed 
at University.

This year we:

•  With our new visual identity won 

gold at the London Design Awards

Our investment has been well 
received, and this year we filled 
more rooms than ever, with 99%  
of beds let, and delivered 3.3%  
rental growth.

•  Worked with 55 University partners 

to help them meet their 
accommodation needs

•  Improved our service by extending 

our opening hours

Our customer satisfaction is at an 
all-time high, and we continued to 
strengthen our relationships with 
Universities, letting 50% of our rooms 
through nomination agreements.

•  Recruited 100 housekeepers  
to support our free fortnightly 
kitchen cleaning

99%

BEDS LET

Callice Court, Coventry

6

The Unite Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2014 THE HIGHEST QUALITY PORTFOLIO

We opened three new modern 
purpose built properties, 
providing homes for 1,900 
students and supporting 
University partners with their 
housing needs. 

The Unite UK Student 
Accommodation Fund (USAF) 
acquired a 3,000 bed portfolio 
from Cordea Savills Student Hall 
Fund enhancing the quality of 
our portfolio. 

We fully secured our 2016 
development pipeline, acquiring 
four sites for delivery in 2017 and 
obtaining planning permission 
on four new developments.

Read more on pages 20 
and 21

Read more on page 23

In 2014, we refurbished 25 
receptions and common areas 
and installed LED lighting in 31 
properties, bringing Home for 
Success to life, with the rest of 
the estate planned for 2015 
and 2016. We created more 
communal areas and provided 
more spaces for students to 
relax and socialise in.

42,937

LED LIGHTING 
INSTALLATIONS

Stratford ONE, London

Saw Mill, Huddersfield

St Pancras, London

 THE STRONGEST CAPITAL STRUCTURE

•  Securing a new £124 million 
10 year debt facility with 
Cornerstone Real Estate 
Advisers Europe LLP, helping 
us extend debt maturities, 
reduce the cost of funding, 
diversify funding sources 
and introduce new lenders 
to the Group

•  USAF successfully completed 

a £115m fundraising

In 2014 we delivered our best 
financial results, with recurring 
profits up over 44%, and we 
increased our final dividend 
payout by 133%.

We achieved rental growth of 
3.3% in the year enhancing our 
earnings and NAV.

We attracted new capital into 
the business by:

•  Raising £96m in a share 

placing and open offer, the 
proceeds of which are being 
used to further our regional 
development programme 

EARNINGS PER SHARE
PENCE

(3)p

3p

10p

14p

17p

133%

3.3%

GROWTH IN DIVIDEND

RENTAL GROWTH

2010

2011

2012

2013

2014

7

The Unite Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2014Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statementsOther information 
 
STRATEGIC REPORT
WHERE WE OPERATE
THE LEADING STUDENT 
ACCOMMODATION PROVIDER

Currently we operate across the UK in 25 cities, with our top ten markets making up 71% of our total beds.  
On a see-through basis, 45% of our capital is invested in London.

The tables below show the top ten cities in which we operate and our top ten properties by value. All the towns 
and cities Unite operate in are highlighted with red circles on the map, the number in the circle correlates to its 
position as one of our top ten cities. The map also highlights the location of our top ten properties by value, and 
provides a little more insight into bed numbers and what the property has to offer students.

At the bottom of the page you can see our development pipeline until 2017; once complete it will bring 
6,720 beds to the market. You can read more in our property review on pages 33 – 36.

TOP TEN CITIES IN WHICH WE OPERATE

Completed 
beds

FT student 
numbers

Projected 
market 
share

2014 
rank

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

City

London

Sheffield

Liverpool

Leeds

Bristol

Birmingham

Manchester

Glasgow

Leicester

10

Portsmouth

7,378

3,728

3,398

3,215

2,998

2,422

2,337

2,155

1,685

1,402

282,648

46,889

37,613

49,779

38,492

56,391

58,105

50,413

29,292

18,720

30,718

668,342

Proportion of Unite portfolio

71%

TOP TEN PROPERTIES BY VALUE

Rank

Property

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

Moonraker Point

Stratford ONE

Woburn Place

The Plaza

St Pancras Way

City

London

London

London

Leeds

London

Grand Central

Liverpool

Emily Bowes Court

London

The Forge

Sheffield

Parkway Gate

Manchester

10

North Lodge

London 

2.6%

8.0%

9.0%

6.5%

7.8%

4.3%

4.0%

4.3%

5.8%

7.5%

4.6%

 Beds 

 674 

 1,001 

 462 

1,497

 571 

 1,236 

 694 

 1,378 

 729 

 528 

OUR DEVELOPMENT 
PIPELINE

SEPTEMBER 2015 COMPLETION
Trenchard Street, Bristol, (Wholly owned)
483 beds

Angel Lane, London (LSAV)
759 beds

8

3

Woburn Place, London 
Beds: 462 (LSAV)
Woburn Place is ideally 
located adjacent to three 
University campuses and 
at the heart of student life  
in central London. 

7

Emily Bowes Court, London 
Beds: 694 (USAF)
A contemporary room 
design, Zone 3 location 
and quick links into 
central London make 
this a popular choice  
for students seeking  
a lower rent offering.

10

North Lodge, London 
Beds: 528 (LSAV)
Located next to Emily 
Bowes and just over the 
road from Tottenham Hale 
Retail Park, North Lodge 
has excellent transport 
links to central London.  
All rooms include en-suite 
bathrooms and a study 
area with a shared 
kitchen/lounge.

SEPTEMBER 2016 COMPLETION
Greetham Street, Portsmouth  
(Wholly owned)
836 beds

Causewayend, Aberdeen (Wholly owned)
399 beds

Far Gosford Street, Coventry (Wholly owned)
270 beds

Stapleton House, London (LSAV)
862 beds

Wembley Park, London (LSAV)
699 beds

The Unite Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2014 
 
 
5

St Pancras Way, London 
Beds: 571 (Wholly owned)
St Pancras Way is a new 
property a short walk from 
King’s Cross and St Pancras. 
The building provides a 
home for 571 UCL students.

9

Parkway Gate, 
Manchester 
Beds: 729 (Wholly owned)
Our architectural flagship 
building in the centre  
of Manchester is ideally 
located for the two main 
Universities in the city.

4

The Plaza, Leeds 
Beds: 1,497 (USAF)
Completed in two  
phases, the property  
is convenient for both 
Universities in Leeds and 
the property offers a 
range of en-suite rooms in 
three to six bedroom flats.

Aberdeen

Glasgow

8

Edinburg h

Newcastle

8

The Forge, Sheffield 
Beds: 1,378 (Wholly 
owned)
Campus-style living within 
a city centre environment 
that includes retail 
facilities let to Sainsbury’s 
and Wilkinsons.

6

Grand Central, Liverpool 
Beds: 1,236 (USAF)
The largest, most centrally 
located student residence 
in Liverpool, ideally 
located for Lime Street 
station, the city centre  
and Liverpool’s Universities.

Bradford

Preston

4

Leeds

Huddersfield

Liverpool

3

7 

Manchester

Loughborough

Birmingham

6 

2

Sheffield

Nottingha m

9 

Leicester

Coventry

Bristol

5 

Reading

Bath

1 

London

Bournemout h

10 

Portsmouth

Poole

Exeter

Plymouth

2

Stratford ONE, London 
Beds: 1,001  
(Wholly owned)
This 28 floor property  
is Unite’s largest property 
in London with panoramic 
views across London and  
the Olympic Park.

1

Moonraker Point, London 
Beds: 674 (Wholly owned)
Moonraker Point offers 
147 studios and 527 rooms 
in cluster flats. Situated in 
Zone 1 and close to shops 
and local amenities, 
Moonraker Point provides 
a home for King’s College, 
London students.

SEPTEMBER 2017 COMPLETION
Newgate Street, Newcastle  
(Wholly owned)
606 beds

St Leonards, Edinburgh (Wholly owned)
550 beds

Tara House, Liverpool (Wholly owned)
598 beds

Constitution Street, Aberdeen  
(Wholly owned)
658 beds

9

The Unite Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2014Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statementsOther information 
 
 
 
 
 
STRATEGIC REPORT
CHAIRMAN’S STATEMENT
A STRONG FOUNDATION

2014 WAS ANOTHER STRONG YEAR 
FOR THE GROUP, CONTINUING THE 
EXCELLENT MOMENTUM OF RECENT 
YEARS WITH FURTHER IMPROVEMENTS 
IN ALL KEY PERFORMANCE MEASURES.
PHIL WHITE 
Chairman

2014 was another strong year for the Group, continuing 
the excellent momentum of recent years with further 
improvements in all key performance measures. This 
strong performance reflects the high quality of our 
portfolio, the increasing power of our brand and 
operating platform and the strength of our capital 
structure. The positive strategic steps we have taken 
over the past few years in each of these areas have 
allowed us to take full advantage of a supportive 
environment in the student accommodation sector.

The rate of progress in the business has been 
encouraging. During 2014, we launched Home for 
Success and saw customer satisfaction again rise  
to its highest ever level. Our Property team oversaw 
£102 million of development activity, £137 million of 
acquisitions and £268 million of asset disposals; and 
we simplified and strengthened our capital base  
by exiting or merging joint ventures and successfully 
raising new equity, both on balance sheet and in  
our multi-investor fund, USAF.

The wider student accommodation market remains 
encouraging. Record numbers of students started  
at University for the 2014/15 academic year (512,000, 
a rise of 4% year on year) and this helped drive 
like-for-like rental growth of 3.3% and 99% occupancy 
across the estate. Reservations for the 2015/16 
academic year have commenced in a similarly 
positive vein.

We are committed 
to a culture of good 
governance and 
recognise that it 
is essential to 
protecting 
shareholder value.

The investment market has also proved to be strong 
with an increasing number and range of investors 
seeking exposure to the sector. This contributed to  
a modest 20bps of yield compression in 2014, 15bps 
excluding the effect of portfolio mix changes, and 
sustained interest in this asset class suggests there  
is likely to be further inward movement in 2015.

Read more on 
pages 44 – 84

Looking forward, we continue to have excellent 
visibility of sustained earnings growth for the next  
few years. This is driven by prospective like-for-like 
revenue increases underpinned by positive market 
fundamentals, the delivery of a highly accretive 
development pipeline and excellent operating 
leverage meaning that a high proportion of growth 
in net operating income flows through to profit. We 
are mindful of the risks posed by a recovering UK 
economy, namely rising interest rates and potential 
build cost inflation, as well as the uncertainty 
surrounding the upcoming General Election,  
but continue to look forward with confidence.

PHIL WHITE
Chairman
23 February 2015

10

The Unite Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2014 
BUSINESS MODEL AND STRATEGY
CREATING LONG-TERM VALUE

Our focused business model seeks to deliver low double digit total returns and sustainable, growing cash flows  
by being the most trusted brand in the sector, having the highest quality portfolio and maintaining the strongest 
capital structure in our sector. Delivering great customer service and building strong relationships with our 
University partners, the communities in which we operate, our customers and employees is crucial to our success. 

We have a customer-focused approach and work closely with 
our Higher Education partners to provide a seamless service to 
their students, tailoring our service to meet their needs. 

We work strategically with University leaders, using our knowledge 
and experience to help them with the realisation of their estates 
and residences strategies. 

We invest in our employees and support their development, 
helping them achieve their personal and professional potential.

We work closely with the local community, from the early stages 
of development and planning to providing opportunities for 
students living with us to volunteer and bring positive benefits  
to their community.

D IN SECTOR
USTED
R
T T

S
O
M

N
A
R
B

H I G H E ST QUALITY
P O R TFOLIO

CREATING
LONG-TERM
SUSTAINABLE
VALUE

S

T

R

O

S

N

T

G

R

E

U

S

C

T

T
U
R
E

I

C
A
P
T
A
L

R

E

-
I

F

N

O

V

R

G

E

S

T

R

O

W

MENT
TH

W
O

A BLE,
G  C A SH FL

T

A I N
R I N

S U S
R E C U R

D
N
E

DIVID

ACTING RESPONSIBLY
We recognise that all businesses have a duty to manage 
their operations in a way that has a positive effect on all 
stakeholders; we take this responsibility very seriously. We bring 
people together, building strong relationships with our local 
communities, charities, businesses, Universities and the 43,000 
students who make Unite their home, creating additional value 
for wider society.

Read more on page 40

In addition to the work of the Unite Foundation (page 4) we 
support three charitable organisations which align with our 
purpose Home for Success, and in 2014 we agreed a national 
partnership with Cancer Research UK, giving students the 
opportunity to donate unwanted goods through collection  
bins in our properties. Read more about our charity partners  
in our Corporate Responsibility and Sustainability (CR&S) report, 
www.unite-group.co.uk/CRS.

11

The Unite Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2014Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statementsOther information 
 
 
STRATEGIC REPORT
STRATEGIC PRIORITIES
STRENGTH THROUGH STRATEGY

During 2014, we continued to deliver the clear, consistent strategy 
that has underpinned Unite’s strong performance in recent years:

•  To grow recurring profits and cash flow through a combination 
of rental growth, new openings and cost savings, while building 
an increasingly strong brand

•  To enhance our portfolio quality through a programme of 

highly selective developments, focusing on London and strong 
regional locations, also through the disposal of non-core assets

•  To strengthen the Group’s capital base

OUR STRATEGIC PLAN

By maintaining the most trusted brand in the student 
accommodation sector, the highest quality portfolio and  
the strongest capital structure, we are delivering sustainable, 
growing, recurring cash flows and increasing the value of our 
business each year. Two thirds of our recurring cash flow is 
distributed to shareholders as dividends, and the remainder  
is re-invested into the business to promote sustainable  
growth. This year, we made good progress on all fronts.

STRATEGIC PRIORITY 

PERFORMANCE

FUTURE OUTLOOK 

Most Trusted Brand
In 2014 we announced a  
two year £40m re-investment 
programme to strengthen our 
market leading position. Our 
investment in our brand will  
help us deliver further service 
improvements and operational 
efficiencies. 

We also continued to invest  
in our people providing clear 
career progression and 
accredited training for all levels. 
We committed £8.5 million in 
funding for the next five years 
to the Unite Foundation

Read more on page 18

Highest Quality Portfolio
Throughout 2014 we made 
good progress improving the 
quality of our portfolio through 
proactive asset management, 
disposing of further non-core 
assets, and we made 
significant progress delivering 
and securing our regional 
development programme. 

Read more on page 20

Strongest Capital Structure
We made substantial progress 
with our financing activity during 
2014. We reduced our joint 
ventures from four to two, raised 
new capital into both Unite and 
USAF, introduced new lenders to 
the Group and completed our 
refinancing activity.

Read more on page 22

•  We installed LED lighting in 31 properties 

and refurbished 25 reception and 
common areas, improving the physical 
space for staff and students

•  We upgraded Wi-Fi to a minimum 20MB  
and launched our new student website  
and our exclusive app ‘World of Unite’

These investments will provide the 
foundation from which we will continue  
to build our brand in 2015. 

We will continue to invest in our digital 
platforms and our people and place an 
increased focus on the link between 
accommodation and success at University.

•  We recruited 100 additional house-
keepers to provide free fortnightly  
kitchen cleans 

We are establishing a small  
operational presence in Beijing  
for our Chinese customers.

•  Our service satisfaction increased  

to its highest ever level

We will look to maintain our highest ever 
occupancy and build on the record 
customer satisfaction achieved in 2014.

•  We completed three properties  

on time and to budget for 2014/15 
academic year 

•  We now have seven sites in strong 
regional locations and obtained 
planning consent on four developments 

•  We sold our remaining non-core assets 

and exited our OCB joint venture 
through the sale of its portfolio using  
the funds to increase our stake in USAF 
to 50% and merging UCC and LSAV

•  In March we raised £96 million in a share 
placing and open offer to further our 
regional development and completed 
a £115 million fundraising through USAF 

•  We secured a £124 million 10 year debt 
facility with Cornerstone Real Estate 
Advisers Europe LLP

•  We delivered our EPS yield target a year 
ahead of plan and increased dividend 
by 133%

We see further development opportunities 
in strong regional locations over the next 
12–18 months, particularly in light of 
encouraging demand outlook for student 
accommodation and the removal of the 
student number cap (see Market overview 
on page 16). 

London remains an appealing location 
for new development and we will 
continue to monitor the market closely  
to establish when development becomes 
feasible again.

During 2015, we will continue to 
strengthen the Group capital base and 
deliver sustainable, growing recurring 
cash flows. Our focus is on maintaining the 
strongest capital structure and delivering 
attractive returns to our shareholders. 

Key performance Indicators (KPIs)

Read more on page 24

Key risks to manage

Read more on page 27

Directors’ Remuneration Report
  Read more on page 72

12

The Unite Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2014 
 
 
 
 
CHIEF EXECUTIVE’S STATEMENT
BUILDING MOMENTUM

WITH RECURRING PROFITS UP OVER 
40% AND A HIGHLY VISIBLE GROWTH 
TRAJECTORY FROM HERE, WE ARE 
PLEASED TO ANNOUNCE A STEP 
CHANGE IN OUR DIVIDEND TO  
A 65% PAYOUT RATIO.
MARK ALLAN 
Chief Executive Officer

Throughout 2014 we continued to deliver the  
clear, consistent strategy that has underpinned 
performance since 2010. This strategy is based  
on three core objectives and is designed to deliver 
sustainable growth in recurring profit and cash flow  
for the long term. Our three core objectives are:

We achieved our 
strategic target of  
a 4.5% EPRA EPS 
yield on NAV during 
2014, a year ahead 
of plan

•  To build the most trusted brand in our sector

•  To operate the highest quality portfolio in our sector

•  To have the strongest capital structure in our sector

We continued to make good progress on all fronts  
and this is reflected in our key financial indicators:

FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS

EPRA earnings (recurring)
EPRA EPS (recurring)
EPRA NAV per share
Dividend per share
Total return on NAV
See-through LTV ratio
Operations cash flow

2014

2013

£33.3m
17.2p
434p
11.2p
15.0%
43%
£35.0m

£23.1m
13.6p
382p
4.8p
10.5%
49%
£23.2m

The business has now delivered an average total 
return on equity (NAV growth plus dividends) of  
11.1% over the past five years, in line with our stated 
objective of delivering low double digit, balanced 
total returns. Yields have compressed by 40bps (6%) 
over that five-year period (portfolio average now 
6.3%) and the vast majority of the total return  
therefore reflects internal value creation.

EPRA earnings now account for 30% of returns, 
compared with 9% in 2010, and we achieved our 
strategic target of a 4.5% EPRA EPS yield on NAV 
during 2014, a year ahead of plan. Dividends for the 
full year are 11.2 pence per share, representing an 
increased payout ratio of 65% of EPRA EPS, and are 
1.6 times covered by operations cash flow.

13

The Unite Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2014Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statementsOther informationSTRATEGIC REPORT
CHIEF EXECUTIVE’S STATEMENT CONTINUED

COMPONENTS OF TOTAL RETURN

EPRA EPS yield
Capital growth
Development profits
Other*

Total return

2014

4.5%
6.0%
4.5%
–

2013

2012

2011

2010

3.9%
4.4%
4.1%
(1.9)%

3.1%
5.4%
4.6%
(2.3)%

0.9%
4.9%
6.9%
(4.7)%

1.0%
6.6%
6.4%
(2.7)%

15.0%

10.5%

10.8%

8.0%

11.3%

*  Other factors over the five-year period comprise one-off items such as swap close outs, UCC performance fee, share placings and UMS costs.

Home for Success 
reflects the desire  
of our employees to 
contribute positively 
to the experiences 
of students living 
with us

OPERATING THE HIGHEST QUALITY 
PORTFOLIO IN OUR SECTOR
During 2014, we continued to actively manage our 
portfolio, seeking both to increase the size of our 
estate and continue to enhance quality through a 
combination of new developments, upgrade and 
refurbishment activity, acquisitions and asset sales.

Our operational portfolio increased in size to 
43,000 beds, from 41,000 beds at the start of the  
year, following the successful completion of our 2014 
development pipeline (1,900 beds), the acquisition  
by USAF of a high quality regional portfolio (3,000 
beds) and £268 million of asset sales (2,000 beds).  
Our secured development pipeline, which will 
contribute meaningful upside to future earnings  
and NAV as projects are completed, grew to 6,720 
beds having secured new development projects in  
strong locations such as Aberdeen, Newcastle and 
Edinburgh. On a see-through basis, our property 
portfolio grew 19% to £1,624 million during 2014  
with 45% of the investment portfolio in London.

Our focus for securing new development sites during 
2014 was on strong regional locations, where we can 
achieve the right balance of an appropriate return 
on capital and affordable rents for students. This 
proved a successful strategy and the £137 million 
acquisition by USAF of the Cordea Savills Student Hall 
Fund portfolio demonstrated that opportunities still 
exist to add value through the acquisition of 
operational assets with asset management potential. 
London remains an attractive, albeit expensive, 
market and although as expected we did not  
add any new development projects to our existing 
secured London pipeline, we are keeping the market 
under careful review to determine when conditions 
might support further development. Strong regional 
University cities continue to represent an excellent 
opportunity to secure new development sites and 
we expect to add further sites to our pipeline 
throughout 2015.

Looking forward, rental inflation and development 
activity are likely to remain the primary drivers of 
capital growth, although the high level of investor 
interest in the sector at the present time suggests that 
yield compression is also likely to feature during 2015.

BUILDING THE MOST TRUSTED  
BRAND IN OUR SECTOR
In April, we launched Home for Success, capturing  
the Group's core purpose which is to provide 
environments that help students succeed during their 
time at University, and placing this at the heart of our 
brand identity. This has driven a series of investments 
into our core product and service offering, both 
physical and digital, which commenced during  
2014 and will continue throughout 2015 and beyond. 
Above all, however, Home for Success reflects the 
desire of our employees to contribute positively to the 
experiences of students living with us. 2014 has been 
another strong year across the business and I would 
like to thank all of our employees and congratulate 
them on their achievements.

Home for Success has been launched at a time 
when students are becoming ever more demanding 
consumers. At the same time, Universities are 
increasingly looking for long-term partners from the 
private sector in a range of areas and we believe  
our competitors will struggle to respond quickly; 
either because of a lack of sufficient scale, financial 
issues or because they are concerned with securing 
and integrating acquisitions. We believe this will result 
in enhanced competitive advantage for Unite.

As evidence of this, during 2014 our service satisfaction 
levels again increased to their highest ever levels, 
partly reflecting the launch of Home for Success. We 
also secured excellent results in our independently 
assessed employee effectiveness and University trust 
scores. This translated not only into progress against 
our trusted brand objective but also stronger financial 
performance; net operating income (NOI) margins 
increased to 72.5%, we achieved our strategic target 
of a 4.5% EPS yield on NAV a year ahead of plan and 
reservations for 2015/16 are at 65% (62% at the same 
point in 2014).

14

The Unite Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2014As well as further 
strengthening our 
capital structure 
during 2014 we also 
simplified it by 
exiting our OCB  
joint venture

Disposal activity in 2014 focused on selling a small 
number of remaining non-core legacy assets and 
exiting our OCB joint venture through the sale of its 
portfolio. Sales totalled £268 million in the year (Unite 
share: £108 million), representing 9% of the investment 
portfolio. The proceeds were used to repay borrowings 
as well as fund new development and, in the case  
of the Oasis Capital (OCB) sale, increase our stake in 
our London Student Accommodation Joint Venture 
(LSAV). Portfolio recycling remains an important part of 
our strategy and we expect to sell a further £70 million 
to £100 million (Unite share) during 2015 which will fund 
further development activity.

MAINTAINING THE STRONGEST CAPITAL 
STRUCTURE IN OUR SECTOR
Net debt grew by £31 million (4.7%) to £697 million on 
a see-through basis during 2014 despite a significant 
capital expenditure programme of £140 million (Unite 
share) across development activity, acquisitions and 
refurbishment and upgrade spend. Besides the small 
increase in net debt, this investment was funded by 
asset disposals, retained profits and new equity. 
Loan-to-value ratio fell from 49% to 43% across the 
course of the year, again on a see-through basis, as 
the value of our property portfolio grew more rapidly 
than the level of our borrowings. We continue to 
target a 40% loan to value ratio over time.

In March, we raised £96 million of equity via a share 
placing and open offer. Approximately half of the 
proceeds were invested in acquiring new USAF  
units, with USAF subsequently using the proceeds  
to part-fund the acquisition of the Cordea Savills 
Student Hall Fund portfolio, and the remainder has 
been fully allocated to new development projects  
as we expanded our highly accretive regional 
development programme.

Our average cost of debt remains at 4.7% for an 
average unexpired term of seven years (2013: 4.7% 
and seven years respectively) and this continues to 
be meaningfully accretive to the ungeared returns of 
our investment portfolio (6.3%) and the average yield 
on cost for our development pipeline (9.3%). We will 
continue to take advantage of opportunities to lock 
in low interest rates where appropriate during 2015.

As well as strengthening our capital structure further 
during 2014 we also simplified it by exiting our OCB 
joint venture, using our share of the sale proceeds to 
increase our stake in Unite Capital Cities (UCC) to 
50% and then merging UCC into LSAV, our other 50% 
joint venture with GIC. As a result, we have reduced 
the number of co-investment vehicles from four to 
two (USAF and LSAV), both of which are core, 
long-term investments for us and complementary to 
our own balance sheet and strategy.

OUTLOOK
The outlook for the student accommodation sector 
remains positive. The student intake for 2014/15 was 
the highest ever and is likely to increase again in 
2015/16 with the removal of the student number  
cap, while the supply of new accommodation  
is still struggling to keep pace with this growing 
demand. Universities for the most part remain capital 
constrained and the majority of new investment 
targeting the private sector is acquiring operational 
assets rather than adding new capacity. Demand/
supply dynamics remain favourable.

The removal of the student number cap is likely to 
have a significant impact, although not all Universities 
will increase enrolments materially as a result; the 
highest ranked institutions have effectively been 
operating in an uncapped market for some time while 
for lower ranked Universities the risk of losing market 
share is heightened. Middle ranked Universities are 
arguably best placed to benefit.

The volume of capital targeting investment in the sector 
is significant, both in terms of the absolute amount and 
the range of investors involved. There are a number of 
major portfolio sales likely to conclude during the first 
half of 2015 and we expect yield compression to 
feature more prominently as a component of returns  
in the year ahead.

The recovering UK economy presents some risks, most 
significantly the prospect of rising interest rates and 
build cost inflation, but we are managing the business 
in a disciplined way to ensure we can deal with  
these risks as and when they arise. The upcoming  
UK General Election inevitably generates some 
uncertainty, but Higher Education is an area where  
the main political parties are each supportive from  
a policy perspective.

In this context we believe Unite remains well positioned 
to benefit from the strong market dynamics in the 
years ahead. We have a high quality portfolio with 
excellent rental growth prospects, an increasingly 
strong brand, a scalable operating platform which 
affords us excellent operating leverage, a very strong 
development pipeline delivering high returns and a 
strong capital base which has locked in long-term,  
low interest rates. Taken together these characteristics 
provide a highly visible growth trajectory for recurring 
profits, cash flow and dividends in the years ahead.

Our 2014 strategic report, from page 1 to page 41 
has been reviewed and approved by the Board of 
Directors on 23 February 2015.

MARK ALLAN
Chief Executive Officer
23 February 2015

15

The Unite Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2014Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statementsOther informationSTRATEGIC REPORT
MARKET OVERVIEW
THE LEADING PLAYER 
IN A GROWING MARKET

We are forecasting 
rental growth of  
at least 3% for 
2015/16 following 
the removal of  
the student  
number cap

MARKET HIGHLIGHTS

•  Highest ever student intake in 2014/15  

with 512,000 students accepting places

•  Applications exceeded acceptances  

by 180,000

•  Removal of student number control cap  
in 2015 will see student intake increase

•  Supply of new student accommodation over 

next three years likely to be less than the growth  
in student numbers

AFTER A FURTHER £2.2 BILLION 
OF TRANSACTION IN 2014, UP 
FROM £2.1 BILLION IN 2013, 
THERE ARE NOW THREE MAJOR 
PORTFOLIOS OF ACCOMMODATION 
ON THE MARKET AND EXPECTED 
TO BE SOLD IN 2015.
Read more on page 34

STUDENT TRANSACTIONS
£ BILLIONS

0.4

0.8

1.2

2.7

2.1

2.2

2009

2010

2011

2012

2013

2014

OUTLOOK
We expect demand for UK Higher Education to 
remain strong, both from domestic and international 
students. Unite has concentrated its activities near 
stronger Universities and these Universities are well 
placed to benefit from the greater level of market 
forces in the sector and we expect all strong University 
towns and cities to experience sustained growth. 

As a result of the favourable supply/demand factors 
we continue to believe that the rental growth outlook 
will remain positive for some time. We are forecasting 
rental growth of at least 3% for 2015/16 following the 
removal of the student number cap.

New competitors have entered the sector over  
the past two to three years primarily through the 
acquisition of existing portfolios. These new entrants 
have introduced new capital to the sector but there 
has not yet been any fundamental shift in competitive 
dynamics in the markets in which we operate. We 
anticipate that there will be a period of time whilst 
these new entrants establish and embed themselves 
and their operating models. 

The level of new development activity in London  
has slowed considerably due to the strength of the 
real estate market and potential returns from other 
development uses. We expect around 32,000 new 
beds to be delivered over the next three years. 
Increasing land and build costs will put pressure  
on development returns beyond this time horizon. 

Whilst the outcome of the General Election in  
May 2015 could lead to some changes in Higher 
Education policy, the three major political parties  
are supporters of Higher Education, and are 
encouraging further growth in the sector. A change 
in government could lead to a period of uncertainty 
for Higher Education, but we believe that it will not 
change the general trend of growing student 
numbers in the medium term. 

92% OF UNIVERSITY APPLICANTS 
WHO PLAN TO LIVE AWAY FROM 
HOME HOPE TO LIVE IN HALLS.
Unite Students Student Experience Survey; Students 
Matter 2014

16

The Unite Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2014 
FULL TIME STUDENT NUMBERS
MILLIONS

APPLICANTS AND ACCEPTANCES
THOUSANDS

2.0

1.6

1.2

0.8

0.4 

0

700

600

500

400

300

9
5
/
9
6

9
6
/
9
7

9
7
/
9
8

9
8
/
9
9

9
9
/
0
0

0
0
/
0
1

0
1
/
0
2

0
2
/
0
3

0
3
/
0
4

0
4
/
0
5

0
5
/
0
6

0
6
/
0
7

0
7
/
0
8

0
8
/
0
9

0
9
/
1
0

1
0
/
1
1

1
1
/
1
2

1
2
/
1
3

1
3
/
1
4

1
4
/
1
5

1
5
/
1
6

1
9
9
5

1
9
9
6

1
9
9
7

1
9
9
8

1
9
9
9

2
0
0
0

2
0
0
1

2
0
0
2

2
0
0
3

2
0
0
4

2
0
0
5

2
0
0
6

2
0
0
7

2
0
0
8

2
0
0
9

2
0
1
0

2
0
1
1

2
0
1
2

2
0
1
3

2
0
1
4

n  UK   n  Non-EU
n  EU   n  Unite forecast

WHERE STUDENTS LIVE
%

49%

11%

20%

20%

  Applicants
  Acceptances

TOP OPERATORS 
THOUSANDS

n  Private Residential  

Sector 

n  University purpose 
built student 
accommodation 
(PBSA)

n  Parental home 
n  Corporate PBSA

50

40

30

20

10 

0

U
n
i
t
e
S
t
u
d
e
n
t
s

U
P
P

i

L
b
e

i

r
t
y
L
v
n
g

i

C
R
M

S
a
n
c
t
u
a

r
y

r

G
e
y
s
t
a

r

M
a
n
s
i
o
n

V

i
l
l

a
g
e
s

C
a
m
p
u
s
L
v
n
g

i

i

i

U
n
p
o

l

i

V
c
t
o

r
i

a
H
a

l
l
s

H
o
u
s
i
n
g

C
o
m
p
a
n
y

T
h
e
S
t
u
d
e
n
t

I

Q

i

i

L
v
n
g

F
r
e
s
h
S
t
u
d
e
n
t

INTERNATIONAL STUDENT MOBILITY 2009
3.7 MILLION INTERNATIONAL STUDENTS

INTERNATIONAL STUDENT MOBILITY 2012
4.5 MILLION INTERNATIONAL STUDENTS

39%

18%

10%

7%

3%

4%

5%

7%

7%

Country of student
n  United States
n  United Kingdom
n  Germany
n  France
n  Australia
n  Canada
n  Russian Federation
n  Japan
n  Other

41%

16%

13%

6%

6%

3%

4%

5%

6%

Country of student
n  United States
n  United Kingdom
n  Germany
n  France
n  Australia
n  Canada
n  Russian Federation
n  Japan
n  Other

17

The Unite Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2014Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statementsOther information 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
AS WELL AS BEING THE 
LARGEST PROVIDER OF 
PURPOSE BUILT STUDENT 
ACCOMMODATION IN THE  
UK WE ASPIRE TO REINFORCE 
OUR POSITION AS THE 
MOST TRUSTED BRAND 
IN THE SECTOR.
In 2014, living with Unite Students got even better 
with the announcement of our new purpose – 
Home for Success.

Home for Success is a £40 million two year 
investment into our business that will enable 
us to provide students with a home that helps 
them achieve more from their time at University, 
whether defined as academic achievement, 
personal growth or employability.

We are channelling our investment into four key 
areas of the business; physical, digital, service 
and people. The investment will bring tangible 
benefits to our students, and reflects the desire 
of our employees to make a positive contribution 
to students’ time at University. 

THE MOST 
TRUSTED BRAND 
IN THE SECTOR

18

The Unite Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2014HOME FOR SUCCESS

The physical condition of our buildings has been 
improved through our more youthful visual identity. 
The design won gold in the Brand Design category 
at the London Design Awards. This visual identity 
has been implemented at all of our properties.

We installed LED lighting in 31 properties, improving 
students' experience and reducing our carbon 
footprint and operating costs. We refreshed 25 
reception and common rooms with our new  
look and feel. The remaining properties will  
be completed in the next 18 months.

As part of our improvements to service we 
introduced free fortnightly cleaning in all  
kitchens and living areas in our shared flats. 

Students ranked cleanliness as one of the top  
three most important considerations when 
choosing somewhere to live in our 2014 student 
experience survey, Students Matter.  

51,100 

KITCHENS CLEANED IN 2014

We made significant investment in our  
digital offering:

•  Upgrading to a minimum high speed 20MB  

Wi-Fi in all our properties 

•  Launching our new student website, providing  

an improved user experience and adding 
Chinese language content

•  Launching World of Unite, our exclusive app 
helping students meet new friends and build 
connections before they arrive

We are also investing in our people, introducing  
a range of flexible benefits and new development 
programmes in 2015, and we have signed up to the 
Living Wage. 

Our Home for Success plans were tested and 
validated by our 900 strong student panel. This 
work is ongoing and we will continue to invest  
in our business to ensure that we continue to 
have the most trusted brand in the sector. 

The Tannery, Leeds

19

THE MOST 

TRUSTED BRAND 

IN THE SECTOR

The Unite Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2014Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statementsOther information72% OF STUDENTS BELIEVE 
THAT ACCOMMODATION 
AFFECTS THEIR SUCCESS 
WHILST AT UNIVERSITY. 
Source: Unite Students Student Experience Survey; 
Students Matter 2014 

We pride ourselves on maintaining the highest 
quality portfolio, from sourcing the best 
development opportunities in the strongest 
locations, to carefully managing our existing 
estate. We regularly review the quality of our 
existing properties to ensure they are operationally 
efficient and continue to provide the best 
accommodation for students. 

This year we recycled 9% of our total portfolio and 
used the proceeds to fund new development 
and reduce borrowings.

HIGHEST 
QUALITY 
PORTFOLIO

20

The Unite Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2014PLANNING SECURED IN 2014

399 BEDS

CAUSEWAYEND, ABERDEEN 

Unite has operated in Aberdeen since 2001  
and currently provides a home for 1,300 students 
across four properties, all in great central locations 
providing easy access to The University of 
Aberdeen and Robert Gordon University. 

Our new development site at Causewayend was 
acquired from Aberdeen City Council. The 399  
bed scheme will include the refurbishment of a 
redundant Grade C listed school building as part  
of the design, bringing an old building back to life. 

In November, planning was granted by officers 
under a delegated decision. With most schemes  
of this scale having to be heard at committee for 
approval, a sole officer's recommendation 
highlights the confidence Aberdeen has in Unite. 
This confidence is based on Unite's ability to deliver 
the development with the reuse of the existing 
historical buildings, and to continue to support the 
Universities in the city.

Work is due to commence in March 2015 with 
completion in time for the 2016/17 academic year.

In 2014 Unite was granted planning for 2,796 
beds across four sites.

862 BEDS

STAPLETON HOUSE, LONDON

836 BEDS

GREETHAM STREET, PORTSMOUTH 

699 BEDS

OLYMPIC WAY, LONDON 

Emily Bowes Court, London

21

The Unite Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2014Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statementsOther informationTHIS YEAR WE MADE 
MEANINGFUL PROGRESS 
SIMPLIFYING OUR CAPITAL 
STRUCTURE, REDUCING OUR 
NUMBER OF JOINT VENTURES 
FROM FOUR TO TWO. 
During 2014, we raised new capital into both Unite 
and USAF to fund growth into strong regional 
markets and completed our refinancing activity. 

The sale of our OCB joint venture assets helped 
accelerate the merger of UCC and LSAV. We 
used the funds from the sale to increase our 
holding in USAF to 50% and in December, 
merged UCC with LSAV. This allowed us to deliver 
our plan to simplify our co-investment vehicles.

STRONGEST 
CAPITAL 
STRUCTURE

22

TEM VERCHIL LIQUATUdoluptas et aut aciist, eicipid icaerunt, eratum re autecto minciditatem verit que es volecto tem ide sam quam ute esto bea nos et dicimaxim erorit ut harchictis dempor mil molorem. Ratus, essitia daepernatur, que maioreic temolumet quostiis ventis aut arior a quid qui odis ratibus venectenis sunt es di quiatibus dolut dolupti destioreriam ius, sapedit quia samet volupta temquam perioritat.Em eatessequas modiam nones ut quis et audamus repudi qui beroremquia et la volorerorpor alist, te volumqui corate re, od qui blabore stibus simos ut pe natem as elent od ma andis quatent, quaectem que eatemquias proresti cor sequi reped quia volorro vitiat voluptatis quamusdantis aut et fugias et, neturit alique a quassit aturitatur, a prem venimen tiaerchic totat prae sendae quos esedis sit vollibus acillaniame sanimilitem rat alitiume ma illam quas id quaessi volorer estiore experest as eaque.The Unite Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2014USAF RAISED CAPITAL  
AND ACQUIRED PORTFOLIO

In March, USAF successfully completed a 
£115 million fundraising. These proceeds were 
used to reduce leverage and acquire a portfolio 
of nine regional assets from the Cordea Savills 
Student Hall Fund. 

The portfolio of 3,000 beds was acquired for 
£137 million and adds to Unite’s existing presence  
in strong regional locations, with properties 
located in Bath, Birmingham, Bradford, Bristol, 
Edinburgh, Leeds, Loughborough, Portsmouth 
and Preston. Unite currently manages the 
properties in Bath and Portsmouth under leases 
offering us the potential to enhance returns as 
these contracts are re-negotiated. 

The acquisition increased USAF’s property portfolio 
value by 10% and the fund now comprises 24,820 
beds in 68 properties across 22 UK towns and cities.

USAF is Europe’s largest non-listed real estate  
fund focusing purely on student accommodation 
investment assets. The £1.6 billion fund is an 
open-ended infinite life vehicle and Unite has  
a 22% stake. 

3,000 BEDS,

ACROSS 9 PROPERTIES, IN 9 LOCATIONS FOR 
£137 MILLION

St Pancras Way, London

23

Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statementsOther informationThe Unite Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2014STRATEGIC REPORT
KEY PERFORMANCE INDICATORS (KPIs)
DELIVERING SHAREHOLDER VALUE

Our KPIs have been selected to provide a balance between financial and operational targets. They comprise 
the key metrics that we focus on to run our business. 

FINANCIAL KPIs

EARNINGS PER SHARE 
PENCE

NET ASSET VALUE
PENCE PER SHARE

(3)p

3p

10p

14p

17p

295p

318p

350p

382p

434p

2010

2011

2012

2013

2014

2010

2011

2012

2013

2014

MEASURE
Our EPRA earnings KPI is a measure of profit per share in line with  
EPRA guidelines. 

COMMENTS
Consistent improvement in performance has been driven by high 
levels of occupancy, rental growth, cost control and enhancements 
to our portfolio. The strong growth in EPS underpins our strategic 
priorities to be the most trusted brand and establish the strongest 
capital structure.

TARGET
Deliver visible and meaningful growth in EPS by maintaining  
high occupancy and rental growth and delivering the  
development pipeline.

MEASURE
Our EPRA NAV per share measures the market value of properties  
and developments less any debt used to fund them plus any working 
capital in the business.

COMMENTS
Consistent NAV growth has been delivered through rental growth, 
development profits and retained earnings. Our sustainable growth  
in NAV reflects the implementation of the business model and our 
strategic priority to build the highest quality portfolio.

TARGET
Well placed to continue delivering strong balanced returns, 
contributing to a low double digit total return.

TOTAL RETURN
%

LOAN TO VALUE RATIO
%

11.3

8.0

11.3

10.5

15.0

54

54

52

49

43

2010

2011

2012

2013

2014

2010

2011

2012

2013

2014

MEASURE
The total return to shareholders is the ratio of growth in EPRA NAV plus 
dividends paid as a percentage of opening EPRA NAV.

MEASURE
Our ratio of net debt to property values.

COMMENTS
Total return has averaged over 11% in the last five years, driven by the 
growth in recurring earnings, NAV growth and dividends. Maintaining 
a strong total return from our portfolio is a result of our business model 
and delivery of our strategic priorities.

COMMENTS
Continued to deliver reduction in LTV through ongoing focus on 
disposals and growing the value of the property portfolio. Our LTV 
reflects our strategy to build the strongest capital structure in  
the sector.

TARGET
Continue to deliver low double digit total returns.

TARGET
To continue reducing LTV to 40% over time.

24

The Unite Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2014OPERATIONAL KPIs

SAFETY

CUSTOMER SATISFACTION

3

1

6

5

3

35

52

67

72

75

2010

2011

2012

2013

2014

2010

2011

2012

2013

2014

MEASURE
The number of reportable accidents in our operations business  
each year as a means of assessing our success in approaching  
health and safety.

MEASURE
We undertake an independent survey with TNS twice a year to 
understand our relationship with our customers, the experience  
we provide and their likelihood to rebook and recommend Unite. 
Companies receive a score which is benchmarked against other 
companies across Europe. 

COMMENTS
Our Accident Incident Management System (AIMS), has provided 
us with greater visibility on our incident reporting enabling us to 
implement new ways of working that have improved efficiency. Safety 
is a high priority within our business and supports our strategic priority 
to be the most trusted brand in the sector. 

COMMENTS
The improvement in customer satisfaction over the last few years 
reflects the drive to put our customers at the heart of everything we  
do and build on our strategic priority to be the most trusted brand in 
the sector. Our current score places us within the top 33% of service 
providers to private customers in Europe.

TARGET
We strive to reduce the number of reportable incidents year on year.

TARGET
We aim to reach the top 10% of benchmarked companies within the 
next three years.

EMPLOYEE EFFECTIVENESS %

HIGHER EDUCATION TRUST

51

53

53

51

53

62

67

70

69

2010

2011

2012

2013

2014

2010

2011

2012

2013

2014

MEASURE
This year we have developed a sharper focus on employee needs 
and satisfaction, and as a result, we have introduced a new employee 
survey tool, run by Hay Group, called Employee Effectiveness. The  
new report examines factors beyond satisfaction, looking at both 
employee enablement and engagement. We have converted our 
five-year record to reflect the new scoring system and going forward 
2014 will provide the benchmark for the Group.

MEASURE
Since 2011, we have undertaken annual qualitative research with  
our Higher Education partners to understand their perception of  
Unite and the degree to which we meet their needs and those of  
their students. This generates an annual ‘trust score’.

COMMENTS
This year we achieved our highest ever survey participation rate. Our 
new survey results provided detailed insight into the motivations and 
drivers of our employees and positions us 6% above the General UK 
Industry Benchmark (47%) and 1% behind the High Performing Industry 
Benchmark (54%) in our first year. Our ongoing focus to continue 
improving employee effectiveness will enable Unite to improve the 
management of the business model and deliver our strategic priorities.

COMMENTS
Understanding what our Higher Education partners need from us, 
both for themselves as institutions and for their students, is a vital part of 
improving our level of service to become the most trusted brand in the 
sector. The overall score has fallen by one point and whilst our Higher 
Education partners welcomed the Home for Success announcement, 
we now need to deliver on our commitments for this to be reflected in 
our score. 

TARGET
In 2015, we will focus on people development, reward and 
recognition, alongside line management and empowering teams  
in order to grow employee effectiveness as a core strength. We are 
targeting a 2% increase next year and a move into the High 
Performing Industry Benchmark.

TARGET
We aim to become the accommodation partner of choice for the  
Higher Education sector. 

25

The Unite Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2014Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statementsOther informationSTRATEGIC REPORT
MANAGING OUR RISKS
EMBEDDING A RISK 
MANAGEMENT CULTURE

At Unite Students, risk is assessed and managed as an intrinsic  
and fundamental part of our strategy. The Board, when setting 
our strategy and overseeing its implementation, determines the 
nature and extent of our significant risks as well as our risk appetite 
alongside our three strategic objectives. The Board also ensures 
sound risk management and internal control systems are in place 
commensurate with this risk. 

The Board undertakes a formal risk review at least twice a year. 
This involves a thorough review of our material risks and serves as 
an opportunity to step back and consider any emerging risks. 

The open and accountable culture of our organisation, set 
by the Board, leads to an open and accountable culture for 
risk management. The Property and Operations business units 
maintain ‘risk trackers’ which are owned and managed by 
one person from each unit. The trackers clearly identify specific 
business risks and their real and intelligible impact to our business. 
This risk tracking approach is embedded within Unite Students 
and leads to a focused, tactile and substantive approach to 
risk management.

Strategic objective

Related risks

Most trusted brand in the sector

The health, safety, wellbeing and security of the 43,000 students who make Unite Students their 
home is the foundation to our reputation and continued focus on health and safety is key to 
building and maintaining this trust.

In addition, the risk of customer demand reducing due to general market issues (such as changes 
in government policy on Higher Education funding and immigration, new entrants in the market  
or macro issues) underlines why developing the most trusted brand in the sector is critical for 
long-term success. 

Highest quality portfolio

Maintain and improve our portfolio whilst navigating site selection, development and planning risks  
as well as disposal risks. 

Strongest capital structure

Maintain a timely approach in extending debt maturities, reducing the cost of funding, diversifying  
our funding sources and introducing new lenders to the Group.

RISK COMMITTEE
The Risk Committee meets quarterly and serves as  
a bridge between the business unit boards and the 
Board and allows a focused forum for risk review.  
The Risk Committee thoroughly reviews and scrutinises 
the business unit risk management plans and activities 
and ensures these business risks are being considered 
holistically. This provides a conduit for the free flow 
of information on risk across the business units 
and through to the Board. The Risk Committee 
also monitors Group policies and the most 
important controls as well as prioritising 
other risk management activities. 

Risks assessed as  
part of strategy setting  
and risk oversight
Owned by the Board and  
its Committees

COMPOSITION OF RISK COMMITTEE 
•  J J Lister – Chair of Risk Committee  

and Chief Financial Officer

•  R C Simpson – MD Property

•  R S Smith – MD Operations

•  C R Szpojnarowicz – Company Secretary 

and Head of Legal

•  D Faulkner – Fund Director

•  S Taylor – Internal Audit

Twice yearly formal risk review  
and regular review of risk integral  
to Board meetings

Risk management 
Owned by the Risk Committee 
and the business unit boards

Monthly risk tracker review  
at business unit boards

Risk Committee quarterly review 
of all risk trackers

Policies and controls –  
underpinning risk management
(such as Capital Operating 
Guidelines; Treasury Policy; Anti-
Bribery Policy; Major Investment 
Approvals Committee and the internal 
controls framework)

People – embedded risk 
management culture
Openness, transparency and clear 
ownership of risk management 
(through risk trackers) cascades 
through the organisation 

26

The Unite Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2014PRINCIPAL RISKS AND UNCERTAINTIES

Risk and impact

How we mitigate this risk 

Change  What has happened during the year

Market risks

Changes in government policy 
(such as Higher Education funding 
and immigration) may affect 
student numbers and behaviour. 

May reduce demand and hence 
profitability and asset values.

Ongoing monitoring of government 
policy and its impact on, and 
forecasts of, UK, EU and 
international student numbers 
studying in the UK whilst regularly 
reviewing our portfolio to ensure  
we have the highest quality 
portfolio appropriately sized  
and in the right locations. 

Student numbers in the UK continue to recover 
strongly following the reduction in student 
numbers with the introduction of higher tuition 
fees in 2012. The 2014 intake at UK Universities 
was 512,000, a record level. This is likely to 
increase further following the removal of 
the student number cap in 2015.

  Read more on pages 16 – 17

At Unite Students, occupancy of 99% (2014/15) 
compared with 98% (2013/14) demonstrates  
this recovery in student numbers is translating 
into occupancy.

  Read more on page 31

In November 2014, tougher rules were imposed 
on Universities and Colleges sponsoring 
international students studying in the UK, 
although Higher Education partners are not 
reporting any reduction in demand from 
international students. 

Significant volume of new entrants, 
both in London and regionally, may 
lead to more competition to attract 
students, increased investment in 
brand, property and new 
developments. 

May result in price competition/
cutting in certain markets. 

We will continue with our strategy  
to focus on:

£2.2 billion of assets transacted during 2014 in 
the PBSA sector.

•  Markets with a supply/demand 

imbalance 

•  Exposure to the best Universities
•  Investment in our brand and the 

student experience

•  Maintaining strong relationships 

with key Higher Education 
partners

In April 2014, we launched Home for Success,  
our core business purpose to provide an 
environment that helps students succeed 
during their time at University. As part of that, 
we announced a £40 million investment 
programme committing to a wide range 
of service improvements, systems and 
technology upgrades and a new look 
and feel for our properties.

  Read more on pages 18 – 19 

With our focus on operating the highest quality 
portfolio and maintaining the strongest capital 
structure, we raised £96 million to accelerate 
our targeted regional development and 
increase our stake in USAF. During 2014, we 
incurred capital expenditure of £102 million and 
acquisitions of £33 million (Unite share) 
balanced with disposals of £108 million to third 
parties and £20 million to USAF (Unite share).

  Read more on pages 13 – 15

27

The Unite Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2014Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statementsOther informationSTRATEGIC REPORT
PRINCIPAL RISKS AND UNCERTAINTIES CONTINUED

Risk and impact

How we mitigate this risk 

Change  What has happened during the year

Market risks continued

Macro issues such as an EU 
referendum (leading to the UK 
leaving the EU), 2014 Scottish 
independence/subsequent 
devolution discussions and 
forthcoming 2015 General Election.

Departure from the EU may impact 
our EU student business. 

Uncertainty in our sector and the 
economy flowing from devolution 
discussions post-Scotland 
referendum coupled with 
impending 2015 General Election.

Ongoing monitoring of these macro 
issues to ensure we are prepared for 
any changes. 

The major constitutional issues around an 
independent Scotland have disappeared 
through the ‘No’ vote. 

At Unite Students, we continue to monitor EU 
referendum developments and possible Higher 
Education policy changes which may flow from 
the 2015 General Election and manage our 
portfolio and capital accordingly. 

Property markets are cyclical and 
performance depends on general 
economic conditions.

Forecast rental growth and 
recurring profit offsets any  
yield movement. 

Reduction in asset values reducing 
financial returns.

Clear and active asset 
management strategy.

Change in patterns of study 
through the enhanced use 
of technology.

Reduced demand for student 
accommodation resulting in  
lower profitability.

Our continued focus on the 
strongest Universities.

Market knowledge and  
University relationships.

UK Universities retain a global 
appeal. Continued growth of 
international student mobility.

Transactions in the market suggest student 
accommodation valuations should increase  
in 2015. We have been maximising portfolio 
value through a programme of refurbishments 
and extensions. Customer satisfaction is at 
highest ever levels supporting rental growth.

Increased number of overseas students  
living with Unite Students.

Operational platform supports more  
flexible tenancies.

Read more on pages 30 – 32

Operational risks

Major health and safety 
(H&S) incident in property, 
development site or office.

Reputational damage and impact 
to students living with us.

H&S given direct Board supervision 
by the H&S Committee (a sub-
committee of the Board) which 
actively supervises health and 
safety ensuring robust policies  
and procedures are in place  
and consistently complied with.

H&S is also actively reviewed at the 
Operations and Property business 
unit boards, ensuring that it is 
regularly assessed and validated  
in our day to day operations. 

H&S continues to be a primary focus and 
embedding an H&S culture supported by 
logical and intuitive – rather than bureaucratic 
– processes has developed throughout the 
organisation.

During 2014, the strategic H&S priorities were 
identified as workplace safety, fire prevention 
and security with good progress in meeting 
all these priorities. 

Read more on page 60

28

The Unite Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2014Risk and impact

How we mitigate this risk 

Change  What has happened during the year

Property development risks

Failure or delay in obtaining 
planning or completing 
construction within budget  
and on time for the scheduled 
academic year.

Cost of aborted schemes and/or 
reduced financial returns with cash 
tied up. Impact on reputation with 
Universities and customers.

Fund management

Ability to deliver strategy of both the 
funds/joint ventures and the Group.

Loss of investor confidence and/or 
potential deadlock. 

Financing

Expiring debt facilities cannot be 
replaced or only at high cost.

Possible forced sale of assets 
potentially leading to sales 
below valuation. Slowdown of 
development activity. Reduced 
level of profitability.

Adverse interest rate movements.

Reduced profitability and reduction 
in property values (through resulting 
expansion of valuation yields and 
lower valuations).

Established planning expertise and 
careful site selection coupled with 
strong track record and focus on 
project delivery. Strong relationships 
with construction partners with 
appropriate risk sharing.

Financial investment in schemes 
carefully managed prior to grant  
of planning. 

To ensure we have the highest 
quality portfolio, we are pursuing 
new opportunities on a conditional 
basis, with a limited number of sites 
contracted not conditional  
on planning.

Dedicated fund directors 
responsible for managing the 
performance of USAF and LSAV. 
Any potential conflicts are 
managed through Risk Committee. 
Quarterly meetings with investors.

Proactively managing debt 
maturities to refinance these 
facilities at least six to twelve months 
before maturity and in parallel 
diversifying our sources of finance 
to repay more expensive and less 
flexible borrowings. 

Control of future cash commitments 
in line with progress of disposals  
and refinancing. 

Hedge exposure with interest rate 
swaps. Refinance facilities with  
fixed rates.

Skilled development team with strong track 
record. Strong relationships with planning 
authorities, particularly in London. Focus on 
pre-application discussions with authorities  
and relevant Higher Education institutions.

We have secured planning for four of the seven 
new developments originating from the 2013 
and 2014 capital raises.

All 2014 schemes delivered on time and to 
budget and all other schemes continuing to  
run to budget and schedule (see page 35).

 Read more on our planning activity  
on page 21

During 2014, we further aligned our interests with 
USAF/LSAV by increasing our stake in USAF to 
22%, and LSAV to 50%. 

Reduced and streamlined our fund/ joint 
venture structures from four to two. Disposal of 
OCB joint venture investment and merger of our 
two GIC joint ventures (UCC merged into LSAV).

As new facilities were arranged in 2013 and  
2014 see-through debt maturities have been 
extended to seven years. With see-through  
LTV of 43% any refinancing requirement is  
more straightforward to deliver.

97% of see-through debt now at fixed  
rate/swapped.

Average cost of debt 4.7% with a seven-year 
average loan maturity.

Read more on page 38

29

The Unite Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2014Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statementsOther informationSTRATEGIC REPORT
OPERATIONS REVIEW
INVESTING IN OUR FUTURE

HOME FOR SUCCESS HAS GALVANISED 
OUR EMPLOYEE BASE, CAPTURING  
THE IMAGINATION OF COLLEAGUES 
THROUGHOUT OUR BUSINESS. OUR 
TEAMS HAVE BEEN BUSY FINE-TUNING 
THEIR PLANS AND IDEAS TO LIVE 
WITHIN OUR NEW PURPOSE.
RICHARD SMITH 
Managing Director of Operations

SALES, RENTAL GROWTH AND PROFITABILITY
The key strengths of our Operations business are our 
people and people practices, our scalable platform, 
the strength of our brand and our long-standing 
relationships with Universities. We continued to build 
on these strengths throughout 2014, resulting in 
a £10.2 million, 44% increase in EPRA earnings on a 
recurring basis to £33.3 million compared with last 
year (2013: £23.1 million). This growth has been driven 
by high occupancy, rental growth and the impact of 
portfolio movements as well as further operational 
efficiencies and ongoing cost discipline.

FROM 2015/16, THE 
RESTRICTIONS ON ENROLMENT 
NUMBERS PREVIOUSLY APPLIED 
TO UK AND EU STUDENTS 
WILL BE REMOVED ENTIRELY, 
WHICH IS LIKELY TO SUPPORT 
SUSTAINED GROWTH IN STUDENT 
NUMBERS IN THE LONGER TERM

Occupancy across 
Unite’s portfolio  
for the 2014/15 
academic year 
stands at 99%

SUMMARY PROFIT AND LOSS ACCOUNT

Total income from managed 
portfolio

Unite share of rental income
Unite share of operating costs

Net operating income (NOI)

NOI margin
Management fee income
Operating expenses
Finance costs

Net portfolio contribution
UCC performance fee
Development pre-contract/
share option and other costs

EPRA earnings

EPRA earnings (recurring)

EPRA EPS

EPRA EPS (recurring)
EPRA EPS yield

2014 
£m

2013 
£m

254.6

240.7

130.0
(35.7)

94.3

72.5%
10.0
(19.9)
(45.6)

38.8
–
(5.5)

33.3

33.3

17.2p

17.2p
4.5%

113.4
(32.4)

81.0

71.4%
10.6
(19.0)
(47.0)

25.6
7.5
(2.5)

30.6

23.1

18.0p

13.6p
3.9%

30

The Unite Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2014Satisfaction with 
service has again 
improved to its 
highest ever level 
driven by a  
range of further 
improvements  
this year

Total income from the managed portfolio has 
increased to £254.6 million (2013: £240.7 million) driven 
by the increased size of the portfolio, rental growth 
and higher occupancy.

The Group’s NOI margin increased to 72.5% from 
71.4% in December 2013 as we delivered further 
efficiencies and productivity improvements, while 
improving our service and the quality of our estate 
through targeted investment. We are targeting further 
improvements in NOI margin over the next couple  
of years while also recognising the importance of 
re-investing appropriately to ensure that service levels 
continue improving.

Overheads increased by 4.7% to £19.9 million as a  
result primarily of around £1.0 million of one-off costs 
relating to the Home for Success programme. Our  
key overhead efficiency measure (total operating 
expenses less management fees as a proportion of 
Unite’s share of property value) has remained at 61bps 
(December 2013: 61bps) in line with our target of 60bps, 
despite the impact of reduced fees following the exit 
from the OCB joint venture and the increase in our 
stake in UCC and USAF. Scalability of our overhead 
base remains an important strength and we are 
targeting a revised overhead efficiency measure  
of 35bps to 45bps in the next few years.

Finance costs (comprising interest and lease 
payments) fell to £45.6 million (2013: £47.0 million), 
reflecting the full year impact of the reduction in  
the Group’s average cost of debt following the 
refinancing activity in 2013 and 2014. Development 
pre-contract and other costs increased to £5.5 million  
(2013: £2.5 million) reflecting the high level of 
development activity and the one-off receipt  
of £2.3 million Landsbanki recoveries in 2013.

OCCUPANCY, RESERVATIONS  
AND RENTAL GROWTH
Occupancy across Unite’s portfolio for the 2014/15 
academic year stands at 99% and like-for-like rental 
growth of 3.3% was achieved on our stabilised portfolio.

Reservations for the 2015/16 academic year are 
encouraging, standing at 65% (62% at the same point 
last year). The removal of the Government’s cap on 
student numbers, together with the continued 
attraction of the UK as a destination for international 
students, suggests a further meaningful increase in  
the number of new students next year. This provides  
us with further confidence in occupancy and rental 
levels for the 2015/16 academic year, which we 
expect to be at least as strong as for 2014/15.

DEMAND AND SUPPLY OUTLOOK
For 2014/15, 512,000 applicants were awarded places 
at UK Universities, representing the highest ever annual 
intake of students in the UK. The total number of 
applicants was 699,700, meaning that applicant 
numbers again outstripped available places by over 
180,000. Acceptances from EU students were up by 
7.3%, non-EU student acceptances increased by 2.8% 
and acceptances from UK students were up 3.2%, 
suggesting that the impact of increased tuition fees 
introduced in 2012 has been absorbed.

From 2015/16, the restrictions on enrolment numbers 
previously applied to UK and EU students will be 
removed entirely, which is likely to support sustained 
growth in student numbers in the longer term. 
However, we do not expect this increase in demand 
to fall evenly across the sector and variation in 
enrolment levels between different institutions is likely 
to increase over time. The institutions best placed to 
benefit most are those for whom the cap has most 
been a constraint historically. Enrolment of high 
attainment students has been uncapped for three 
application cycles so Universities that already recruit 
heavily from this population are unlikely to grow much 
more when the cap is removed. Similarly, lower ranked 
Universities may struggle to maintain market share 
over time if higher ranked institutions seek to grow 
meaningfully. Consequently, we expect middle 
ranking Universities to be the biggest beneficiaries of 
the changes. We remain confident that our business  
is aligned with stronger institutions and those that are 
likely to experience continued growth.

With modest levels of new supply expected in Unite 
markets over the next few years and growing student 
numbers, the demand/supply outlook remains  
firmly positive.

INVESTMENT IN PEOPLE, TECHNOLOGY  
AND RELATIONSHIPS
Satisfaction with service has again improved to  
its highest ever level driven by a range of further 
improvements this year. These include: upgrades to  
our digital platforms (website and online booking); the 
successful launch of two student apps (MyUnite, which 
allows students living with us to access various services 
from their Android or iOS phone, and the Facebook-
based World of Unite); the introduction of our 
wellbeing programme; the strengthening of our social 
media capability, and numerous improvements to our 
National Contact Centre (including a new telephony 
system and the recruitment of specialist advisers fluent 
in a combined 11 languages).

31

The Unite Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2014Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statementsOther informationSTRATEGIC REPORT
OPERATIONS REVIEW CONTINUED

We are continuing to invest in improving our operating 
platform and service provision to increase our brand 
strength and competitive advantage for the longer 
term. This is taking place at a time when we believe 
many operators in the sector will struggle to respond 
due to financial limitations, a lack of scale or 
competing priorities such as integrating acquisitions. 
As announced in April, work has begun on delivering  
a £40 million (£20 million Unite share) two-year 
investment programme aligned to our core business 
purpose, Home for Success.

Work has begun  
on delivering  
a £40 million 
(£20 million Unite 
share) two-year 
investment 
programme 
aligned to our core 
business purpose, 
Home for Success

Progress has already been made with the majority  
of the 16 signature commitments focusing on the four 
areas of physical, digital, service and people. Our 
implementation plan is on track and students staying 
with Unite in 2014/15 are already receiving a number 
of additional services and benefits for no extra cost:

•  We have completed the upgrade of our Wi-Fi 

service throughout all properties; now providing 
free 20MB internet access, everywhere, with the 
option to upgrade to 50MB

•  We have recruited almost 100 additional 

housekeepers to provide free fortnightly cleaning  
in shared kitchens, helping students settle in to their 
new homes, reducing disputes and giving our staff 
more contact time with customers

•  LED lighting installations have been completed in 
31 properties, further reducing our operating costs 
and carbon footprint while improving students’ 
experience of living with us. Over the next 
18 months, we will complete installations in 
approximately six properties per month,  
completing the full estate by mid-2016

•  Reception and common rooms have been 

refreshed in line with our new ‘look and feel’  
at 25 properties as at 31 December 2014. The 
remaining buildings will be completed over the next 
six months at a rate of approximately 15 per month

•  We are establishing a small operational presence 

in Beijing at minimal cost to cater more specifically 
for our significant Chinese customer population. 
We expect this to be fully operational by April 2015 
and to focus on marketing and operational 
support activities

Over the next six to nine months we will see much more 
delivered in relation to these commitments, including 
transforming the look and feel of more properties, 
launching various elements of our new IT infrastructure, 
introducing an entirely new website, and booking 
system, and delivering our plans to pay all staff  
at least the living (rather than minimum) wage.

Home for Success has galvanised our employee 
base, capturing the imagination of colleagues at all 
levels of the business and our teams have been busy 
fine-tuning their plans and ideas in line with our new 
purpose. Our discussions with University partners over 
the last few months have been similarly positive with 
excellent encouragement from all quarters across  
the UK.

WE ARE CONTINUING TO INVEST 
IN IMPROVING OUR OPERATING 
PLATFORM AND SERVICE 
PROVISION TO INCREASE  
OUR BRAND STRENGTH AND 
COMPETITIVE ADVANTAGE  
FOR THE LONGER TERM

32

The Unite Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2014PROPERTY REVIEW
A STRONG PIPELINE 
OF OPPORTUNITIES

DURING THE YEAR WE HAVE CONTINUED 
TO GROW OUR 2016 AND 2017 PIPELINE 
HAVING NOW SECURED SEVEN SCHEMES, 
DELIVERING 5,500 BEDS.
RICHARD SIMPSON 
Managing Director of Property

NAV GROWTH 
EPRA NAV per share increased by 13.6% to 434 pence 
at 31 December 2014, up from 382 pence at 
31 December 2013. In total, EPRA net assets were 
£881 million at 31 December 2014, up from 
£682 million a year earlier.

Looking forward, 
our portfolio is well 
placed to deliver 
continued growth

PROPERTY PORTFOLIO
The valuation of our property portfolio at 
31 December 2014, including our share of gross assets 
held in USAF and joint ventures, was £1,624 million 
(31 December 2013: £1,370 million). The £254 million 
increase in portfolio value was attributable to:

The main factors behind the growth in EPRA NAV  
per share were:

•  The growth in the value of the Group’s share of 

investment assets (+23 pence), as a result of rental 
growth and yield compression

•  The value added to the development portfolio 

(+17 pence)

•  The positive impact of retained profits after 

dividends paid (+13 pence)

•  The positive impact of the £96 million share placing 

and open offer issue offset by financing costs  
(–1 pence)

Looking forward, our portfolio is well placed to deliver 
continued growth. Our focus on the strongest 
University locations underpins rental growth prospects 
and we will continue to deliver meaningful upside 
from our development activity.

In total, our secured pipeline is expected to deliver 
47 pence per share of NAV uplift and 13 pence of 
earnings per share once completed (Unite share), 
assuming that expected returns are achieved.

•  Capital expenditure on developments of 

£102 million and acquisitions of £33 million  
(Unite share)

•  Increasing our share of USAF from 16% to 22%  

and in UCC from 30% to 50%, £148 million

•  Disposals of £108 million to third parties and 

£20 million to USAF (Unite share)

•  Valuation increases of £97 million on the  

investment and development portfolios, with 
like-for-like rental growth of 3.3% being generated 
on the stabilised portfolio

33

The Unite Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2014Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statementsOther informationSTRATEGIC REPORT
PROPERTY REVIEW CONTINUED

SUMMARY BALANCE SHEET 

Rental properties
Properties under development

Adjusted net debt
Other assets/(liabilities)

EPRA net assets

Wholly 
owned 
£m

952
49

1,001

(449)
(38)

514

2014 £m

Share of 
Fund/JV 
£m

558
65

623

(248)
(8)

367

Total 
£m

1,510
114

1,624

(697)
(46)

881

Wholly 
owned 
£m

2013 £m

Share of 
Fund/JV 
£m

767
180

947

(470)
(24)

453

408
15

423

(196)
2

229

Total 
£m

1,175
195

1,370

(666)
(22)

682

The proportion of our property portfolio that is income generating increased to 93% from 86% at December 2013, with 7% now under 
development as the 2014 completions moved from development to investment categorisation. The proportion of capital committed 
to development will start to increase again in 2015 and 2016 as we make further progress with the 2015 and 2016 schemes and start 
committing capital to the 2017 and 2018 deliveries. However, we expect the development weighting of our balance sheet to remain 
within our internal cap of 20% going forward.

UNITE INVESTMENT PORTFOLIO ANALYSIS AT 31 DECEMBER 2014 

London

Major provincial

Provincial

Total

Unite ownership share

Unite ownership (£m)

Value (£m)
Beds

Value (£m)
Beds

Value (£m)
Beds

Value (£m)
Beds

USAF

195
1,425

1,166
19,125

212
4,305

1,573
24,885
22%

345

UCC/
LSAV

Wholly 
owned

Lease

Total

388
2,632

38
333

–
–

426
2,965
50%

213

438
2,995

346
5,773

168
3,237

952
12,005
100%

952

–
324

–
1,831

–
1,059

–
3,214
–

1,021
7,376

1,550
27,062

380
8,601

2,951
43,039
–

–

1,510

Unite 
share

675
45%

621
41%

214
14%

1,510

The investment portfolio (see-through) is split between London (45%) and the rest of the UK (55%), which is broadly in line with previous 
years. The acceleration of our regional development activity during 2014 means that the London weighting is likely to fall to around 
40% as the portfolio is built out.

STUDENT ACCOMMODATION YIELDS
Over 2014, yields for student accommodation started to show some signs of modest compression. Across our portfolio net initial yields 
moved from 6.5% to 6.3%, reflecting a change of 20bps from December 2013. Around a quarter of this fall was due to portfolio mix as 
we completed two large London developments during the year. The remainder of the movement reflects the increasing level of 
demand for good quality, well located purpose built student accommodation.

INDICATIVE YIELDS

London
Major provincial
Provincial

2014

2013

Direct Let

5.5–6.0%
6.1–6.5%
6.5–7.0%

University 
Guaranteed

4.75–5.25%
5.25–5.75%
6.0–6.5%

Direct Let

6.0–6.25%
6.25–6.75%
6.75–7.25%

University 
Guaranteed

5.35–5.6%
5.85–6.1%
6.35–6.6%

Yields for student accommodation assets have yet to experience the extent of compression seen in other sectors, despite the sector’s 
consistent rental growth performance and outlook and the low interest rate environment. As at 31 December 2014 the spread 
between our average portfolio yield and the IPD All Property initial yield was 118bps and the spread over 10 year swap rates 458bps, 
both of which are at or close to all-time highs.

There are clear signs that yield compression will feature more prominently in our sector in 2015. After a further £2.2 billion of transactions 
in 2014, up from £2.1 billion in 2013, there are now three major portfolios of accommodation on the market and expected to be sold 

34

The Unite Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2014during 2015. The combined value of these portfolios is 
over £2 billion and interest appears to be strong from  
a wide range of investors; preliminary indications are 
that bids are being made at yields 50 to 75bps inside 
current valuation levels. Although it is likely that a 
proportion of this potential upside will reflect portfolio 
premium, which will not be reflected in individual asset 
valuations, this indicative pricing suggests there is 
room for meaningful yield movement.

We expect to 
secure further 
regional 
development 
projects during  
2015 targeting 
completion  
for 2018

DEVELOPMENT ACTIVITY
2014 and 2015 completions
Our three 2014 developments were all completed in 
line with budget and programme and have been 
fully let for the 2014/15 academic year. Saw Mill in 
Huddersfield was sold to USAF in September for 
£20 million generating a £6 million development profit. 
Stratford ONE will be sold to LSAV under the terms of 
the forward sale agreement in the next few months 
while our St Pancras Way property is being retained 
on balance sheet.

Our 2015 developments at Trenchard Street, Bristol 
(wholly owned) and Angel Lane, Stratford (LSAV) are 
both progressing in line with targets and are on track 
to open in September 2015. Based on current levels of 
University interest in the properties we expect both 
assets to be fully let in their first year of operation.

Regional development pipeline
During the year we have continued to grow our 2016 
and 2017 regional pipeline and have now secured a 
total of seven schemes which are expected to deliver 
approximately 3,900 beds in addition to our ongoing 
project at Trenchard Street. All new regional 
developments are being undertaken wholly on 
balance sheet and prospective returns are very 
attractive at an average 9.5% yield on cost. We  
have secured planning consents for our projects  
in Aberdeen and Portsmouth where work has now 
commenced for 2016 delivery and, taking into 
account planning progress on our other sites, we  
also expect Coventry to be delivered in 2016 and  
our remaining projects for 2017.

Our fully secured pipeline is as follows:

SECURED DEVELOPMENT PIPELINE (WHOLLY OWNED)

Secured beds
No.

Total 
completed 
value
£m

Total 
development 
costs
£m

Capex in 
period
£m

Capex 
remaining
£m

Forecast NAV 
remaining
£m

Forecast yield 
on cost
%

2015 completions
Trenchard Street

2016 completions
Greetham Street
Causewayend
Far Gosford Street

2017 completions
Newgate Street1
St Leonards1
Tara House1
Constitution Street1

Bristol

Portsmouth
Aberdeen
Coventry

Newcastle
Edinburgh
Liverpool
Aberdeen

483

836
399
270

606
550
598
658

37

54
33
22

44
52
45
60

27

42
23
17

31
40
35
44

13

5
3
–

–
1
6
5

9

37
20
17

31
39
29
39

Total (wholly owned)

4,400

347

259

33

221

1  Subject to obtaining planning consent.

2

11
7
6

13
12
10
16

77

9.6%

9.3%
9.8%
9.4%

9.7%
9.5%
9.3%
9.4%

9.5%

We expect to secure further regional development projects during 2015 targeting completion for 2018. These projects will be funded 
from existing reserves and proceeds from asset disposals. Prospective returns remain attractive, although we expect to see some 
reduction from current levels as land prices and build costs begin to increase. However, we do not expect any reduction to be more 
than 50 to 75bps.

LSAV development pipeline
Within LSAV, our 50/50 London joint venture with GIC, we are well under way with the construction of three development projects at 
Angel Lane, Stratford, Stapleton House, Islington and Wembley Park, Wembley.

35

The Unite Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2014Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statementsOther informationSTRATEGIC REPORT
PROPERTY REVIEW CONTINUED

SECURED DEVELOPMENT PIPELINE (LSAV)
Within LSAV, we are well under way with the construction of three development projects in Stratford, Islington and Wembley.
Total 
completed 
value
£m

Total 
development 
costs
£m

Forecast NAV 
remaining
£m

Capex 
remaining
£m

Capex  
in period
£m

Secured  
beds
No.

Forecast  
yield on cost
%

LSAV
2015 completions
Angel Lane

2016 completions
Stapleton House
Wembley Park

Total LSAV

Unite share of LSAV

London

London
London

759

862
699

2,320

N/A

84

109
62

255

128

54

85
50

189

95

21

35
13

69

33

15

49
37

101

51

15

16
9

40

20

9.3%

8.8%
8.7%

9.0%

9.0%

As anticipated, we did not secure any additional 
projects in LSAV during 2014 as alternative use values 
for suitable sites, particularly residential, escalated 
rapidly and our achievable returns declined as a result. 
However, London remains an appealing location for 
new development and we are monitoring the market 
closely to establish when development might become 
feasible again if site prices begin to reduce. 40% of 
LSAV’s target investment is currently unallocated and 
available for further developments if required.

Our development pipeline remains a source of 
significant future value and earnings growth and the 
table below summarises its potential impact on future 
NAV and earnings per share:

Illustrative returns  
(by 2018)

Future NAVps

Future EPS

Secured regional projects 
(wholly owned)
Secured LSAV projects

Total secured pipeline
Target regional pipeline

Secured and target 
pipeline

37
10

47
9

56

10
3

13
3

16

ASSET DISPOSALS
During 2014 we sold £268 million of gross assets at 
an average net initial yield of 6.3% and a further 
£20 million of assets were sold to USAF, equating 
to £128 million of disposals on a see-through basis 
and all in line with book values. The level of sales 
was slightly higher than usual in 2014 due to the 
sale of the OCB joint venture assets.

Our development 
pipeline remains a 
source of significant 
future value and 
earnings growth

Asset disposals continue to be a feature of our 
strategy as we seek to recycle assets both to manage 
portfolio quality and leverage and to generate 
capital for new development activity. As we have 
previously outlined, we generally plan to sell an 
average £50 million – £100 million of assets each year 
(Unite share). Disposals in 2015 are likely to be at the 
upper end of this range and we will keep our asset 
disposal plans under review given the prospect of 
strengthening yields. 

ACQUISITIONS
In July 2014, USAF acquired a high quality 3,000 bed 
student accommodation portfolio from Cordea Savills 
Student Hall Fund for £137 million, equating to a net 
initial yield of 6.3%. The acquisition was funded through 
a combination of cash resources and existing debt 
facilities and followed USAF’s fundraising in March 2014. 
The nine assets acquired increased USAF’s property 
portfolio value by 10%. Two of the properties were 
already operated by Unite under sale and leaseback 
arrangements so the Group's operational portfolio 
increased by a net 1,900 bed spaces as a result of the 
acquisition. These two assets (in Bath and Portsmouth) 
benefit from long-term agreements with Universities 
and offer significant reversionary potential.

USAF currently has approximately £50 million – 
£75 million of capital available for investment and 
will consider further acquisitions in the open market 
during 2015 provided that good quality assets are 
available at fair prices.

36

The Unite Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2014FINANCIAL REVIEW
SIMPLIFYING AND STRENGTHENING 
OUR CAPITAL STRUCTURE

OUR STRONG PERFORMANCE MEANS 
THAT WE HAVE DELIVERED OUR EPS 
YIELD TARGET A YEAR AHEAD OF PLAN
JOE LISTER 
Chief Financial Officer

INCOME STATEMENT AND PROFIT MEASURES
EPRA earnings is the key income performance 
measure for the Group and the detail of this 
performance is set out in the Operations Review 
section of this report. The following table shows  
the further elements that are included within the 
International Financial Reporting Standards profit  
after tax measure.

The Operations 
business generated 
£35.0 million of  
net cash in 2014 
(2013: £23.2 million)

EPRA earnings (recurring)
EPRA earnings
Valuation gains and profit/loss 
on disposal
Changes in valuation of interest 
rate swaps and debt break costs
Minority interest and  
tax adjustments

Profit after tax

EPRA earnings per share 
(recurring)

2014 
£m

33.3
33.3

2013 
£m

23.1
30.6

75.1

46.9

(1.8)

(1.3)

(4.0)

102.6

17.2p

1.8

78.0

13.6p

EPRA earnings per share

17.2p

18.0p

EPRA earnings of £33.3 million to 31 December 2014 
(2013: £30.6 million) is stated after deducting tax 
charges, share option costs and abortive/pre-
contract development spend. In 2013, a one-off 
performance fee of £7.5 million was earned from the 
UCC joint venture and was excluded from recurring 
EPRA earnings. Changes in valuation of interest rate 

swap and debt break costs of £1.8 million were 
incurred during the year, associated with the Mass 
Mutual financing that was completed in January 2014. 
Minority interests and tax adjustments of £4.0 million 
(2013: £1.8 million) relate primarily to a deferred tax 
charge of £2.9 million relating to the uplift in property 
valuations. A full reconciliation of EPRA earnings to 
profit after tax is given in Section 2 of the  
financial statements.

TAX
The Group has built up a significant amount of 
brought forward tax losses and unclaimed capital 
allowances, primarily as a result of the high volume of 
development activity it has undertaken over the last 
10 years. A deferred tax asset of £2.2 million (2013: 
£0.6 million) and a deferred tax liability of £2.8 million 
(2013: £nil) have been recognised in the Group’s 
balance sheet. Deferred tax assets of a further 
£8.9 million (2013: £9.6 million) have not been 
recognised on the Group’s balance sheet due to the 
uncertainty of future profits in the relevant companies 
and the ability to offset the losses against them.

The existence of the brought forward losses and 
unclaimed capital allowances means that the Group 
is unlikely to incur meaningful levels of corporation tax 
within the next two years. As the Group continues to 
grow recurring earnings and the historical losses are 
utilised, the prospect of conversion to Real Estate 
Investment Trust (REIT) status becomes more likely.

37

The Unite Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2014Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statementsOther informationWe completed  
a share placing  
and open offer of 
24.5 million new 
ordinary shares in 
March 2014 at a 
price of 410 pence 
per share, raising 
net proceeds of 
£96 million

STRATEGIC REPORT
FINANCIAL REVIEW CONTINUED

CASH FLOW AND NET DEBT
The Operations business generated £35.0 million of  
net cash in 2014 (2013: £23.2 million) and see-through 
net debt increased marginally to £697 million 
(2013: £666 million). The key components of the 
movement in net debt were the share placing, 
operational cash flow and the disposal programme 
(generating total inflows of £235 million on a see-
through basis) offset by total capital expenditure  
of £102 million, dividends paid of £11 million and an 
increase in our share of co-investment vehicle net 
debt of £153 million as a result of our increased 
ownership levels.

For 2015, we expect net debt to remain broadly in line 
with current levels as proceeds from asset disposals 
offset development capital expenditure. As a result 
we expect our LTV to fall further towards our 40% 
target as asset values continue to grow.

DIVIDEND
As highlighted in our Interim statement, we have 
reviewed our dividend policy and are recommending 
increasing the payout ratio from 35 – 40% of EPRA EPS 
to 65% with effect from the 2014 financial year.

We are therefore recommending a final dividend 
payment of 9.0 pence per share (2013: 3.2 pence), 
making 11.2 pence for the full year, 6.4 pence higher 
than 2013 (2013: 4.8 pence). The increased dividend 
reflects our strong earnings growth and is 1.6 times 
covered by operational cash flow.

Subject to approval at Unite’s Annual General 
Meeting on 14 May 2015, the dividend will be paid  
on 19 May 2015 to shareholders on the register at  
close of business on 24 April 2015.

SHARE PLACING
We completed a placing and open offer of 
24.5 million new ordinary shares in March 2014 at a 
price of 410 pence per share, raising net proceeds of 
£96 million. Approximately half of the proceeds were  
used to increase our share in USAF to 22% while the 
remainder has been used to extend our highly 
targeted regional development programme.

The placing increased NAV at 31 December 2014 by 
1 pence per share as the shares were issued at an 8% 
premium to the December 2013 net asset value. From 
an EPS perspective the impact across 2014 has been 
broadly neutral as the income return from the 
investment in USAF broadly offsets the impact of 
raising capital to invest into development activity 
that will not generate earnings for two to three years. 
In the medium term we expect the additional regional 
developments to be materially accretive to EPS.

38

DEBT FINANCING
During the period we have maintained our focus on 
controlling gearing levels, extending debt maturities 
and minimising financing costs:

Key debt statistics (see-through basis)

2014

2013

Net debt
LTV
Average debt maturity
Average cost of debt
Proportion of investment debt 
at fixed rate

£697m
43%

£666m
49%
6.5 years 7.1 years
4.7%

4.7%

97%

86%

The Group’s see-through LTV reduced to 43% at 
31 December 2014 from 49% at the end of 2013 and 
we will continue to manage our gearing proactively 
and maintain our target of reducing LTV towards 
40% over time. In the event that we experience 
significant yield compression in property values  
from current levels, we will review our target LTV 
threshold downwards.

Our see-through cost of debt has remained constant 
at 4.7% (2013: 4.7%) and the Group now has 97% of its 
see-through investment debt subject to a fixed interest 
rate (2013: 86%). During 2015, we have the opportunity 
to lock into forward funding rates on borrowings 
against our secured development pipeline as it is 
completed. As current swap rates are lower than we 
had assumed for planning purposes this could add  
an additional one-two pence per share to the 
expected annual earnings from the pipeline.

COVENANT HEADROOM
We are in full compliance with all of our borrowing 
covenants at 31 December 2014. Our debt facilities 
include loan to value, minimum net worth and interest 
cover covenants that are measured at both a Group 
and an individual portfolio level and we have 
maintained considerable headroom against all 
measures. Covenant headroom will reduce as  
surplus capital is deployed into new development 
opportunities, but we intend to maintain substantial 
headroom against all covenants.

The Unite Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2014FUNDS AND JOINT VENTURES
We have made further progress simplifying our balance sheet during the year through the disposal of the OCB joint venture assets and 
the merger of UCC into LSAV to create a single joint venture with GIC. The table below summarises the key financials for each vehicle:

USAF
LSAV

Property 
assets
£’m

1,573
557

Net 
debt
£’m

(611)
(230)

Other 
assets
£’m

(27)
(8)

Net 
assets
£’m

Unite share  
of NAV
£’m

935
319

207
160

LTV

Maturity

39%
41%

Infinite
2022

Unite 
share

22%
50%

For 2015, we expect total fees to be in the region of 
£15 million, excluding performance fees. However,  
we also expect cumulative returns in USAF to reach 
a level where our annual performance fee becomes 
payable again. The actual level of performance fee 
will vary according to USAF’s performance, with 
valuation yields likely to be the most significant 
variable. Depending on yields, the performance  
fee, which is payable in units, could be in the range  
of £5 million to £15 million.

WE HAVE MADE FURTHER 
PROGRESS SIMPLIFYING OUR 
BALANCE SHEET DURING THE 
YEAR THROUGH THE DISPOSAL 
OF THE OCB JOINT VENTURE 
ASSETS AND THE MERGER OF 
UCC INTO LSAV TO CREATE  
A SINGLE JOINT VENTURE  
WITH GIC

The co-investment vehicles performed well in 2014, 
broadly in line with overall Group performance, and 
we consider both USAF and LSAV to be core long-term 
investments for the Group.

USAF raised £58 million of third party capital during  
the year. In addition, Unite invested £57 million of 
capital as part of the equity raising process, increasing 
our stake to 22%. The combined proceeds were 
invested into the acquisition of the Cordea Savills 
Student Hall Fund portfolio in July for a total 
consideration of £137 million. The portfolio is 
complementary to USAF’s existing assets and 
enhances the income and total return of the fund.

The sale of the three properties held in the OCB joint 
venture was completed in May. The proceeds were 
reinvested in the UCC joint venture, increasing our 
stake to 50% and thereby allowing the merger with 
the LSAV joint venture to take place during the year  
to reduce the number of co-investment vehicles from 
four to two.

FEES
During the year the Group received fees of 
£14.7 million from its fund and asset management 
activities as follows:

2014 
£m

2013 
£m

USAF
Asset management fee
Acquisition fee

LSAV
Asset and property 
Management fee
Development management fee
Performance fee

OCB
Asset management fee

Total fees

6.9
1.4

3.4
2.7
–

0.3

14.7

6.6
–

3.5
0.9
7.5

0.9

19.4

39

The Unite Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2014Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statementsOther informationSTRATEGIC REPORT
CORPORATE RESPONSIBILITY AND SUSTAINABILITY
SUSTAINABLE SUCCESS

We recognise the importance of operating responsibly and 
sustainably at all times and making a positive difference to  
our stakeholders as well as wider society. On behalf of the 
executive team i have been appointed chair of the Corporate 
Responsibility & Sustainability (CR&S) Committee and am 
accountable to the Board for CR&S within Unite. Our 
Communications Director, James Puxty, will chair the 
CR&S working group with responsibility for the day to day 
development and implementation of our CR&S strategy.

Our strategy is based on four areas where we are best able 
to make a positive contribution to wider society: environment, 
business, people and communities.

RICHARD SMITH 
Managing Director of Operations
Chair, Corporate Responsibility & Sustainability Committee

OVERVIEW
In 2014 we were proud to achieve a significant improvement in our Carbon Disclosure Project (CDP) Climate Change disclosure 
score (www.cdp.net), up from 56E in 2013 to 86B. This is the biggest year on year improvement of all 72 respondents in the ‘Financials’ 
category, putting us 10 points above the average (CDP scores comprise of a disclosure score (from 0-100) relating to the completeness 
and transparency of disclosure, and a performance band from E to A based on actual carbon emissions). 

ABSOLUTE ENERGY USE*

Total gas (kWh)

Total electricity (kWh)

Company car use (km)

ABSOLUTE CO2e EMISSIONS*

Total gas emissions (tonnes CO2e)(Scope 1)
Total electricity emissions (tonnes CO2e)(Scope 2)
Company car (tonnes CO2e)(Scope 1)
Overall emissions (tonnes CO2e)(Scopes 1+2)

CO2e EMISSIONS PER BED*

2014 
annual report

22,882

105,457

423,060

2013 
verified

28,718

113,030

401,921

2013 
annual report

Change 
2013–2014

28,564

111,528

847,940

2014 
annual report

2013 
verified

2013 
annual report

Change 
2013–2014

4,233

52,123

82

56,438

5,285

50,353

76

55,714

5,257

49,683

161

54,940

2014 
annual report

2013 
verified

2013 
annual report

Change 
2013–2014

Total gas emissions (tonnes CO2e/bed)(Scope 1)
Total electricity emissions (tonnes CO2e/bed)(Scope 2)
Company car (kg CO2e/bed)(Scope 1)

Overall emissions (tonnes CO2e/bed)(Scopes 1+2)

0.098

1.211

1.901

1.311

0.129

1.232

1.870

1.363

0.129

1.215

3.940

1.344

*  Carbon emissions factors used are from the 2014 Department for Environment, Food and Rural Affairs Greenhouse Gas Conversion Factor Repository 
using the following factors: natural gas (kgCO2 e/kWh) 0.18497, grid electricity (kgCO2 e/kWh) 0.49425 and company cars (kgCO2 e/kWh) 0.18546 for 
diesel and 0.19388 for petrol cars.

40

The Unite Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2014THE ENVIRONMENT 

We work hard to minimise our impact on the 
environment and mitigate risks through a 
commitment to responsible and sustainable business 
practice. This commitment means complying with all 
relevant legislation, reducing our carbon emissions, 
water consumption, pollution and waste while 
increasing recycling, helping our staff and students 
develop lasting sustainable living and working 
habits, and making sure our new developments  
are built to the highest environmental and energy 
performance standards.

Carbon emissions data
As well as reporting our carbon emissions under the 
CDP, Carbon Reduction Commitment (CRC) and 
Global Real Estate Sustainability Benchmark (GRESB), 
we have been reporting them in our annual report 
for several years. This year our carbon footprint data 
has also been independently verified to a limited 
assurance level in line with ISO 14064 – 3:2006 against 
the requirements of the Greenhouse Gas Protocol. 
2014’s data is set out on page 40.

A detailed analysis of our absolute energy use is 
available in our CR&S report www.unite-group.co.uk. 
The data used to calculate the emissions includes a 
proportion of estimates, where we are awaiting data 
from utilities suppliers. Full data will be available for 
independent verification later in the year, and the 
verified data will be available in next year’s report. 
2014 emissions are compared against 2013’s 
verified data.

BUILDING COMMUNITIES

We work closely with all our stakeholders to bring real 
value locally and nationally, while creating conditions 
for student communities to flourish in our buildings. We 
are expanding the Unite Foundation, encouraging 
staff volunteering, increasing charitable fundraising, 
improving student welfare and wellbeing, building 
community relations, and engaging with our wider 
stakeholders.

RESPONSIBLE BUSINESS

Within our business we strive to exceed the 
expectations of our partner Universities and suppliers, 
and provide best in class returns for our investors whilst 
operating in an ethical, responsible and transparent 
manner. This means complying with all relevant 
legislation, operating efficiently and effectively, 
delivering quality to our customers and partners, 
generating a return for investors, reporting in an 
open and transparent manner, and dealing fairly 
with our supply chain.

COMPREHENSIVE 
CR&S REPORTING
Further details of our 
CR&S strategy, with 
case studies of our 
achievements and 
progress made 
during the year,  
can be found in  
our Corporate 
Responsibility & 
Sustainability 
Review, available 
on our website 
www.unite-group.
co.uk/CRS

DEVELOPING PEOPLE

We are building a diverse and talented team, 
engaging with our people to help them realise their 
personal and professional potential in a fair, safe and 
rewarding environment. This means complying with 
all relevant legislation, respecting human rights, 
encouraging a diverse and tolerant workforce, 
providing fair pay and remuneration, and 
opportunities to develop in a supportive environment.

Unite diversity policy
Unite values diversity and our aim is that our workforce 
will be truly representative of all sections of society and 
each employee will feel respected and able to give 
their best.

Unite opposes and will challenge all forms of 
discrimination. You can read more on our 
diversity policy in our full CS&R report at 
www.unite-group.co.uk/CRS.

Human rights
Unite believes that human rights are universal and 
recognises that the UN Guiding Principles on Business 
and Human Rights set a standard of conduct 
expected of companies. We do our best to ensure 
everyone involved in our operations, including staff, 
interviewees, customers, partners, suppliers and 
third-parties, are protected and treated in a 
completely fair manner and subject to our Anti-
Bribery and Corruption Policies, Health & Safety Policy 
and various HR policies, including those covering 
data protection, disciplinary, performance 
management, flexible working, grievance, leave, 
equality and diversity. 

GENDER DIVERSITY SPLIT

All employees

n Male

n Female

595

550

Senior managers
Operations and Property boards 
and their direct reports

n Male

n Female

Group Board
Chairman, Executive and 
Non-Executive Directors

n Male

n Female

30

9

7

2

41

The Unite Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2014Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statementsOther informationCORPORATE GOVERNANCE
WHAT’S IN THIS SECTION 
44  Chairman’s introduction to governance
46  Board of Directors
48  Shareholder relations
49  Leadership
53  Effectiveness
54  Accountability and Audit Committee report
59  Nomination Committee report
60  Health & Safety Committee report
62  Annual Statement of the Chair of  
the Remuneration Committee
64  Directors’ Remuneration Policy
72  Annual Report on Remuneration
82  Directors’ report
84  Statement of Directors’ responsibilities

42

The Unite Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2014Filbert Village, Leicester

43

Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statementsOther informationThe Unite Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2014CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
CHAIRMAN'S INTRODUCTION TO GOVERNANCE

DURING 2014, THE BOARD CONTINUED 
TO OVERSEE THE PROGRESSION AND 
IMPLEMENTATION OF OUR THREE  
KEY STRATEGIC OBJECTIVES. OUR 
GOVERNANCE CULTURE IS BUILT  
ON THESE AND IS FUNDAMENTAL  
TO HOW THE BOARD ENSURES  
THEIR SUCCESSFUL DELIVERY. 

HOW GOVERNANCE HAS SUPPORTED OUR STRATEGY DURING 2014 

Strategic objective

Board’s governance role 

Related Board activity during 2014 

To become the 
most trusted 
brand in the 
sector

Board review and approval of our 
core business purpose – Home for 
Success, – which we rolled out in 2014,  
(see page 4). 

Board review and approval of the £40 million Home for 
Success re-investment programme, committing to a 
wide range of service improvements, systems and 
technology upgrades across the business. 

Board continued to focus on the health 
and safety, wellbeing and security of 
the 43,000 students who make Unite 
Students their home.

To operate the 
highest quality 
portfolio

Board oversight of new developments, 
scrutinising city and site selection, as 
well as ensuring these developments 
run to budget and schedule.

Board oversight on acquisitions and 
disposals and also our programme  
of refurbishments and extensions to 
existing properties.

To maintain the 
strongest capital 
structure

Board focus on capital structure and 
reducing and diversifying the cost  
of funding.

The Board considers health and safety at every Board 
meeting (reviewing health and safety for our students, 
visitors and employees at our properties and for our 
contractors, visitors and employees at our developments 
and construction sites). 

Health & Safety Committee – a subcommittee of  
the Board – determines our Health & Safety strategic 
priorities and scrutinises our Health and Safety policies 
and procedures ensuring they are appropriately 
embedded and implemented (see pages 60 – 61).

Successfully allocated 100% of the development  
capital from the 2013 share placing and 2014 share 
placing and open offer capital raise dedicated to  
new development at returns in line with our targets  
for regional development. 

Board review and approval of site acquisitions and 
developments in Newcastle, Aberdeen, Edinburgh, 
Portsmouth, Liverpool and Coventry (see page 35).
Board review and approval relating to USAF’s acquisition 
of the Cordea Savills Student Hall Fund portfolio and 
disposal of OCB assets (see page 36). 

Board review of capital spent during 2014 on 
refurbishments and extensions to our existing properties.

Board review and approval of the £96 million share 
placing and open offer to accelerate our targeted 
regional development programme and increase our 
stake in USAF. 

Ongoing Board review of our capital operating 
guidelines. At the end of 2014 debt maturities remained 
broadly consistent at seven years and LTV of 43%. 

44

The Unite Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2014APPOINTMENTS AND SUCCESSION
During 2014, the Nomination Committee continued to ensure  
the Board had the appropriate balance of skills, experience, 
independence and knowledge in order to discharge their 
respective duties and responsibilities effectively, as well as 
reviewing succession planning and senior management  
skills development.

As part of an orderly succession plan Elizabeth McMeikan joined 
the Board on 1 February 2014, bringing significant experience in 
customer-focused businesses to our Board and Richard Walker 
retired from the Board in May 2014 after nine years’ service. 

UK CORPORATE GOVERNANCE CODE
During 2014, our governance framework continued to be built  
on the UK Corporate Governance Code (the Code) as introduced 
in September 2012. The Code remained the minimum standard 
against which we measured ourselves during 2014. We complied 
with all the provisions in the Code during 2014. We also monitored 
the changes to the Code introduced in September 2014, for 
financial years commencing on or after 1 October 2014, in 
preparation for our financial year commencing on 1 January 2015. 

The Code is published by the Financial Reporting Council (FRC) 
and is available at www.frc.org.uk. 

PHIL WHITE
Chairman of the Board
23 February 2015

OUR GOVERNANCE PRIORITIES FOR 2015

During 2015, our Governance priorities will continue to focus  
on our three strategic objectives:

•  To become the most trusted brand in the sector: 

overseeing the implementation of Home for Success 
and the related £40 million investment alongside the 
continued development of our brand and our signature 
commitments to our customers and the digital 
environment where we interact with our customers  
and prospective customers

•  To operate the highest quality portfolio: overseeing our 

new developments (in particular the management of the 
build process, with a particular emphasis on planning and 
the timetable to completion) and potential acquisition 
and disposal opportunities 

•  To maintain the strongest capital structure: overseeing  

the allocation of capital and development debt

The Board meets twice a year to focus on Unite’s strategy, often  
at Universities across the UK in order to meet Vice-Chancellors 
and learn about their accommodation requirements and 
broader developments in the Higher Education sector.

The Unite Board is able to oversee the setting and implementation 
of the Group‘s strategy due to its flat management structure;  
four members of the Board are Executive Directors and actively 
involved in the day to day implementation of the strategy. 
This executive perspective is balanced by five Non-Executive 
Directors, including the Chairman, who bring a depth and 
breadth of experience in senior management, Higher Education, 
finance, customer service and real estate. 

The Board has ultimate responsibility to Unite shareholders for all 
the Group’s activities and a broader responsibility, extending to 
environmental and social issues. This recognises that the Group  
is home to 43,000 students during a crucial stage of their personal 
development and we work with Universities across the UK. To 
discharge this broader responsibility effectively the Group needs 
to operate in an open, harmonious and transparent manner. 
One way this is achieved is by ensuring open communication 
between the Board and senior Unite management and 
members of Unite management regularly present to the Board. 
This direct access to management opens dialogue beyond the 
boardroom itself. 

Furthermore, with Board meetings located in cities across the UK,  
the Board visits our existing properties and new developments 
meeting with our Operations teams and giving them a grounded 
insight to the implementation of our strategy. 

45

The Unite Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2014Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statementsOther informationCORPORATE GOVERNANCE
BOARD OF DIRECTORS

St Pancras Way, London

From left to right: Richard Simpson, Richard Smith, Joe Lister, Mark Allan

MARK ALLAN 
Chief Executive Officer

Committee 
Health & Safety Committee

Mark was appointed as Chief Executive Officer 
in September 2006 following three years as Unite 
Chief Financial Officer. Mark held a variety of 
other roles in the business prior to that, having 
joined the Group in 1999. He also serves as a 
Non-Executive Director of Anchor Trust, 
England's largest not-for-profit provider of 
services to older people. Mark has overall 
responsibility for the Group's performance 
against its business plan targets, whilst 
continuing to develop Unite's growth strategy. 

JOE LISTER 
Chief Financial Officer

Joe joined Unite in 2002. He was appointed  
as Chief Financial Officer in January 2008  
having previously held a variety of roles, 
including Investment Director. Joe is responsible 
for the Group’s finances and investment strategy, 
the company secretarial function, and chairs the 
Group’s Major Investment Approval meetings 
and the Group Risk Committee. Prior to joining 
Unite, Joe qualified as a chartered accountant 
with PricewaterhouseCoopers.

RICHARD SIMPSON 
Managing Director of Property

PHIL WHITE
Chairman

Richard is Managing Director of Property for 
Unite. He sets the strategic direction for all 
aspects of the property portfolio, oversees the 
fund management of Unite’s co-investment 
vehicles and leads the property development 
activities. Richard joined Unite in 2005 and has 
held a variety of senior roles within the Group.  
He is chair of the British Property Federation’s 
cross-sector Student Accommodation 
Committee, and is a qualified chartered 
surveyor and a fellow of the Royal Institute 
of Chartered Surveyors. Prior to this, Richard 
served for six years in the British Army.

RICHARD SMITH 
Managing Director of Operations

Richard was appointed as Managing Director  
of Operations for Unite in 2011. His role involves 
leading the service provided to our 43,000 
customers, and managing the maintenance 
and facilities management across the  
Group’s portfolio.

Richard joined Unite as Deputy Chief Financial 
Officer in 2010. Prior to this he spent 18 years in 
the transport industry, working in the UK, Europe, 
Australia and North America. Richard spent 13 
years at National Express Group where he held a 
range of senior finance, strategy and operations 
roles, including Group Development Director 
and Chief Financial Officer, North America.

Committee 
Chair of Nomination Committee  
Remuneration Committee

Phil was appointed Chairman in May 2009.  
The majority of his executive career was spent  
in the public transport sector, during a period  
of deregulation and privatisation. He was Chief 
Executive of National Express Group plc from 
1997 to 2006, leading the business through 
considerable growth both in the UK and 
overseas. Phil is currently Non-Executive 
Chairman of Kier Group plc and Lookers plc, 
and Non-Executive Director of Stagecoach 
Group plc and Vp plc.

MANJIT WOLSTENHOLME
Senior Independent Director

Committee 
Chair of Audit Committee 
Remuneration Committee 
Nomination Committee 

Manjit qualified as a chartered accountant  
with Coopers & Lybrand. Her background 
includes roles as Director and Co-Head of 
Investment Banking at Dresdner Kleinwort 
Wasserstein, and Partner at Gleacher Shacklock. 
She is Chair of Provident Financial and Senior 
Independent Director and Chair of the 
Remuneration Committee of Future plc as well 
as Chair of Audit and Non-Executive Director  
of Aviva Investors. Manjit was appointed to the 
Board at the end of 2011.

46

The Unite Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2014St Pancras Way, London

From left to right: Elizabeth McMeikan, Professor Sir Tim Wilson, Manjit Wolstenholme, Phil White, Andrew Jones

ELIZABETH McMEIKAN 
Non-Executive Director

Committee 
Chair of Remuneration Committee 
Audit Committee 
Nomination Committee  
Health & Safety Committee 

Liz was appointed Non-Executive Director in 
February 2014. She has significant experience  
in customer-focused businesses, Tesco and 
Colgate Palmolive, where she was successful  
in driving growth through an understanding  
of customer needs and an innovative  
marketing approach. 

Liz is Senior Independent Director at FTSE 250 
pub group JD Wetherspoon and Chair of the 
Remuneration Committee at FlyBe plc. She  
is a Non-Executive Director at import/export  
fruit and vegetable company, Fresca Group Ltd,  
and CH & Co Ltd, a privately-owned  
catering company.

In November 2012, Liz was appointed Chair of 
Moat Homes Ltd, a leading housing association 
working in the South East.

PROFESSOR SIR TIM WILSON
Non-Executive Director

ANDREW JONES
Non-Executive Director

Committee 
Audit Committee 
Remuneration Committee 
Nomination Committee

Andrew Jones is Chief Executive Officer of 
LondonMetric Property, following the 2013 
merger of London & Stamford and Metric. 
Andrew was a co-founder of Metric and Chief 
Executive Officer since its inception in March 
2010. Andrew’s previous roles include Executive 
Director and Head of Retail at British Land.  
He joined British Land in 2005 following the 
acquisition of Pillar Property where he was on 
the main Board, with responsibilities for their  
retail portfolio and the Hercules Unit Trust.

Andrew was appointed to the Board in 2013.

Committee 
Chair of Health & Safety Committee 
Audit Committee 
Remuneration Committee 
Nomination Committee

Sir Tim was appointed Knight Bachelor for 
services to Higher Education and to business in 
the 2011 New Year’s Honours list. He is a strong 
advocate of the role of Universities in economic 
development and acknowledged as one of  
the leading thinkers in University business 
collaboration. He is the author of the 
government commissioned Wilson Review  
of University Industry collaboration, published  
in March 2012.

Formerly Vice-Chancellor of the University of 
Hertfordshire, Tim served on the Board of the 
Higher Education Funding Council for England 
(HEFCE), was Deputy Chair of the CBI Innovation, 
Science and Technology Committee and a 
trustee of the Council for Industry and Higher 
Education (CIHE). He has extensive experience 
in both UK and international Higher Education.

Tim was appointed to the Board in 2010.

47

The Unite Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2014Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statementsOther informationCORPORATE GOVERNANCE
SHAREHOLDER RELATIONS

The Board attaches a high priority to effective communication 
with shareholders and with other providers of capital to the 
business, and welcomes their views on the Group’s approach  
to corporate governance. In addition to the final and interim 
presentations, a series of meetings between institutional 
shareholders/other providers of capital and senior management 
were held throughout 2014. The Board is made aware of the views 
of major shareholders concerning the Company through, among 
other means, regular analyst and broker briefings, and surveys of 
shareholder opinion. That process will continue throughout 2015.

The Board, together with its professional advisers, actively 
analyses the Register of the Company with a view to ensuring  
the long-term stability of the Register.

The Company maintains a corporate website containing  
a wide range of information of interest to institutional and  
private investors. The Company has frequent discussions with 
shareholders on a range of issues affecting its performance,  
both following the Company’s announcements and in response 
to specific requests. The Company regularly seeks feedback on  
the perception of the Company amongst its shareholders,  
the investor community more broadly and its stakeholders.

Save for exceptional circumstances, all members of the Board 
attend the Company’s annual general meetings and 
shareholders are invited to ask questions and to meet with 
Directors prior to, and after, the formal proceedings. At the 
meeting, the Chairman reviews the Group’s current trading.

The results of the votes at the Annual General Meeting, together 
with details of the level of proxy votes lodged for each resolution  
is made available on a regulatory information service and on  
the Company’s website at www.unite-group.co.uk.

Notice of the Annual General Meeting is set out on page 138.

RESULTS OF 2014 ANNUAL GENERAL MEETING

Resolution

Receive Annual Report 
and Accounts

Directors' remuneration policy

Annual Report on Remuneration

Declare a final dividend

1

2

3

4

For
%
Votes
cast

100.0

99.8

98.9

100.0

Against
%
Votes
cast

0.0

0.2

1.1

0.0

5 – 13 Appointment of Directors

93.1 – 99.8

0.2 – 6.9

14

15

16

17

18

Appoint the auditor

Auditor's remuneration 

Authority to allot shares

Pre-emption rights

Allow general meetings  
on 14 days' notice

98.1

98.3

93.5

99.6

86.2

1.9

1.7

6.5

0.4

13.8

MEETING WITH INVESTORS

In April, we hosted a capital markets day in Bristol and 
announced our investment in Home for Success to investors. 
The day included a tour of our properties showcasing the 
new visual identity and a visit to our development site, 
Trenchard Street. Guests had the opportunity to meet with 
senior management and members of the Operations team 
to learn more about our mobile working technology and 
customer facing apps. 

In December, we also hosted a property investor tour  
at Stratford ONE. The tour included a presentation by 
management, an update on the development pipeline  
and a walk around the new 1,001 bed property. 

SHAREHOLDERS BY GEOGRAPHY %

n United Kingdom

n North America & Canada

n Rest of Europe

n Rest of the World

48.9

31.2

14.4

5.5

TOP 10 SHAREHOLDERS % AS AT 31 DECEMBER 2014

n FMR LLC

n BlackRock Inc

n Old Mutual Plc

n Franklin Resources Inc

n  Aberdeen Asset  

Management Group

n APG Asset Management NV

n  Royal London Asset 

Management

n  Norges Bank Investment 

Management

n  Morgan Stanley Investment 

Management

n  Principal Financial Group

8.3

5.8

5.8

5.1

5.0

4.6

3.9

3.2

3.2

3.1

48

The Unite Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2014CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
LEADERSHIP

BOARD STRUCTURE
Set out below is an outline of Unite’s governance structure.

Unite Board 

Audit Committee

Remuneration Committee

Nomination Committee

Health & Safety Committee

Unite Operations Board 

Unite Property Board 

Risk Committee

•  Training: review the Board’s training needs and also ensure the 
Board is up to date on key legal and regulatory changes (for 
example, during 2014, there was training on changes in the 
UK Corporate Governance Code to take effect for the 2015 
financial year)

•  Review of Group policies: review of key Group policies, such  
as the Anti-Bribery Policy, to ensure they are appropriate and 
implemented effectively

Senior managers are regularly invited to attend meetings and 
present to the Board on the areas they manage, and for which 
they have domain expertise. This provides the Board, in particular 
the Non-Executives, with direct and open access to managers 
throughout the Group and helps inculcate a culture of openness 
and directness. In addition, external experts are also invited  
to present to the Board (such as University Vice-Chancellors  
and property valuers) to give the Directors a broader and 
independent perspective. 

Details of the number of Board and Committee meetings held 
during the year, and Director attendance, is available in the table 
on page 51.

BOARD MEETINGS 2014

London

Bristol

Birmingham

Newcastle

Portsmouth

Total

4

3

1

1

1

10

HOW THE BOARD OPERATES
Meetings
The Board discusses and approves, annually, a forward agenda 
of items for the forthcoming year. This agenda sets out a wide 
range of matters to be reviewed and (to the extent necessary) 
approved at Board meetings, and at meetings of its Committees. 
Meetings are held in our head office in Bristol, in London (where  
a large proportion of our properties are located and also the 
largest concentration of Higher Education institutions in the UK) 
and in cities throughout the UK. These cities are selected to give 
the Board an opportunity to see, first hand, Unite’s operations, 
properties and developments across the UK. During these city 
visits, the Board meets with senior leaders in the Higher Education 
sector, such as Vice-Chancellors of Universities that Unite partners 
with, so the Board can hear how our business is performing and 
how the Higher Education sector is developing directly from some 
of our key stakeholders. 

Board meetings are structured around the following areas:

•  Regular updates from the Board Committees on their activities 

and recommendations: ensure that the detailed work 
performed in the Board Committees is considered by the  
Board as a whole 

•  Operational, property and financial updates: provide the  
Board with the necessary information to track the Group’s 
performance and challenge any problems with performance

•  Market and Higher Education sector updates: ensure the  
Board is equipped with the most up to date knowledge  
and understanding of the industry and environment we 
operate in

•  Strategy and five year plan: discuss, review and approve our 

strategy and five year plan, and track how we are performing 
against our current strategy and five year plan

•  Risk review: review and discuss our key risks at a Group Board 
level and also review our operational level risks (the Board’s 
operational risk review is to verify that risks have been properly 
identified and that appropriate risk mitigation plans are being 
correctly managed with clear actions and ownership)

•  New development schemes: review and challenge new 

development schemes being recommended by management 
and, due to the significant capital expenditure involved and 
key strategic decisions required, approve these new 
development schemes 

49

The Unite Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2014Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statementsOther information 
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
LEADERSHIP CONTINUED

COMPOSITION AND APPOINTMENTS
The composition of the Board during 2014 is set out below.

The Board consists of the Chairman, four Executive Directors  
and four Non-Executive Directors.

ROLES
The Group’s terms of reference for the Chairman and the Chief 
Executive clearly establish the division of responsibility between 
the two roles. Summaries of those roles, and that of the Senior 
Independent Director, are set out below.

Elizabeth McMeikan was appointed to the Board as a Non-
Executive Director with effect from 1 February 2014. Richard 
Walker retired from the Board at the Annual General Meeting  
of the Company held on 15 May 2014 having served nine years in 
office. Richard Walker’s positions as Chair of the Remuneration 
Committee and Chair of the Health & Safety Committee were 
succeeded by Elizabeth McMeikan and Sir Tim Wilson respectively.

In accordance with the requirements of the Code, each of  
the current Directors offers himself/herself for re-election at  
the Annual General Meeting to be convened on 14 May 2015. 
Brief biographies of all the Directors are set out on pages 46 and 47. 
Following the individual performance evaluations of each of  
the Non-Executive Directors seeking re-election, it is confirmed 
that the performance of each of these Non-Executive Directors 
continues to be effective. They each demonstrate commitment 
to the role, and add value and relevant experience to the Board.

Board breakdown

n Chairman

n Executive

n Non-Executive

1

4

4

Role

Description

Chairman

Chief Executive

Phil White’s principal responsibilities are:
•  To establish, in conjunction with the Chief 
Executive, the strategic objectives of the 
Group, for approval by the Board
•  To organise the business of the Board
•  To enhance the standing of the 

Company by communicating with 
shareholders, the financial community 
and the Group’s stakeholders generally

Mark Allan has responsibility for:
•  Establishing, in conjunction with the 

Chairman, the strategic objectives of  
the Group, for approval by the Board
•  Implementing the Group’s business plan 

and annual budget

•  The overall operational and financial 

performance of the Group

Senior 
Independent 
Director

Manjit Wolstenholme’s principal  
responsibilities are:
•  Act as Chair of the Board if the Chairman 

is conflicted

•  Act as a conduit to the Board for the 

communication of shareholder concerns 
if other channels of communication are 
inappropriate

•  Ensure that the Chairman is provided with 
effective feedback on his performance

JANUARY

FEBRUARY

MARCH

MAY

JUNE

AUGUST

SEPTEMBER

NOVEMBER

DECEMBER

Home for Success n

Board meeting at 
Newcastle University and 
tour of Newcastle properties 
n n

Board meeting in Bristol and 
tour of properties n n

External Board evaluation n

Review of half year results  

Review of new 

Investment market review n Customer satisfaction  

and interim dividend n n

developments n n

survey n

n Strategy

n Commercial

n Investor relations

n  Financial and risk 

management

n  Governance

n  Operational

New developments n n

Review and approval 
of share placing and 
open offer n n n n

Customer satisfaction scores 
n n

Property investment market 
review n n

Strategic plan through  

Board meeting in 

Anti-Bribery Policy review n

Longer-term strategy review 

to 2020 n

Portsmouth and tour  

of Portsmouth properties n n

n

Review of preliminary 
announcement, Annual 
Report and Accounts and 
recommend final dividend
n

Board training n

Group strategic  
five-year plan n

Review and approve 
Cordea Savills Student Hall 
Fund acquisition n n n n

Strategy review of 
development, disposals, 
dividends and debt levels n

Review of University 
partnerships n n

Exploring strategic growth 
opportunities n

Review of USAF n n n

Review of LSAV joint venture 
n n

IT strategy review n n

Group Board risk review n n n

Prelims analyst  
review n

Sales update n

2014 corporate governance 

code changes and 

preparation for 2015 n

Unite foundation n

2015 budget n n n

University reputation survey 

n

Group risk review n n n

Half year analyst review n

50

The Unite Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2014 
Responsibility and delegation
A schedule of specific matters is reserved for the Board.  
These include:

•  Approving the strategic objectives of the Group and  

the business plan to achieve these objectives

•  Approving major investments, acquisitions, mergers  

and divestments

•  Approving major development schemes

•  Approving appointments to, and dismissals from, the Board 

•  Reviewing systems of internal control and risk management

•  Approving policies relating to Directors’ remuneration

These topics are scheduled as part of the forward agenda for  
the forthcoming year or brought to the Board on an ad hoc basis,  
as and when necessary.

BOARD AND COMMITTEE ATTENDANCE AT MEETINGS IN 2014

Current Directors

Status

Phil White

Sir Tim Wilson

Chairman

Non-Executive

Manjit Wolstenholme

Independent 

Andrew Jones

Non-Executive

Elizabeth McMeikan

Non-Executive

Mark Allan

Joe Lister

Richard Simpson

Richard Smith

Executive

Executive

Executive

Executive

Date of  
Appointment
to the Board

21.01.09

01.12.10

01.12.11

01.02.13

01.02.14

17.11.03

02.01.08

01.01.12

01.01.12

Director who stepped down in the year

Richard Walker 

Non-Executive

03.11.05  
(resigned 15.05.14)

Board

Audit  
Committee

Remuneration 
Committee

Nomination 
Committee

Health & Safety 
Committee

9

10

10

10

9

10

10

10

10

3

N/A

4

4

4

4

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

4

4

4

4

4

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

3

3

3

3

3

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

2

N/A

N/A

2

2

N/A

N/A

N/A

1

2

1

0

JANUARY

FEBRUARY

MARCH

MAY

JUNE

AUGUST

SEPTEMBER

NOVEMBER

DECEMBER

Home for Success n

Board meeting at 

Board meeting in Bristol and 

External Board evaluation n

Review of half year results  
and interim dividend n n

Review of new 
developments n n

Investment market review n Customer satisfaction  

survey n

Newcastle University and 

tour of properties n n

tour of Newcastle properties 

n n

n Strategy
n Commercial
n Investor relations
n  Financial and risk 
management
n  Governance
n  Operational

New developments n n

Review and approval 

of share placing and 

open offer n n n n

Customer satisfaction scores 

Property investment market 

n n

review n n

Strategic plan through  
to 2020 n

Board meeting in 
Portsmouth and tour  
of Portsmouth properties n n

Anti-Bribery Policy review n

Longer-term strategy review 
n

Review of preliminary 

Group strategic  

Review and approve 

Strategy review of 

announcement, Annual 

five-year plan n

Cordea Savills Student Hall 

development, disposals, 

Fund acquisition n n n n

dividends and debt levels n

Report and Accounts and 

recommend final dividend

n

Sales update n

2014 corporate governance 
code changes and 
preparation for 2015 n

Board training n

Review of University 

Exploring strategic growth 

Review of USAF n n n

Unite foundation n

2015 budget n n n

partnerships n n

opportunities n

Review of LSAV joint venture 

IT strategy review n n

n n

Group Board risk review n n n

Prelims analyst  

review n

University reputation survey 
n

Group risk review n n n

Half year analyst review n

51

The Unite Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2014Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statementsOther information 
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
LEADERSHIP CONTINUED

BOARD COMMITTEES
The Board has delegated certain responsibilities to its 
Committees, as detailed on the following pages. The terms of 
reference for each Committee are reviewed annually and the 
current versions are available on the Company’s website at  
www.unite-group.co.uk. The current membership of each 
Committee of the Board is set out below and full details of 
attendance at Committee meetings can be found in the 
table on page 51.

Phil White
Remuneration
Nomination*

Sir Tim Wilson
Audit
Remuneration
Nomination**
Health & Safety*

Manjit Wolstenholme
Audit*
Remuneration
Nomination

Andrew Jones
Audit
Remuneration
Nomination

Elizabeth McMeikan 
Audit
Remuneration*
Nomination
Health & Safety

Mark Allan
Health & Safety

*  Denotes Chair.

** Sir Tim Wilson was Chair of the Nomination Committee until 

31 December 2014 with Phil White taking over as Chair of the 
Nomination Committee from 1 January 2015.

Set out below are sections describing the work of the Committees 
in discharging their respective functions:

Nomination Committee: see the Nomination Committee report 
on page 59.

Audit Committee: see the Audit Committee Report on page 54.

Health & Safety Committee: see the Health & Safety Committee 
Report on page 60.

Remuneration Committee: see the Remuneration Committee 
Report on page 62. The Remuneration Committee Report is 
incorporated into this Corporate Governance Statement  
by reference.

BOARD TENURE
Each of the Executive Directors has a rolling contract of 
employment with a 12 month notice period, whilst Non-
Executive Directors are, subject to re-election by shareholders, 
appointed to the Board for a term of approximately three years. 
In accordance with the recommendations of the Code, the 
Directors will all retire at the Annual General Meeting and will 
submit themselves for re-election by shareholders.

The graph below shows the current balance of tenure of  
the Non-Executive Directors, including the Chairman.

n Sir Tim Wilson

n Phil White

n Manjit Wolstenholme

n Andrew Jones

n Elizabeth McMeikan

Years

4

6

3

2

1

PROFESSIONAL ADVICE AND BOARD SUPPORT
Directors are given access to independent professional advice at 
the Company’s expense when the Directors deem it necessary in 
order for them to carry out their responsibilities. The Directors also 
have regular dialogue with, and direct access to, the advice and 
services of the Company Secretary who ensures that Board 
processes and corporate governance practices are followed.

INSURANCE
The Company maintains Directors and Officers liability insurance, 
which is renewed on an annual basis.

52

The Unite Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2014CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
EFFECTIVENESS

INDUCTION
On appointment, each Director takes part in a comprehensive 
and personalised induction programme covering:

•  The business and operations of the Group and the Higher 

Education sector; the role of the Board and matters reserved 
for its decisions; the terms of reference and membership  
of Board Committees; and powers delegated to those 
Committees

•  The Group’s corporate governance practices and procedures 

and the latest financial information about the Group

•  Their legal and regulatory responsibilities as a Director and, 

specifically, as a Director of a listed company

As part of the induction programme each Director visits key 
locations to see our business operations and properties first hand 
and the Higher Education institutions we partner with. They also 
meet with key senior executives so that from the outset they have 
access to managers throughout the organisation to help them 
form their own independent views on the Group and its 
performance, and the Higher Education sector we operate in. In 
addition, they are given the opportunity to meet with 
representatives of the Company’s key advisers.

This induction is supplemented with ongoing training throughout 
the year to ensure the Board is kept up to date with key legal, 
regulatory and industry updates.

Elizabeth McMeikan joined the Board on 1 February 2014. Prior to 
her appointment, Elizabeth had a full induction as set out in the 
Group’s 2013 Annual Report and Accounts.

CHAIRMAN AND NON-EXECUTIVE DIRECTORS
The Board considers each of its four Non-Executive Directors to be 
independent. Accordingly, the Company meets the requirement 
of the Code in relation to members of the FTSE 350 that at least 
half of the Board (excluding the Chairman) is made up of 
independent Non-Executive Directors. In addition, Phil White 
(Chairman of the Board) was considered independent on his 
appointment to the role.

The Chairman and the Non-Executive Directors constructively 
challenge and help develop proposals on strategy, and bring 
strong, independent judgement, knowledge and experience to 
the Board’s deliberations. Non-Executive Directors are expected 
to commit approximately 20 days per annum to the business of 
the Group.

The terms and conditions of appointment of the Non-Executive 
Directors are available for inspection at the Company’s 
registered office and at the Annual General Meeting.

PERFORMANCE EVALUATION
Each year the Board, its Committees and Directors are 
evaluated considering, among other things, the balance of 
skills, experience, independence and knowledge on the Board, 
its diversity (including gender), how it works together as a unit 
and other factors relevant to its effectiveness.

During 2014, a formal independent evaluation was undertaken in 
accordance with the Company’s policy to conduct an external 
evaluation every third year (the previous external evaluation  
was 2011, with internal evaluations in 2012 and 2013). This external 
evaluation was undertaken by Ffion Hague Independent Board 
Evaluation, which has no other connection with the Company. 

The results of the external evaluation expressed confidence that the Board operates effectively. However, certain recommendations 
were made, summarised as follows:

Recommendations 

Action

Longer-term strategy
As the student accommodation sector matures, the Board  
should devote more time to its longer term strategy. 

Risk management
Risk management processes and reporting were found to be 
effective, but risk management should now be enhanced to 
explore the Group’s risk appetite as part of its longer-term strategy. 

Succession planning
With a maturing business, the Board is now well positioned to 
spend more time on succession planning and developing a 
deeper talent pool.

Nomination Committee
Best practice indicates that the Board Chair should also chair the 
Nomination Committee.

The focus of Board meetings has been refreshed to ensure more 
time is built into each meeting to discuss longer-term strategy 
considerations. In addition, 2015 and future Board forward 
agendas will include a full day dedicated to a longer-term 
strategy review beyond the five-year plan.

Risk management and risk appetite considered together with  
the Board’s enhanced focus on longer term strategy.

The Nomination Committee developed a senior management 
talent map and oversees the skills development programme as 
part of its Board succession planning.

The Board Chairman took over the Chair of the Nominations 
Committee on 1 January 2015.

TRAINING 
The Board reviewed its training needs during 2014 and considered it important that the Directors have a broader perspective  
of the digital platforms and social media used by our digital native customers. In addition, the Board considered it important that the 
Committee Chairs continue to receive relevant functional training (in areas such as accounting, UK Corporate Governance Code 
and executive remuneration reporting developments) and accordingly the Committee Chairs attend relevant external seminars.

53

The Unite Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2014Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statementsOther informationCORPORATE GOVERNANCE
ACCOUNTABILITY

INTERNAL CONTROL 
The Board has overall responsibility for the Group’s system of 
internal control. However, such a system is designed to achieve 
business objectives and can only provide reasonable and not 
absolute assurance against material misstatement.

The provisions of the Code in respect of internal controls  
require that Directors review all controls including operational, 
compliance and risk management, as well as financial controls. 
Through reports from the Board’s Committees, the Group’s Risk 
Committee and the Group’s business unit boards (Operations 
board and Property board), the Board has reviewed the 
effectiveness of the Group’s system of internal controls for the 
period covered by the Annual Report and Accounts and has 
concluded that such controls were effective throughout  
the period.

Further information on the Company’s internal control framework 
is set out in the Audit Committee Report. The Board delegates 
certain of its duties, responsibilities and powers to the Audit 
Committee, so that these can receive suitably focused attention, 
but in so doing the Audit Committee acts on behalf of the full 
Board, and the matters reviewed and managed by the Audit 
Committee remain the responsibility of the Directors taken as  
a whole.

GOING CONCERN
After making enquiries, the Directors have a reasonable 
expectation that the Group and the Company have adequate 
resources to continue in operational existence for the foreseeable 
future. For this reason, they continue to adopt the going concern 
basis in preparing the accounts.

RISK MANAGEMENT
The Board, when setting the strategy, also determines the  
nature and extent of the significant risks and its risk appetite  
in implementing this strategy. Each year, the Board reviews the 
effectiveness of the Group’s risk management systems, how  
the Board achieved this during 2014 is set out on page 26.

BUSINESS MODEL
For a description of the Group’s business model see page 11  
of the Strategic Report.

MANJIT WOLSTENHOLME
AUDIT COMMITTEE  
CHAIR’S OVERVIEW

The Audit Committee plays an important role  
sitting between management and shareholders. 
The Committee has specific duties as set out in  
its terms of reference, in line with the Code, to 
reassure shareholders that their interests are 
properly protected in respect of the Group’s 
financial management and reporting. 

The Audit Committee works to a structured 
programme of activities, with agenda items 
focused to coincide with key events in the annual 
financial reporting cycle. The Committee reports 
regularly to the Board on its work. 

During 2014, the Audit Committee has continued  
to monitor the integrity of the Group’s financial 
statement, assisted the Board in reviewing the 
effectiveness of the Group’s internal control and risk 
management systems, reviewed the internal audit 
activity and findings, and reviewed arrangements 
for the Group’s employees to raise concerns  
in confidence. 

The Audit Committee has again reviewed the 
performance of the Group’s external auditor  
and believes the relationship continues to be 
effective. We remain satisfied with the auditor’s 
independence and effectiveness and have 
recommended to the Board that they  
be re-appointed. 

As noted in this Corporate Governance 
Statement, the Board delegates certain of its 
duties, responsibilities and powers to the Audit 
Committee, so that these can receive suitably 
focused attention. However, the Audit Committee 
acts on behalf of the full Board, and the matters 
reviewed and managed by the Committee 
remain the responsibility of the Directors as  
a whole.

54

The Unite Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2014ROLE OF THE AUDIT COMMITTEE
The Audit Committee has delegated authority from the Board set 
out in its written terms of reference. The terms of reference for the 
Audit Committee take into account the requirements of the Code 
and are available for inspection at the registered office and at 
the Annual General Meeting, and can also be found on the 
Group website at www.unite-group.co.uk/about-unite/
corporate-governance. 

the basis for preparing the accounts on a going concern basis as 
outlined below. The Committee also reviewed and challenged  
the external auditor’s report on these financial statements. 

The Committee considered and approved the audit approach 
and scope of the audit work to be undertaken by the external 
auditor and the fees for the same. The Committee also considered 
the independence of the auditor and the recommendations in 
the Code regarding the tender of the external audit contract. 

The key objectives of the Audit Committee are:

•  To provide effective governance and control over the integrity 

of the Group’s financial reporting and review significant 
financial reporting judgements

•  To review the effectiveness of the Group’s system of  
internal controls, including financial controls and risk 
management systems

•  To monitor the effectiveness of the Group’s internal audit 

function and review its material findings

•  To oversee the relationship with the external auditor, including 

making recommendations to the Board in relation to the 
appointment of the external auditor and monitoring the 
external auditor’s objectivity and independence

COMPOSITION OF THE AUDIT COMMITTEE
The members of the Committee are set out on page 52 of this 
Corporate Governance Statement. The Committee members  
are all independent Non-Executives and have been selected 
with the aim of providing the wide range of financial and 
commercial expertise necessary to fulfil the Committee’s duties. 
The Board considers that as a chartered accountant I have 
recent and relevant financial experience.

Meetings are attended, by invitation, by the Chief Financial 
Officer, the Deputy Chief Financial Officer and the Group 
Financial Controller.

I also invite our external auditor, KPMG LLP, to each meeting.  
The Committee regularly meets separately with KPMG LLP without 
others being present. As appropriate, I also invite our internal 
auditor, PwC, to attend the meetings. We have asked KPMG LLP 
and PwC to meet independently of management to ensure 
alignment, to update on respective findings and consider the 
impact on the relative approaches of their work.

The Committee discussed reports from PwC as the Group’s 
internal auditor on their audits and assessment of the control 
environment. The Committee reviewed and proposed areas  
of focus for the internal audit programme of review. 

FINANCIAL REPORTING
The primary focus of the Committee, in relation to financial 
reporting in respect of the year ending 31 December 2014, was  
to review with both management and the external auditor the 
appropriateness of the half year and annual financial statements 
concentrating on:

•  The quality and acceptability of accounting policies  

and practices

•  The clarity of the disclosures and compliance with financial 
reporting standards and relevant financial and governance 
reporting requirements

•  Material areas in which significant judgements have been 

applied or where there has been discussion with the  
external auditor

•  Whether the Annual Report and Accounts, taken as a whole,  

is fair, balanced and understandable and provides the 
information necessary for shareholders to assess the Group’s 
performance, business model and strategy

The Committee’s assessment of the Annual Report to ensure that 
it is fair, balanced and understandable took into account the 
following considerations: 

•  A review of what fair, balanced and understandable means  

for Unite

•  The high level of input from the Chief Executive Officer and 

Chief Financial Officer with early opportunities for the Board 
to review and comment on the Annual Report

COMMITTEE MEETINGS
The Committee met four times during the year and attendance 
at those meetings is shown on page 51 of this Corporate 
Governance Statement. 

•  Ensuring consistency in the reporting of the Group’s 

performance and management information (as described  
on pages 24 – 25), risk reviews (as described on pages 27 – 29), 
business model and strategy (as described on page 11)

MAIN ACTIVITIES OF THE COMMITTEE DURING THE YEAR
Meetings of the Committee generally take place just prior to  
a Group Board meeting and I report to the Board as part of a 
separate agenda item, on the activity of the Committee and 
matters of particular relevance to the Board in the conduct of 
their work. At its four meetings during the year, the Committee 
focused on the activities described below.

The Committee reviewed the half year and annual financial 
statements and the significant financial reporting judgements.  
As part of this review, the Committee reviewed the liquidity risk and 

•  A cross-check between Board minutes and the Annual Report 

is undertaken to ensure that reporting is balanced

•  Whether information is presented in a clear and concise 

manner, illustrated by appropriate KPIs to facilitate 
shareholders’ access to relevant information

To aid our review, the Committee considers reports from the 
Group Financial Controller and also reports from the external 
auditor on the outcomes of their half year review and annual 
audit. As a Committee, we support KPMG LLP in displaying the 
necessary professional scepticism their role requires. 

55

The Unite Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2014Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statementsOther informationCORPORATE GOVERNANCE
AUDIT COMMITTEE REPORT CONTINUED

SIGNIFICANT ISSUES CONSIDERED BY THE COMMITTEE 
After discussion with both management and the external auditor, 
the Committee determined that the key risk of misstatement of 
the Group’s 2014 financial statements related to:

•  Property valuations

•  Deferred tax assets

•  Joint venture accounting

Property valuations
The Group’s principal assets are investment properties and 
investment properties under development that are either owned 
on balance sheet or in USAF or LSAV. The investment properties 
are carried at fair value based on an appraisal by the Group’s 
external valuers who carry out the valuations in accordance  
with the RICS Red Book valuation guide, taking into account 
transactional evidence during the year. The valuation of property 
assets involves significant judgement and changes in the core 
assumptions could have a significant impact on the carrying 
value of these assets. Management discuss the underlying 
performance of each asset with the external valuers and provide 
detailed performance data to them including rents, University 
lease agreements, occupancy, property costs and costs to 
complete (for development properties). Management receive 
detailed reports from the valuers and perform a detailed review 
of the valuations to ensure that management consider the 
valuations to be appropriate. The valuation report is reviewed  
by the Chief Financial Officer and Managing Director of Property 
prior to sign-off.

During the year, the Committee and/or the Board met with all 
three of the Group’s valuers and challenged them on the basis  
of their valuations and their core assumptions, including the 
yield for each property, rental growth and forecast costs.  
The Committee questioned the external valuers on market 
trends and transactional evidence that supports the valuations.  
The Committee was satisfied that the Group’s valuers were 
appropriately qualified and provided an independent 
assessment of the Group’s assets. The Committee was satisfied 
that an appropriate valuation process had taken place,  
the core assumptions used were reasonable and hence the 
carrying value of investment and development properties in  
the financial statements was appropriate.

The auditor explained their audit procedures to test the valuation 
of investment and development properties and the Group’s 
disclosures on the subject. On the basis of their audit work, the 
auditor reported no inconsistencies or misstatements that were 
material in the context of the financial statements as a whole.

Further analysis and detail on asset valuations is set out on  
page 34.

Deferred tax assets
The Group has significant tax losses brought forward from prior 
years. Recognition of a deferred tax asset relating to these losses 
is only made when it is probable that these losses will be utilised  
in the future and is therefore dependent on the ability to set them 
against deferred tax liabilities and the forecast taxable profits 
which involve significant judgements and assumptions regarding 
future performance. Recent changes in Group strategy to reduce 
gearing levels and improve profitability have made the future use 

of these losses more likely. Management regularly prepare 
forecasts of the Group results which are reviewed at Board level. 
Management have used these forecasts to model the Group’s 
future taxable profits and the extent to which tax losses can be 
utilised against them. Management also considered the impact 
on the Group’s tax profile of potential conversion to a REIT in the 
medium term and whether complexities in the Group structure 
might make some of the tax losses inaccessible at some point in 
the future. Management therefore decided to restrict deferred 
tax assets in respect of the next two years’ forecast taxable profits  
in certain Group companies that have the capacity to use  
their losses.

During the year, the Committee has regularly discussed the 
recognition of a deferred tax asset within management and the 
Group’s external auditor. The Committee was satisfied with 
management’s approach and subsequent recognition of  
a deferred tax asset within the financial statements.

The auditor explained their audit procedures to test the assets 
recognised and the Group’s disclosures on the subject. On the 
basis of the audit work, the auditor reported no inconsistencies  
or misstatements that were material in the context of the 
financial statements as a whole.

Further analysis and detail on deferred tax is set out on page 37.

Joint venture accounting
Two of Unite’s significant assets are its investments in USAF and LSAV 
which the Group has historically accounted for as joint ventures.

During the year, the group has adopted IFRS 10 – 12 which 
introduced new guidance on how an investor should account  
for its interests in other entities, including a new definition of 
control and new guidance on how to classify and account for 
jointly controlled arrangements. Management has therefore 
undertaken a revised assessment of whether the Group has 
control or joint control of these entities in accordance with  
these new accounting standards. Due to the complexity of the 
contractual arrangements, and Unite’s role as manager of the 
entities, the assessment of whether Unite has control or joint 
control of these entities involves judgements around a number  
of significant factors. 

Management have prepared a detailed analysis that considers 
the key aspects of: the power Unite has over the USAF and LSAV 
funds by examining the rights that give it the ability to direct 
relevant activities; the exposure to variable returns from Unite’s 
involvement in the investee; and Unite’s ability to use its power  
to affect its returns.

The Group, as fund manager, has the ability to direct a number  
of USAF’s activities; however, only some of these were deemed 
to be key activities that significantly impact on USAF’s return. 
Management’s analysis identified acquisitions, disposals, capital 
expenditure for refurbishments and funding, whether through 
debt or equity, as the key activities that impact upon the 
performance of the fund. For each activity, management 
analysed Unite’s contractual rights against those of the Advisory 
Committee. The Advisory Committee represents the interests of 
all the unitholders and consists of one representative from Unite 
and at least four different unitholders. For some of the activities, 
it was not clear who had definitive control. However, with 
respect to the activities which were considered to have  

56

The Unite Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2014significant impact on the ability to influence the returns of the 
fund, acquisitions and equity financing, it was determined 
that the Advisory Committee and the Group had joint power 
to direct the activities, and therefore it was appropriate to 
account for USAF as a joint venture under IFRS 11.

As a result, Unite records its 22% share of the results and net assets 
of USAF as a joint venture using equity accounting. 

The Audit Committee has challenged management and the 
external auditors on the basis of the above analysis, including 
identifying the key activities, the process for which the legal 
agreements have been reviewed to identify the contractual 
rights of both Unite and the Advisory Committee, and the  
overall conclusions.

The analysis of whether LSAV is jointly controlled is more 
straightforward due to the fact that Unite and GIC each owns 
50% of the joint venture and both have 50% of the voting rights 
over key decisions. Therefore, there is much clearer evidence 
that control over the key activities is shared by the two parties.

Further analysis and detail on joint ventures is set out on page 39.

RISK MANAGEMENT
The Group’s risk assessment process and the way in which 
significant business risks are managed is a key area of focus for 
the Committee.

Our work here was driven primarily by performing an assessment 
of the approach taken by the Group’s Risk Committee, chaired 
by Joe Lister, Chief Financial Officer. The Risk Committee is 
responsible for the delivery of the Group’s Risk Management 
Framework, which the Committee has approved, and the 
Group’s assessment of its principal risks and uncertainties, as set 
out on pages 27 – 29. We instructed PwC as internal auditor to 
undertake a review of the effectiveness of the Group’s approach 
to risk and this was reviewed and challenged at the Audit 
Committee. This report provided the Committee with comfort 
that the Group is effectively assessing, reviewing and putting 
plans in place to ensure the effective management of the 
Group’s key risks. The Board also formally reviewed the Group’s 
principal risks at two meetings during the year. Through these 
reviews, the Committee considered the risk management 
procedures within the business and was satisfied that the key 
Group risks were being appropriately managed. 

The risk assessment flags the importance of the internal control 
framework to manage risk and this forms a separate area of 
review for the Committee. 

INTERNAL CONTROL
Led by the Group’s risk assessment process, we reviewed the 
process by which the Group evaluated its control environment. 
Management is responsible for establishing and maintaining 
adequate internal controls over financial reporting, including 
over the Group’s consolidation process. Internal controls are 
designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the 
reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of  
the financial statements for external reporting purposes.  
A comprehensive strategic planning, budgeting and 
forecasting process is in place. Monthly financial information 
and performance insight is reported to the Board. 

The Committee’s work to review the effectiveness of the internal 
controls was driven by the Group Financial Controller’s reports  
on the effectiveness of internal controls. The feedback from the 
Group’s internal auditor on specific areas of control that are 
tested on a periodic basis and a request to our external auditor  
to provide specific feedback and assessment of the Group’s 
financial controls and any areas of weakness. No significant 
weaknesses were identified through the course of the 
Committee’s reviews.

INTERNAL AUDIT
The Group engages PwC to perform internal audit activity.  
The Committee discussed and provided guidance for the 
programme of activity that was undertaken by the internal 
auditors in 2014 and looking forward on a rolling three year basis. 
This review included the scope of internal audit’s activity and 
resourcing together with areas of focus and planning for the next 
three years. The Committee also discussed and challenged the 
output from the internal audit reviews undertaken in the year and 
concluded that the reviews provided good support for 
statements made by management and that the control 
environment is solid in the areas tested over the last three years. 

The relationship with PwC is managed by an Internal Audit 
Manager and the Group Financial Controller. Reports from  
the Chief Financial Officer include updates on audit activities 
and progress of the Group audit plan. During the year, PwC 
focused their internal audit work on procurement, anti-bribery 
and corruption compliance, cash flow forecasting, cost 
management and capital expenditure. The internal audit report 
highlighted the positive engagement from the finance team in 
the preparation of risk and control matrices, improvements in the 
general control environment over the last three years, and 
concluded that the financial controls tested appeared to be 
designed and operating effectively. 

EXTERNAL AUDIT
The effectiveness of the external audit process is facilitated by 
appropriate audit risk identification at the start of the audit cycle. 
We receive from KPMG LLP a detailed audit plan, identifying their 
assessment of these key risks. 

For the 2014 financial year the significant risks identified were in 
relation to the valuation of properties, deferred tax assets and the 
classification of joint ventures due to the inherent management 
judgment required in these areas. These focus areas were 
discussed at the Committee and it was agreed that they should 
be the principal areas of focus as they represent the areas with 
the greatest level of judgement and materially impact the overall 
performance of the Group. These risks are tracked through the 
year and we challenged the work done by the auditor to test 
management’s assumptions and estimates around these areas. 

We assess the effectiveness of the audit process in addressing 
these matters through the reporting we receive from KPMG LLP 
at both the half year and year end and also reports from 
management on how these risks are being addressed.  
In addition, we performed a review of auditor effectiveness.  
We perform this through the use of a questionnaire and 
discussion with management. We use this approach to gain 
comfort that the external auditor is duly qualified, independent 
and carries out their audit strategy appropriately.

57

The Unite Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2014Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statementsOther informationCORPORATE GOVERNANCE
AUDIT COMMITTEE REPORT CONTINUED

For the 2014 financial year, the Committee was satisfied that 
there had been appropriate focus and challenge on the 
primary areas of audit risk and assessed the quality of the audit 
process to be good. We hold private meetings with the external 
auditor at each Committee meeting to provide additional 
opportunity for open dialogue and feedback from the 
Committee and the auditor without management being 
present. Matters typically discussed include:

•  The auditor’s assessment of business and financial statement 

risks and management activity thereof

•  The transparency and openness of interactions with 

management, confirmation that there has been no restriction 
in scope placed on them by management and the 
independence of their audit

•  How they have exercised professional scepticism

I also meet with the external lead audit partner outside the formal 
Committee process throughout the year.

INDEPENDENCE AND EXTERNAL AUDIT TENDER
The Committee considers the re-appointment of the external 
auditor, including the rotation of the audit partner, each year  
and also assesses their independence on an ongoing basis. To 
maintain the objectivity of the audit process, the Group supports 
audit partner rotation and the external auditor is required to 
rotate the audit partner responsible for the Group audit every five 
years. The current lead audit partner, has been in place for three 
years. KPMG LLP has been the Group’s external auditor since its 
stock market listing in 2000 (15 years). 

Under the revised Code, the transitional provisions for audit 
tendering suggest that we conduct an audit tender at the end  
of the current audit partner’s five-year term, which ends in 2016, 
and provide an explanation for our decision not to tender the 
audit prior to that date. The new EU regulations set out the 
requirements for mandatory audit firm rotation. Since the Group 
listed in 2000, and KPMG LLP has been auditor since that date, the 
transitional rules will require the Group to change its auditor by 
16 June 2023. In the light of recent regulation changes, the Audit 
Committee intends to tender the audit in 2015.

In addition, as part of the Audit Committee’s assessment of the 
independence of the auditor, the Committee receives details  
of any relationships between the Group and KPMG LLP that  
may have a bearing on their independence and receives 
confirmation that they are independent of the Group. 

NON-AUDIT SERVICES
To further safeguard the objectivity and independence of the 
external auditor from becoming compromised, the Committee 
has a formal policy governing the engagement of the external 
auditor to provide non-audit services. No material changes have 
been made to this policy during the year. This precludes KPMG 
LLP from providing certain services such as valuation work or the 
provision of accounting services.

For certain specific permitted services (reporting accountant 
activities, tax advisory and compliance work and debt advisory 
services), the Committee has pre-approved that KPMG LLP can 
be engaged by management, subject to the policies set out 
above, and subject to specified fee limits for individual 
engagements and fee limits for each type of specific service.  

For all other services, or those permitted services that exceed  
the specified fee limits, I as Chairman, or in my absence another 
member, can pre-approve permitted services.

Fees paid to the Group’s Auditor 

2014 
£m

2013 
£m

2012 
£m

Audit of the Company’s 
financial statements
Audit of financial statements  
of subsidiaries
Audit related  
assurance services
Tax compliance services
Tax advisory services
Corporate finance services
Total fees

Audit services
Audit related  
assurance services
Non-audit related

0.2

0.1

0.3
0.1
0.1
–
0.8

0.3

0.3
0.2

0.2

0.1

–
0.2
0.1
–
0.6

0.3

–
0.3

0.2

0.1

–
0.2
0.2
0.1
0.8

0.3

–
0.5

During the year, KPMG LLP charged the Group £0.3 million for 
audit services. The Committee approved the fees for audit 
services for 2014 after a review of the level and nature of work  
to be performed, including the impact of acquisitions, and after 
being satisfied by KPMG LLP that the fees were appropriate for 
the scope of the work required. These fees are also benchmarked 
against other listed real estate companies of comparable size 
and complexity.

In addition to the statutory audit fee and fees for the audit of 
subsidiaries, KPMG LLP charged the Group a further £0.1 million 
for taxation compliance, £0.1 million for tax advisory services and 
£0.2 million for the accountant’s report in relation to the placing 
and open offer of new shares (Capital Markets reporting). As a 
result of the one-off work performed on the accountant’s report, 
non-audit services amount to over 100% of the audit services. 
Without these transactional fees, other non-audit fees represent 
68% of the fees for audit services. The Audit Committee considers 
the overall levels acceptable given the transactional nature of 
the placing and open offer and as a significant portion of the 
other non-audit services relate to the provision of tax compliance 
services (principally assistance with corporation tax returns). The 
Committee considers that all of the non-audit services are most 
suitably performed by KPMG LLP and could not be provided as 
cost effectively by another professional auditing firm. No 
valuation or accounting services are provided by KPMG LLP.  
With regard to the Capital Markets reporting work in relation to 
the placing and open offer, it is common practice for the auditor 
to perform this work and, due to the nature of the work, it clearly 
makes sense for the auditor to do so. 

The Audit Committee recognises that the level of fees for non-
audit services during 2014 exceeded that of audit fees. This is as  
a result of the Capital Markets reporting work referred to above 
and therefore non-audit fees are expected to reduce in 2015. 

COMMITTEE EVALUATION
The Committee’s activities formed part of the evaluation of Board 
effectiveness performed in the year. Details of this process can be 
found under ‘Performance evaluation’.

58

The Unite Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2014CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
NOMINATION COMMITTEE REPORT

PHIL WHITE
NOMINATION COMMITTEE  
CHAIR’S OVERVIEW

The Nomination Committee helps ensure  
the Board has the correct balance of skills, 
experience, independence and knowledge. 

As well as driving new appointments, it also drives 
Board succession planning. In discharging this 
responsibility, it is critical that the Nomination 
Committee anticipates the Group’s challenges 
and opportunities so we can help future proof the 
Board with the appropriate diversity of skills and 
experience for the changing environment we 
operate in.

During the year, the Nomination Committee’s 
focus has been on senior management skills 
development and our talent pipeline for future 
Board appointments. This helps ensure we have 
appropriate succession planning in place.

The only change to the Board during 2014 was the 
appointment of Elizabeth McMeikan, who joined 
us on 1 February 2014 as part of our timely 
succession planning for Richard Walker, and 
during the year we have monitored her induction.

Our 2014 independent evaluation noted that best 
practice was for the Chair of the Board to also 
chair the Nomination Committee. Accordingly, 
I took over the Chair of this Committee from  
Sir Tim Wilson effective 1 January 2015.

NOMINATION COMMITTEE OVERVIEW
Composition
The Committee is comprised entirely of Non-Executive Directors. 
The members of the Committee are set out on page 52 of the 
Corporate Governance Statement. At the invitation of the 
Committee, any other Director or other person may be invited  
to attend meetings of the Committee if considered desirable  
in assisting the Committee in fulfilling its role.

Role
The role of the Committee is to:

•  Ensure that appropriate procedures are adopted and 

followed in the nomination, selection, training, evaluation 
and re-election of Directors and for succession planning, 
with due regard in all cases to the benefits of diversity on 
the Board, including gender

•  Regularly review the structure, size, composition, skills and 
experience of the Board and to make recommendations  
with regard to any adjustments considered necessary

•  When it is agreed that an appointment to the Board should  
be made, lead a selection process that is formal, rigorous  
and transparent 

•  Be responsible for identifying, reviewing and recommending 

candidates for appointment to the Board

ACTIVITIES IN 2014
Succession planning
The major activity of the Committee in 2014 was succession 
planning and to ensure we have a strong senior management 
base and clear talent pipeline for future Board appointments. 

Review of Board composition 
In addition, we reviewed the Board’s composition to ensure it  
has the correct balance of skills, experience, independence  
and knowledge. Our external evaluation also considered this.  
We concluded that the current composition is correct having 
regard to our current business and longer-term plans, but 
recognising this should always be under review as we consider 
succession planning and broader market developments.

BOARD DIVERSITY 
During 2014, we reviewed our Board diversity policy. We recognise 
that diversity at Board level and across the Group, including 
gender, is critical to our continued success, particularly for a 
business that provides homes for over 43,000 students from many 
different backgrounds and countries. We are proud of the diversity 
of the Group as a whole, an organisation made up of employees 
who, like our customers, are from many different backgrounds 
and countries and have diverse personalities, perspectives and 
skills. This is fundamental to understanding the needs of students 
living with us and providing the best customer service. 

The Nomination Committee considered during 2014 whether it 
wanted to set specific targets for female representation on the 
Board or other diversity targets. The Committee continues to 
welcome the developments in the Code to consider diversity at 
Board level, but the Committee does not feel the setting of targets 
is necessarily in the best interests of the Group and its stakeholders. 
Rather, the Committee will consider gender diversity, along with all 
other aspects of diversity, with its more general remit to consider 
the balance of skills, experience, independence and knowledge 
when reviewing appointments to the Board. 

59

The Unite Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2014Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statementsOther informationCORPORATE GOVERNANCE
HEALTH & SAFETY COMMITTEE REPORT 

SIR TIM WILSON 
HEALTH & SAFETY COMMITTEE  
CHAIR’S OVERVIEW

HEALTH AND SAFETY COMMITTEE OVERVIEW
Composition
•  Sir Tim Wilson (Chair)
•  Elizabeth McMeikan 
•  Mark Allan 

The Health & Safety Committee ensures the 
governance of health and safety in both our 
ongoing operations and our construction 
and development activity. 

We are home to more than 43,000 students and 
their safety, welfare and security are critical, not 
only to us but also our other key stakeholders, such 
as parents and Universities as well as the police 
and fire services.

During the year, we made good progress 
implementing the full roll-out of our Accident and 
Incident Management System (AIMS) which tracks 
workplace safety, fire prevention, security and 
customer welfare support. Furthermore, we made 
good progress continuing the implementation of 
the recommendations from our 2012 Safety Audit, 
independently verified by Quantum Compliance 
during 2014. In our construction activity, we also saw 
improved health and safety at our development 
sites, with enhanced on-site contractor 
management resulting in a low rate of reportable 
and non-reportable incidents. 

Following this good progress during the year, we  
are now looking to improve further, by continuing to 
embed our health and safety culture underpinned 
with effective policies and procedures. 

Richard Simpson, Managing Director of Property and Richard 
Smith, Managing Director of Operations also attend meetings  
of the Committee.

Role
The role of the Health & Safety Committee is to:

•  Ensure that the Group’s policies, procedures and working 
practices regarding health and safety meet or exceed  
legal obligations

•  Annually review the Group’s Health & Safety Policy

•  Ensure that the Board is kept abreast of any regulatory changes 
in relation to health and safety and environmental issues and the 
impact such changes may have on the business of the Group

•  Receive reports as to business unit health and safety and 

environmental performance, policies and arrangements and 
any major health and safety incidents, so as to ensure that 
management identifies and implements any corrective action 
considered appropriate

ACTIVITIES IN 2014
The major activity of the Committee in 2014 was overseeing the 
governance of workplace safety and fire prevention as well as 
health and safety risks at our developments, which are becoming 
an increasing priority as we start to develop more properties. 

Our 2014 Quantum Compliance Health and Safety audit found 
continued improvement in the Group’s health and safety culture. 
Key findings were:

•  The Group understands the importance of maintaining a 

‘living’ Health & Safety Policy. We completed the on-going 
process of matching roles and responsibilities with health and 
safety at the forefront to enable the Health & Safety Policy to 
be fully updated

•  The function of the Safety Support Manager has now evolved 
with far more emphasis on providing support locally to our 
properties. This has been achieved with the Safety Support 
team becoming more proactive and responsive in how it 
communicates with the operational teams, which has in  
turn contributed to developing an improved health and  
safety culture

•  We have improved the monthly monitoring process through 

better safety audits. The focus now shifts to ensuring consistency 
across all our properties

In our operations, we rolled out nationwide the following key  
H&S activities:

•  126 fire risk assessments

•  Classroom-style training on fire safety awareness for over 200 
operational staff across all cities in the portfolio. This covered 
aspects such as fire origin, fire safety measures and effective 
fire safety management

•  A new fire safety records manual and statutory compliance file 

in over 125 properties

60

The Unite Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2014HEALTH AND SAFETY HIGH-RISE 
EVACUATION EXERCISE

We provided the emergency services access to the 19th 
floor of Sky Plaza in Leeds, one of the tallest buildings in the 
city and home to 1,497 students.

The exercise involved ten fire engines and 50 fire service 
employees who conducted an emergency evacuation 
using actors and simulating fire with smoke bombs. The 
exercise provided valuable high-rise evacuation training 
for local firefighters.

The safety of our students is of the highest importance and 
this exercise allowed the local fire services the opportunity  
to get a better understanding of our buildings and our fire 
procedures, should an evacuation ever be necessary when 
the buildings are in occupation.

Kathryn Fielding, Service and Safety Adviser in Leeds said, 
‘It was a great event which really tested our emergency 
services response. It also helped us to build relationships  
with our local emergency services teams.’

Our number of Reporting of Injuries, Diseases and Dangerous 
Occurrences Regulations 2013 (RIDDORs) has reduced with three 
in 2014, down from five in 2013 and six in 2012. 

At our development sites, where the health and safety risks 
increase as we roll out our development pipeline, we have 
enhanced our contractor processes. Contractors must provide  
a full-time health and safety supervisor on site who ensures 
weekly site support. There is also a requirement for weekly visits 
from a safety professional with National Examination Board in 
Occupational Safety and Health (NEBOSH) construction 
certificate qualification. We have moved to monthly site safety 
inspections (previously quarterly) and principal contractors are 
now required to attend quarterly meetings to discuss health  
and safety issues and best practice.

New key performance indicators were introduced to help 
monitor health and safety at our construction sites, with positive 
results. There were two reportable incidents providing an overall 
score of 0.15 (100,000 x no. of incidents/man hours worked) well 
below our KPI target of 0.3. The industry nationwide number is 
304.6 reportable accidents per 100,000 operatives/employees, 
whereas the Unite figure is 0.78 per 100,000 operatives/
employees showing we are materially lower than the industry 
standard. There were 18 non-reportable incidents, equating to 
a score of 1.34, again well below our key performance indicators 
target of 5.0. There is no published industry standard for non-
reportable incidents. 

PRIORITIES FOR 2015
The committee will continue to oversee the governance of our 
strategic health and safety plan for 2014-2016, continuing to 
focus on embedding a culture of health and safety, workplace 
safety and fire prevention and enhanced contractor appraisal 
and management procedures. 

61

The Unite Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2014Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statementsOther informationCORPORATE GOVERNANCE
ANNUAL STATEMENT OF THE CHAIR  
OF THE REMUNERATION COMMITTEE

ELIZABETH McMEIKAN
REMUNERATION COMMITTEE 
CHAIR’S OVERVIEW

DEAR SHAREHOLDER,
On behalf of the Board, it is my pleasure to present 
the Directors Remuneration Report for 2014, my first 
year as Chair of the Remuneration Committee.

Similar to last year, this report is split into three 
sections: the Annual Statement, the Policy Report 
and the Annual Report on Remuneration. Our 
remuneration policy, detailed on pages 64 – 71, 
remains consistent with that approved by 
shareholders at the 2014 AGM, and is reproduced 
in full for both ease of reference and in order to 
provide context to the decisions taken by the 
Committee during the year.

Unite has continued to perform strongly across all 
areas in 2014. Our financial performance has been 
headlined by growth in recurring profits (up 44% on 
a recurring basis and 9% overall), NAV up 13.6% to 
434pps (equating to a 15.0% total return on equity) 
and dividend up 133% to 11.2pps, together with 
a further strengthening of the Group’s capital 
structure evidenced by a reduction in see-through 
LTV (down to 43%). For more detail, please see 
the Financial highlights on page 1 and Key 
Performance Indicators on page 24 and 25. 

The Committee’s key decisions during the year related to the 
following areas:

REVIEW OF BASE SALARIES 
Towards the end of the year the Committee undertook a 
detailed review of the salaries of our Executive Directors. This 
review took into account a number of factors including external 
benchmarking against comparable companies, an assessment 
of individual experience and performance, and pay conditions 
across the Group. Following this review, the Committee agreed 
that basic salaries for Executive Directors will increase by 2.5%, 
effective March 2015. Across the organisation, salary increases 
for 2015 will average 2.5%, with higher increases to around 200 
employees following the Company’s commitment  
to pay a Living Wage (see page 68). 

ANNUAL BONUS OUTCOMES FOR THE FINANCIAL YEAR
Following another outstanding year, Executive Directors will 
receive bonuses of 128.8% of their respective base salaries  
(against a maximum of 144% of salary). The proposed bonuses 
reflect both the strong financial performance of the group and 
the exceptional individual contributions made by each of the 
Executive Directors over the last year. As in 2013, having carefully 
considered performance against individual objectives, as well  
as the performance of the Group as a whole, the Committee 
approved a maximum personal performance multiplier for each 
Executive Director. A summary of the key achievements by 
individual is included on page 74. 

LONG-TERM INCENTIVES
As outlined in our 2013 report, Executive Directors were each 
granted an award under the Long-Term Incentive Plan (LTIP) 
during the year based on performance over the three financial 
years to 31 December 2016. These awards will vest to the extent 
that challenging Earnings per Share (EPS), Total Return (TR) and 
relative Total Shareholder Return (TSR) targets are achieved over 
the period, with one-third of any award vesting required to be 
held for an additional year.

Performance share awards made in 2012 vested on performance 
to 31 December 2014. These awards were based on net asset 
value, net portfolio contribution and TSR outperformance of the 
FTSE 350 Real Estate. The Company exceeded maximum targets 
for both the NPC and TSR elements, with strong NAV performance 
resulting in 86% of maximum for that element vesting. The 
Committee is satisfied that the implied vesting level reflects the 
underlying performance of the Company. Consistent with the 
rules of the plan, these awards will vest in tranches with two-thirds 
released on the third anniversary of grant, and the remaining 
one-third being released after a further year-long holding period.

62

The Unite Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2014ADJUSTMENTS FOLLOWING PLACING
During the year, Unite raised £96 million through a share placing 
and open offer (hereafter ‘placing’). Following the placing, the 
Remuneration Committee evaluated the potential impact on 
the outcomes of short- and long-term incentives in respect of 
2014 performance and made a number of adjustments to 
ensure executive incentives were neutral to the capital raise. 
Consequently, actual outcomes for both operating cash flow and 
see-through LTV under the annual bonus, and NPC under the 
2012 LTIP, have been adjusted downwards, and further details of 
these changes can be found in the relevant sections on pages 74 
and 75. The Committee intends to make a similar adjustment to 
the actual NPC outcome in respect of the 2013 LTIP next year. 

REVIEW OF REMUNERATION POLICY
During the year the Committee considered Unite’s remuneration 
policy and concluded that the current structure – made up of 
base salary and benefits, a bonus plan and a single LTIP – 
continued to be appropriate.

For 2015, the annual bonus will operate on the same basis as in 
previous years, save for a minor change to the ‘corporate’ 
performance measures, where it is intended that operating cash 
flow and LTV targets will be replaced with a single measure  
of ‘Net debt to EBITDA ratio’ which essentially combines the two 
metrics but measures borrowing levels relative to cash generation 
rather than property values, which the Committee considers to be 
more appropriate. No changes are proposed to the LTIP in 2015, 
which will continue to be based on an equal blend of EPS, TR and 
relative TSR, with a mandatory one year holding period for 
one-third of any vested shares.

Further detail on the implementation of policy for 2015, including 
rationale for the proposed annual bonus change, is included on 
page 78.

AREAS FOR FUTURE CONSIDERATION
The Committee will continue to monitor market trends 
throughout 2015 in order to assess ongoing requirements for  
the Company’s remuneration practices, and will consult with 
shareholders about making changes should any significant 
departures from best practice arise. The appropriateness of 
clawback will be considered by the Committee in time for 
our next policy vote.

63

The Unite Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2014Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statementsOther informationCORPORATE GOVERNANCE
DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION POLICY

This report has been prepared in accordance with the provisions 
of the Companies Act 2006 and Schedule 8 of the Large and 
Medium-sized Companies and Groups (Accounts and Reports) 
(Amendment) Regulations 2013. It also meets the requirements  
of the UK Listing Authority’s Listing Rules and the Disclosure and 
Transparency Rules.

In accordance with the Regulations the following sections of the 
Remuneration Report are subject to audit: the Single total figure 
of remuneration for Directors and accompanying notes (pages 
73 – 75), Scheme interests awarded during the financial year 
(page 77) Payments to past directors (page 77), Payments for loss 
of office (page 77) and the statement of directors’ shareholdings 
and share interests (pages 80 and 81). The remaining sections of 
the report are not subject to audit.

Unite’s remuneration policy was approved by shareholders at the 
2014 AGM. The report below is as disclosed in the 2013 Directors’ 
Remuneration Report save for a number of minor changes as follows:

•  Clawback’ has been clarified to mean ‘malus’ in line with 

commonly accepted market terminology 

•  References to financial years have been updated where 

appropriate

•  Pay for performance scenario charts have been updated  

to reflect 2015 salaries

•  Current Non-Executive Director appointment expiry dates have 

been updated

•  Details of the Living Wage, paid as a minimum to all employees, 

have been included

POLICY TABLE

Function

Operation

Opportunity

Performance metrics

Base salary
To recognise the individual’s skills and experience and to provide 
a competitive base reward.

Base salaries are reviewed from time to time with reference  
to salary levels for similar roles at comparable companies, to 
individual contribution to performance; and to the experience 
of each Executive.

Pension
To provide an opportunity for Executives to build up income  
on retirement.

All Executives are either members of the Unite Group Personal 
Pension scheme or receive a cash pension allowance.

Salary is the only element of remuneration that is pensionable.

Benefits
To provide non-cash benefits which are competitive in the market 
in which the Executive is employed.

Executives receive benefits which consist primarily of the 
provision of a company car or a car allowance and private 
health care insurance, although they can include any such 
benefits that the Committee deems appropriate.

SAYE
To encourage the ownership of shares in Unite.

An HMRC approved scheme whereby employees (including 
Executive Directors) may save up to the maximum monthly 
savings limit (as determined by prevailing HMRC guidelines) 
over a period of three or five years. Options granted at  
a 20% discount.

64

Any base salary increases are applied in line with the outcome 

None.

of the review as part of which the Committee also considers 

average increases across the Group.

In respect of existing Executive Directors it is anticipated that 

salary increases will generally be in line with those of salaried 

employees as a whole. In exceptional circumstances 

(including, but not limited to, a material increase in job size  

or complexity) the Committee has discretion to make 

appropriate adjustments to salary levels to ensure they  

remain market competitive.

Executive Directors receive a pension contribution of 20%  

None.

of salary or an equivalent cash allowance.

Benefits vary by role and individual circumstances; eligibility 

None.

and cost is reviewed periodically. 

The Committee retains the discretion to approve a higher  

cost in exceptional circumstances (eg relocation) or in 

circumstances where factors outside the company’s  

control have changed materially (eg increases in  

insurance premiums).

Savings are capped at the prevailing HMRC limit at the time 

None.

employees are invited to participate.

The Unite Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2014DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION POLICY
The Group aims to balance the need to attract, retain and 
motivate Executive Directors and other senior executives of an 
appropriate calibre with the need to be cost effective, whilst  
at the same time rewarding exceptional performance. The 
Committee has designed a remuneration policy that balances 
those factors, taking account of prevailing best practice, investor 
expectations and the level of remuneration and pay awards 
made generally to employees of the Group.

In addition to the above, the remuneration policy for the 
Executive Directors and other senior executives is based  
on the following key principles:

•  A significant proportion of remuneration should be tied to  
the achievement of specific and stretching performance 
conditions that align remuneration with the creation of 
shareholder value and the delivery of the Group’s  
strategic plan

•  There should be a focus on sustained long-term performance, 
with performance measured over clearly specified timescales, 
encouraging Executives to take action in line with the Group’s 
strategic plan, using good business management principles 
and taking well considered risks

•  Individuals should be rewarded for success but steps should  
be taken, within contractual obligations, to prevent rewards  
for failure

This section of the report sets out the Policy for Executive Directors 
which shareholders approved at the 2014 AGM. The Policy came 
into effect from 1 January 2015.

POLICY TABLE

Function

Base salary

To recognise the individual’s skills and experience and to provide 

to salary levels for similar roles at comparable companies, to 

a competitive base reward.

individual contribution to performance; and to the experience 

Base salaries are reviewed from time to time with reference  

Any base salary increases are applied in line with the outcome 
of the review as part of which the Committee also considers 
average increases across the Group.

None.

Operation

Opportunity

Performance metrics

of each Executive.

Pension

on retirement.

Benefits

To provide an opportunity for Executives to build up income  

Pension scheme or receive a cash pension allowance.

All Executives are either members of the Unite Group Personal 

To provide non-cash benefits which are competitive in the market 

provision of a company car or a car allowance and private 

in which the Executive is employed.

Salary is the only element of remuneration that is pensionable.

Executives receive benefits which consist primarily of the 

health care insurance, although they can include any such 

benefits that the Committee deems appropriate.

SAYE

To encourage the ownership of shares in Unite.

An HMRC approved scheme whereby employees (including 

Executive Directors) may save up to the maximum monthly 

savings limit (as determined by prevailing HMRC guidelines) 

over a period of three or five years. Options granted at  

a 20% discount.

In respect of existing Executive Directors it is anticipated that 
salary increases will generally be in line with those of salaried 
employees as a whole. In exceptional circumstances 
(including, but not limited to, a material increase in job size  
or complexity) the Committee has discretion to make 
appropriate adjustments to salary levels to ensure they  
remain market competitive.

Executive Directors receive a pension contribution of 20%  
of salary or an equivalent cash allowance.

Benefits vary by role and individual circumstances; eligibility 
and cost is reviewed periodically. 
The Committee retains the discretion to approve a higher  
cost in exceptional circumstances (eg relocation) or in 
circumstances where factors outside the company’s  
control have changed materially (eg increases in  
insurance premiums).

None.

None.

Savings are capped at the prevailing HMRC limit at the time 
employees are invited to participate.

None.

65

The Unite Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2014Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statementsOther informationCORPORATE GOVERNANCE
DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION POLICY CONTINUED

POLICY TABLE CONTINUED

Function

Operation

Opportunity

Performance metrics

Performance Related Annual Bonus
To incentivise and reward strong performance against financial 
and non-financial annual targets, thus delivering value to 
shareholders and being consistent with the delivery of the 
strategic plan.

Performance measures, targets and weightings are set at the 
start of the year.

The scheme has two elements: a ‘corporate’ element and  
an ‘individual’ multiplier element. At the end of the year the 
Remuneration Committee determines the extent to which 
targets have been achieved.

Bonus payments are delivered in cash unless an individual’s 
shareholding requirements have not been met, in which case 
up to 50% of the annual bonus payable to the relevant Director 
is satisfied by an allocation of shares in the Company, which are 
held in its Employee Share Ownership Trust (ESOT)and are 
subject to malus provisions.

is 144% of base salary, comprising:

•  A maximum bonus under the corporate element of 120% of 

salary; achieving on-target performance warrants a bonus 

equivalent to 70% of salary

•  A maximum multiplier under the individual element of 1.2, 

with a range of zero to 1.2

For threshold level performance the bonus will be 50%  

of base salary.

For Executive Directors the maximum annual bonus opportunity 

Performance is assessed on an annual basis as measured against 

LTIP
To drive sustained long-term performance that supports the 
creation of shareholder value.

The LTIP comprises of a Performance Share Plan (PSP) and  
an Approved Employee Share Option Scheme (ESOS).

The ESOS is used to deliver a proportion of the LTIP in a tax-
efficient manner and is subject to the same performance 
conditions as awards made under the PSP.

Award levels and performance conditions are reviewed before 
each award cycle to ensure they remain appropriate and no 
less stretching than the first cycle.

Malus provisions will apply on unvested LTIP shares in the event 
of gross misconduct, material misstatement, if a mistake has 
been made in calculating vesting for a previous award  
or in any other circumstance that the Committee  
considers appropriate.

The LTIP provides for an award up to a normal aggregate limit 

Vesting of LTIP awards is subject to continued employment and 

of 150% of salary for Executive Directors, with an overall limit of 

performance against three equally-weighted measures, which 

200% of salary in exceptional circumstances.

are currently as follows:

For LTIP participants below Board level the maximum annual 

•  Adjusted EPS

LTIP opportunity is capped at 100% of base salary.

•  TR

•  Relative TSR

Awards may include a grant of HMRC approved options not 

exceeding £10k pa valued on a fair value exchange (currently 

50–60% of a PSP award).

The Committee has the discretion to authorise a payment, in 

cash or shares, equal to the value of dividends which would 

have accrued on vested shares during the vesting period.

specific objectives set at the start of each year. The measures 

include financial and non-financial metrics as well as the 

achievement of personal objectives.

Corporate measures will be weighted appropriately each year 

according to business priorities. Measures may include, but are 

not limited to, adjusted earnings, EPS, NAV growth, cash flow,  

LTV gearing and customer satisfaction. Weightings of individual 

measures may vary between 10% and 50%, with the range of 

performance required under each measure calibrated with 

reference to Unite’s internal budgets. Financial measures will 

make up at least 75% of the total opportunity under the  

corporate element.

The individual element is based on the strength of an  

executive’s personal performance over the course of the  

year, as measured by the twice-yearly Performance 

Development Programme review.

The Committee has discretion to adjust the formulaic bonus 

outcomes both upwards (within the plan limits) and downwards 

(including down to zero) to ensure alignment of pay with 

performance, eg in the event of one of the targets under the 

bonus being significantly missed or unforeseen circumstances 

outside of management control. The Committee also considers 

measures outside of the bonus framework (eg H&S) to ensure 

there is no reward for failure.

Further details of the measures, weightings and targets 

applicable are provided on page 74 and 75.

The Committee has the discretion to adjust the performance 

measures to ensure that they continue to be linked to the delivery 

of the Company strategy.

Under each measure threshold performance will result in 25%  

of maximum vesting for that element, rising on a straight-line basis 

to full vesting.

Awards made under the LTIP will have a performance period of 

at least three years and a minimum vesting period of three years. 

If no entitlement has been earned at the end of the relevant 

performance period, awards will lapse. Vesting of awards may,  

at the discretion of the Committee, be deferred in whole or in 

part for a period of up to two years following the end of a 

three-year vesting period. The Company’s current policy is for 

awards to vest two-thirds after three years with the remaining 

one-third deferred for an additional year.

As under the Performance Related Annual Bonus the Committee 

has discretion to adjust the formulaic LTIP outcomes to ensure 

alignment of pay with performance, ie to ensure the outcome  

is a true reflection of the performance of the Company.

Details of the targets to be used in future LTIP grants are included 

in the Annual Report on Remuneration.

66

The Unite Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2014Function

Operation

Opportunity

Performance metrics

Performance Related Annual Bonus

Performance measures, targets and weightings are set at the 

To incentivise and reward strong performance against financial 

start of the year.

and non-financial annual targets, thus delivering value to 

shareholders and being consistent with the delivery of the 

strategic plan.

The scheme has two elements: a ‘corporate’ element and  

an ‘individual’ multiplier element. At the end of the year the 

Remuneration Committee determines the extent to which 

targets have been achieved.

Bonus payments are delivered in cash unless an individual’s 

shareholding requirements have not been met, in which case 

up to 50% of the annual bonus payable to the relevant Director 

is satisfied by an allocation of shares in the Company, which are 

held in its Employee Share Ownership Trust (ESOT)and are 

subject to malus provisions.

For Executive Directors the maximum annual bonus opportunity 
is 144% of base salary, comprising:

•  A maximum bonus under the corporate element of 120% of 
salary; achieving on-target performance warrants a bonus 
equivalent to 70% of salary

•  A maximum multiplier under the individual element of 1.2, 

with a range of zero to 1.2

For threshold level performance the bonus will be 50%  
of base salary.

Performance is assessed on an annual basis as measured against 
specific objectives set at the start of each year. The measures 
include financial and non-financial metrics as well as the 
achievement of personal objectives.

Corporate measures will be weighted appropriately each year 
according to business priorities. Measures may include, but are 
not limited to, adjusted earnings, EPS, NAV growth, cash flow,  
LTV gearing and customer satisfaction. Weightings of individual 
measures may vary between 10% and 50%, with the range of 
performance required under each measure calibrated with 
reference to Unite’s internal budgets. Financial measures will 
make up at least 75% of the total opportunity under the  
corporate element.

The individual element is based on the strength of an  
executive’s personal performance over the course of the  
year, as measured by the twice-yearly Performance 
Development Programme review.

The Committee has discretion to adjust the formulaic bonus 
outcomes both upwards (within the plan limits) and downwards 
(including down to zero) to ensure alignment of pay with 
performance, eg in the event of one of the targets under the 
bonus being significantly missed or unforeseen circumstances 
outside of management control. The Committee also considers 
measures outside of the bonus framework (eg H&S) to ensure 
there is no reward for failure.

Further details of the measures, weightings and targets 
applicable are provided on page 74 and 75.

LTIP

The LTIP comprises of a Performance Share Plan (PSP) and  

To drive sustained long-term performance that supports the 

an Approved Employee Share Option Scheme (ESOS).

creation of shareholder value.

The LTIP provides for an award up to a normal aggregate limit 
of 150% of salary for Executive Directors, with an overall limit of 
200% of salary in exceptional circumstances.

Vesting of LTIP awards is subject to continued employment and 
performance against three equally-weighted measures, which 
are currently as follows:

For LTIP participants below Board level the maximum annual 
LTIP opportunity is capped at 100% of base salary.

Awards may include a grant of HMRC approved options not 
exceeding £10k pa valued on a fair value exchange (currently 
50–60% of a PSP award).

The Committee has the discretion to authorise a payment, in 
cash or shares, equal to the value of dividends which would 
have accrued on vested shares during the vesting period.

•  Adjusted EPS

•  TR

•  Relative TSR

The Committee has the discretion to adjust the performance 
measures to ensure that they continue to be linked to the delivery 
of the Company strategy.

Under each measure threshold performance will result in 25%  
of maximum vesting for that element, rising on a straight-line basis 
to full vesting.

Awards made under the LTIP will have a performance period of 
at least three years and a minimum vesting period of three years. 
If no entitlement has been earned at the end of the relevant 
performance period, awards will lapse. Vesting of awards may,  
at the discretion of the Committee, be deferred in whole or in 
part for a period of up to two years following the end of a 
three-year vesting period. The Company’s current policy is for 
awards to vest two-thirds after three years with the remaining 
one-third deferred for an additional year.

As under the Performance Related Annual Bonus the Committee 
has discretion to adjust the formulaic LTIP outcomes to ensure 
alignment of pay with performance, ie to ensure the outcome  
is a true reflection of the performance of the Company.

Details of the targets to be used in future LTIP grants are included 
in the Annual Report on Remuneration.

67

The ESOS is used to deliver a proportion of the LTIP in a tax-

efficient manner and is subject to the same performance 

conditions as awards made under the PSP.

Award levels and performance conditions are reviewed before 

each award cycle to ensure they remain appropriate and no 

less stretching than the first cycle.

Malus provisions will apply on unvested LTIP shares in the event 

of gross misconduct, material misstatement, if a mistake has 

been made in calculating vesting for a previous award  

or in any other circumstance that the Committee  

considers appropriate.

The Unite Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2014Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statementsOther informationCORPORATE GOVERNANCE
DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION POLICY CONTINUED

Shareholding guidelines
The Committee continues to recognise the importance of 
Executive Directors, aligning their interests with shareholders 
through building up a significant shareholding in the Company. 
Shareholding guidelines are in place that require Executive 
Directors to acquire a holding (excluding shares held 
conditionally pursuant to LTIP awards) equivalent to 200% of base 
salary for the Chief Executive and 150% of base salary for each  
of the other Executive Directors. Until the relevant shareholding 
levels are acquired 50% of the annual bonus payable to the 
relevant Director is satisfied by an allocation of shares in the 
Company, which are held in its ESOT. Subject to the Directors’ 
continued employment within the Group such shares are 
transferred to the Director on the third anniversary of the 
original allocation. Details of the Executive Directors’ 
current personal shareholdings are provided in the 
Annual Report on Remuneration.

NON-EXECUTIVE DIRECTOR REMUNERATION

Non-Executive Director

Date of service contract

P M White

R J T Wilson

M J Wolstenholme

A Jones

E McMeikan

10 January 2009

1 December 2010

1 December 2011

18 October 2012

13 November 2013

Subject to annual re-election by shareholders Non-Executive 
Directors are appointed for an initial term of approximately 
three years. Subsequent terms of three years may be awarded. 
Current appointments will expire at the Annual General Meeting 
in 2015 in the cases of Phil White and Manjit Wolstenholme;  
at the Annual General Meeting in 2016 in the case of Andrew 
Jones; and at the Annual General Meeting in 2017 in the cases  
of Elizabeth McMeikan and Sir Tim Wilson. The appointment  
and re-appointment and the remuneration of Non-Executive 
Directors are matters reserved for the full Board.

The Non-Executive Directors are not eligible to participate  
in the Company’s performance related bonus plan, LTIP or 
pension arrangements.

Details of the policy on fees paid to our Non-Executive Directors 
are set out in the table on page 73.

NOTES TO THE POLICY TABLE
The Committee is satisfied that the above remuneration policy  
is in the best interests of shareholders and does not promote 
excessive risk-taking. 

Performance measure selection and approach  
to target setting
The measures used under the annual bonus plan are selected 
annually to reflect the Group’s main objectives for the year  
and reflect both financial and non-financial priorities. Following  
a review and consistent with changes made to performance 
measures under the LTIP, the Committee determined that the 
adjusted earnings measure under the annual bonus would be 
replaced with EPS from 2014 onwards.

The Committee considers the combination of measures in the LTIP 
to be appropriate. The Committee reviewed the performance 
measures during 2013 to ensure that they are fully aligned with 
our strategy and with shareholders’ interests. Following the review 
the Committee concluded that an adjusted EPS measure would 
be more closely aligned with the Group’s strategic plans and with 
the profit attributable to shareholders. Similarly, the Committee 
resolved that a TR measure would improve alignment between 
Executives’ and shareholders’ interests. Consequently, for LTIP 
awards made from 2014 the NPC and NAV growth measures will 
be replaced by measures of adjusted EPS and TR respectively. 
Relative TSR is considered to remain the best measure to capture 
creation of shareholder value and rewards management for 
outperformance of the Company’s peers.

Targets applying to the bonus and LTIP are reviewed annually 
based on a number of internal and external reference points. 
Performance targets are set to be stretching but achievable  
with regard to the particular strategic priorities and economic 
environment in a given year. Under the annual bonus target 
performance typically requires meaningful improvement on  
the previous year’s outturn, and for financial measures targets  
are typically in line with the upper end of market consensus.

Remuneration policy for other employees
Unite’s approach to annual salary reviews is consistent across  
the Group with consideration given to the level of experience, 
responsibility, individual performance and salary levels in 
comparable companies.

All employees are eligible to participate in an annual bonus 
scheme with similar metrics to those used for the Executive 
Directors. Opportunities and specific performance conditions 
vary by organisational level with business area-specific metrics 
incorporated where appropriate.

Senior managers (c.25 individuals) are eligible to participate in 
the LTIP. Performance conditions are consistent for all participants, 
while award sizes vary by organisational level. Specific cash 
incentives are also in place to motivate, reward and retain staff 
below Board level. 

All employees are eligible to participate in the Company’s Save 
As You Earn (SAYE) scheme on the same terms.

With effect from March 2015, all employees will be paid,  
as a minimum, the Living Wage.

68

The Unite Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2014Performance metrics

None

NON-EXECUTIVE DIRECTOR POLICY TABLE

Function

Operation

Opportunity

Fees
To attract and retain 
Non-Executive Directors  
of the highest calibre with 
broad commercial and  
other experience relevant  
to the Company.

Fee levels are reviewed annually, with 
any adjustments effective 1 January  
in the year following review.

The fees paid to the Chairman are 
determined by the Committee, whilst 
the fees of the Non-Executive Directors 
are determined by the Board.

Additional fees are payable for acting 
as Senior Independent Director and 
as Chairman of any of the Board’s 
Committees (Audit, Remuneration, 
Nomination and Health & Safety).

Fee levels are benchmarked against 
sector comparators and FTSE-listed 
companies of similar size and 
complexity. Time commitment and 
responsibility are taken into account 
when reviewing fee levels.

Non-Executive Director fee increases  
are applied in line with the outcome  
of the annual fee review. Fees for the  
year commencing 1 January 2015  
are set out in the Annual Report  
on Remuneration.

Fee levels will next be reviewed during 
2015, with any increase effective 
1 January 2016. 

It is expected that increases to Non-
Executive Director fee levels will be in line 
with salaried employees over the life of 
the policy. However, in the event that 
there is a material misalignment with the 
market or a change in the complexity, 
responsibility or time commitment 
required to fulfil a Non-Executive Director 
role the Board has discretion to make an 
appropriate adjustment to the fee level.

PAY FOR PERFORMANCE SCENARIOS
The charts below provide an illustration of the potential future 
reward opportunities for the Executive Directors, and the potential 
split between the different elements of remuneration under three 
different performance scenarios: ‘Minimum’, ‘On-target’  
and ‘Maximum’.

Potential reward opportunities are based on Unite’s remuneration 
policy, applied to the base salaries effective 1 March 2015. The 
annual bonus and LTIP are based on the level of maximum 
opportunities applied in FY2014. Note that the LTIP awards granted 
in a year do not normally vest until the third anniversary of the 
date of grant, and the projected value is based on the face  
value at award rather than vesting (ie, the scenarios exclude  
the impact of any share price movement over the period). 

Mark Allan

100%

Minimum

£544k

54%

30%

16%

£1,011k

On-target

Maximum

£1,820k

£0

£0.5

£1.0

£1.5

£2.0

£m

Joe Lister

100%

Minimum

£345k

54%

30% 16%

£640k

30%

34%

36%

On-target

Maximum

£1,152k

£0

£0.5

£1.0

£1.5

£m

Richard Simpson

100%

Minimum

£310k

54%

30% 16%

£577k

30%

34%

36%

On-target

Maximum

£1,038k

£0

£0.5

£1.0

£1.5

£m

Richard Smith
100%

Minimum

£311k

54%

30% 16%

£577k

30%

34%

36%

On-target

Maximum

£1,039k

n  Salary, pension and benefits
n  Annual bonus
n  LTIP

The ‘minimum’ scenario reflects base salary, pension and benefits 
(ie fixed remuneration) which are the only elements of the 
Executive’s remuneration packages not linked to performance.

The ‘On-target’ scenario reflects fixed remuneration as above, 
plus bonus payout of 70% of salary and LTIP threshold vesting  
at 25% of maximum award.

The ‘Maximum’ scenario reflects fixed remuneration plus full 
payout of all incentives.

69

30%

34%

36%

£0

£0.5

£1.0

£1.5

£m

The Unite Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2014Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statementsOther informationCORPORATE GOVERNANCE
DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION POLICY CONTINUED

APPROACH TO RECRUITMENT REMUNERATION
External appointment
In the cases of hiring or appointing a new Executive Director from outside the Company the Remuneration Committee may make use 
of all the existing components of remuneration as follows:

Component

Base salary

Pension

Benefits

SAYE

Approach

The base salaries of new appointees will be determined by reference to relevant 
market data, experience and skills of the individual, internal relativities and their 
current basic salary. Where new appointees have initial basic salaries set below 
market, any shortfall may be managed with phased increases over a period  
of two to three years subject to the individual’s development in the role.

New appointees will receive pension contributions or an equivalent cash 
supplement in line with existing policy.

New appointees will be eligible to receive benefits which may include (but are  
not limited to) the provision of a company car or cash alternative, private medical 
insurance and any necessary relocation expenses. New appointees will also be 
eligible to participate in all-employee share schemes.

Maximum annual  
grant value

Performance Related 
Annual Bonus

The structure described in the policy table will apply to new appointees with the 
relevant maximum being pro-rated to reflect the proportion of employment over  
the year. Targets for the individual element will be tailored to each executive.

LTIP

New appointees will be granted awards under the LTIP on the same terms as other 
Executives, as described in the policy table. The normal aggregate limit of 150% of 
salary will apply, save in exceptional circumstances where up to 200% of salary may 
be awarded.

144% of salary

200% of salary

In determining appropriate remuneration the Remuneration 
Committee will take into consideration all relevant factors 
(including quantum, nature of remuneration and the jurisdiction 
from which the candidate was recruited) to ensure that 
arrangements are in the best interests of both Unite and its 
shareholders. The Committee may make an award in respect of 
a new appointment to ‘buy out’ incentive arrangements forfeited 
on leaving a previous employer on a like-for-like basis, which may 
be awarded in addition to the remuneration structure outlined  
in the table above. In doing so, the Committee will consider 
relevant factors including time to vesting, any performance 
conditions attached to these awards and the likelihood of those 
conditions being met. Any such ‘buy-out’ awards will typically  
be made under the existing annual bonus and LTIP schemes, 
although in exceptional circumstances the Committee may 
exercise the discretion available under Listing Rule 9.4.2 R to  
make awards using a different structure. Any ‘buy-out’ awards 
would have a fair value no higher than the awards forfeited.

INTERNAL PROMOTION
In cases of appointing a new Executive Director by way of internal 
promotion the Remuneration Committee and Board will be 
consistent with the policy for external appointees detailed above. 
Where an individual has contractual commitments made prior  
to their promotion to Executive Director level the Company will 
continue to honour these arrangements. The Remuneration 
policy for other employees is set out on page 68. Incentive 
opportunities for below Board employees are typically no higher 
than Executive Directors but measures may vary to provide better 
line-of-sight.

NON-EXECUTIVE DIRECTORS
In recruiting a new Non-Executive Director, the Remuneration 
Committee will utilise the policy as set out in the table on page 
69. A base fee in line with the prevailing fee schedule would be 
payable for Board membership, with additional fees payable 
for acting as Senior Independent Director and/or as Chairman 
of the Board’s Committees.

70

The Unite Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2014Executive

M C Allan

J J Lister

R C Simpson

R S Smith

Reason for leaving

Annual bonus

Resignation

‘Good’ leaver1

Change of control

LTIP

Resignation

‘Good’ leaver1

Change of control

SERVICE CONTRACTS AND TREATMENT FOR LEAVERS 
AND CHANGE OF CONTROL
Executive Director service contracts, including arrangements  
for early termination, are carefully considered by the Committee.  
In accordance with general market practice each of the 
Executive Directors has a rolling service contract requiring 
12 months’ notice of termination on either side. Such contracts 
contain no specific provision for compensation for loss of office, 
other than an obligation to pay for any notice period waived by 
the Company, where pay is defined as salary plus benefits only. 
Executive Director service contracts are available to view at the 
Company’s registered office.

When considering exit payments, the Committee reviews all 
potential incentive outcomes to ensure they are fair to both 
shareholders and participants. The table below summarises how 
the awards under the annual bonus and LTIP are typically treated 
in specific circumstances, with the final treatment remaining 
subject to the Committee’s discretion:

Date of service contract

31 October 1999

28 March 2002

28 September 2011

28 September 2011

EXTERNAL APPOINTMENTS 
With the approval of the Board in each case, and subject to the 
overriding requirements of the Group, Executive Directors may 
accept external appointments as Non-Executive Directors of 
other companies and retain any fees received. Effective 1 August 
2014, Mark Allan became a Trustee Director of Anchor Trust for 
which he will retain fees of £25,000 pa. None of the other 
Executive Directors currently hold external appointments.

CONSIDERATION OF CONDITIONS ELSEWHERE  
IN THE COMPANY
When making decisions on Executive Director remuneration  
the Committee considers pay and conditions across Unite. Prior  
to the annual salary review the Operations HR Director provides 
the Committee with a summary of the proposed level of increase 
for overall employee pay. The Remuneration Committee does not 
formally consult with employees on the executive remuneration 
policy and framework.

CONSIDERATION OF SHAREHOLDER VIEWS 
The Remuneration Committee maintains a regular dialogue with 
its major shareholders. Following feedback from shareholders  
the Committee has replaced NPC with adjusted EPS in the LTIP for 
awards going-forward. The Committee will continue to monitor 
trends and developments in corporate governance and market 
practice to ensure the structure of the executive remuneration 
remains appropriate.

Calculation of vesting / payment

No annual bonus payable.

Cash bonuses will only be paid to the extent that financial and individual objectives 
set at the beginning of the year have been met. Any resulting bonus will be prorated  
for time served during the year.

Outstanding awards lapse

The Committee determines whether and to what extent outstanding awards vest based 
on the extent to which performance conditions have been achieved and the proportion 
of the vesting period worked.

The determination of vesting will be made as soon as reasonably practical following  
the end of the Performance Period or such earlier date as the Committee may agree  
(within 12 months in the event of death).

In the event of a change of control, Unite awards may alternatively be exchanged  
for new equivalent awards in the acquirer where appropriate.

1  ‘Good’ leaver is defined as a participant ceasing to be employed by the Group by reason of death, disability, ill health, redundancy, retirement  

or any other reason that the Committee determines in its absolute discretion.

71

The Unite Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2014Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statementsOther informationCORPORATE GOVERNANCE
ANNUAL REPORT ON REMUNERATION

The following section provides details of how Unite’s remuneration 
policy was implemented during the financial year ending 
31 December 2014.

REMUNERATION COMMITTEE MEMBERSHIP IN 2014
The primary role of the Committee is to:

•  Review, recommend and monitor the level and structure  
of remuneration for the Executive Directors and other 
senior executives

•  Approve the remuneration packages for the 

Executive Directors

Key activities of the Remuneration Committee in 2014 were 
as follows:

•  Considered remuneration market trends and corporate 

governance developments 

•  Conducted a benchmarking exercise on Executive Directors’ 

salaries and total remuneration

•  Reviewed and approved the Executive Directors’ performance 
against 2014 annual objectives; determined bonuses payable

•  Approved share awards for 2014

•  Determine the balance between base pay and performance 

related elements of the package so as to align Directors’ 
interests to those of shareholders

The Committee’s terms of reference are set out on the Company’s 
website www.unite-group.co.uk. As of 31 December 2014 the 
Remuneration Committee comprised five independent 
Non-Executive Directors: 

•  Considered appropriate adjustments to performance 

outcomes resulting from the placing

•  Reviewed and approved salary increases for the Executive 

Directors and senior management for 2015

•  Determined the Executive Director’s bonus and LTIP 

performance targets for 2015 in line with the Company’s 
strategic plan

•  Elizabeth McMeikan (Committee Chairman)

•  Reviewed and approved the Chairman’s fee

•  Phil White

•  Sir Tim Wilson

•  Manjit Wolstenholme

•  Andrew Jones

Certain Executives, including Mark Allan (Chief Executive) and 
Ruth George (Operations HR Director) are, from time to time, 
invited to attend meetings of the Committee, and the Company 
Secretary, Christopher Szpojnarowicz, acts as secretary to the 
Committee. No individuals are involved in decisions relating to 
their own remuneration. The Remuneration Committee met four 
times during the year and details of members’ attendance at 
meetings are provided in the Corporate Governance Statement 
on page 51. 

•  Prepared the Directors’ Remuneration Report

•  Reviewed a long-term bonus plan for the Development team

ADVISERS
During the year the Committee undertook a competitive tender 
process and elected to retain Kepler Associates (‘Kepler’) as its 
independent adviser. The Committee undertakes due diligence 
periodically to ensure that Kepler remains independent and that 
the advice provided is impartial and objective. Kepler is a 
founding member and signatory of the Code of Conduct for 
Remuneration Consultants, details of which can be found at  
www.remunerationconsultantsgroup.com. In 2014 Kepler provided 
independent advice on remuneration policy and the external 
remuneration environment; salary and total remuneration 
benchmarking data; and performance testing for LTIPs. Kepler 
reports directly to the Chairman of the Remuneration Committee 
and does not advise the Company on any other issues. Their total 
fees for the provision of remuneration services in 2014 were £40,760 
on the basis of time and materials.

SUMMARY OF SHAREHOLDER VOTING AT THE 2014 AGM
The following table shows the results of the advisory vote on the 2013 Remuneration Report at the 2014 AGM:

For (including discretionary)

Against

Total votes cast (excluding withheld votes)

Votes withheld

Total votes cast (including withheld votes)

Remuneration Policy

Annual Report on Remuneration

158,927,995

99.8%

109,381,245

392,576

0.2%

1,244,718

98.9%

1.1%

159,320,571

423,489

159,744,060

110,625,963

49,118,097

159,744,060

Whilst the overall level of shareholder support was broadly similar to the prior year, some shareholders expressed concern regarding  
the treatment of performance targets following the 2013 share placing. Given this feedback, the Committee has made appropriate 
adjustments to 2014 incentive outcomes to ensure that Executive Directors are neutral to the placing which happened during the year.

72

The Unite Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2014SINGLE TOTAL FIGURE OF REMUNERATION FOR EXECUTIVE DIRECTORS (AUDITED) 
The table below sets out a single figure for the total remuneration received by each Director for the year ended 31 December 2014 
and the prior year:

Salary

Taxable benefits1

Pension benefit2

Annual bonus3

LTIP4

Other5

Total

Mark Allan

Joe Lister

Richard Simpson

Richard Smith

2014 
£

2013 
£

2014 
£

2013 
£

2014 
£

2013 
£

2014 
£

2013 
£

421,679 

411,396

266,813 

260,313

240,667 

234,791

240,667 

234,791

23,536 

31,084

15,167 

15,045

13,000 

13,000

13,940 

13,787

74,109 

72,303

73,902 

47,308

46,668

46,958

46,668 

46,005

545,170

499,950

344,950 

316,350

311,150 

285,330

311,150 

285,330

1,376,087 

904,834

876,986 

529,549

663,369 

245,421

663,369 

263,317

37,858 

24,167

23,899 

14,144

22,424 

6,071

17,924 

6,513

2,478,439 1,943,734 1,601,716 1,182,709 1,297,278

831,571 1,293,718

849,743

1  Taxable benefits consist primarily of company car or car allowance and private health care insurance. The figures above include car benefits of 

£22,573, £14,000, £13,000 and £13,000 for Messrs. Allan, Lister, Simpson and Smith respectively. 

2  Pension figures include contributions to the Unite Group Personal Pension Scheme and cash allowances, where applicable. The figure for Joe Lister 

includes an overpayment of £23,137 in respect of contributions made in 2014 which will be rectified during the 2015 financial year.

3  Payment for performance during the year. For 2014, Mark Allan, Joe Lister and Richard Simpson, having already reached their share ownership 
guidelines, received 100% of their bonus awards in cash. Richard Smith received 50% of his 2014 bonus award by way of a deferred allocation of 
shares through the Company’s ESOT. See following sections for further details.

4  LTIP awards granted in 2011, and which vested based on performance to 31 December 2013, are valued using the market prices at the date of vesting 

(26 June 2014 in respect of Mark Allan and Joe Lister, and 5 October 2014 in respect of Richard Simpson and Richard Smith) of 395.0p and 426.5p 
respectively. These amounts have been revised from last year’s report to reflect the actual share prices on the dates of vesting. For the 2012 awards, 
the market price on the date of vesting is currently unknown and so the value shown is estimated using the average market value over the last 
quarter of 2014 of 438.0p. See following sections for further details.

5 

‘Other’ includes the embedded value of SAYE options at grant and cash payments in lieu of dividends for vested 2012 LTIP awards.

SINGLE TOTAL FIGURE OF REMUNERATION FOR NON-EXECUTIVE DIRECTORS (AUDITED)
The table below sets out a single figure for the total remuneration received by each Non-Executive Director for the year ended 
31 December 2014 and the prior year:

P M White

R S Walker1

R J T Wilson

M K Wolstenholme

A Jones

E McMeikan2

Base fee

Committee Chair fees

2014 
£

2013 
£

124,000 

118,000

2014 
£

– 

2013 
£

–

16,325 

41,000

5,547 

10,566

43,000 

41,000

10,329 

43,000 

41,000

8,925 

43,000 

37,583

– 

39,417 

–

5,673 

6,000

8,500

–

–

Senior Independent 
Director fee

2014 
£

2013 
£

Total

2014 
£

2013 
£

– 

– 

– 

–

–

–

124,000 

118,000

21,872 

51,566

53,329 

47,000

5,000 

3,166

56,925 

52,666

– 

– 

–

–

43,000 

37,583

45,090 

–

1  The fees paid to Richard Walker for 2014 relate to the period 1 January 2014 to 15 May 2014 when he stepped down from the Board. Richard was 
replaced by Elizabeth McMeikan as Chair of the Remuneration Committee, and by Sir Tim Wilson as Chair of the Health & Safety Committee.

2  Elizabeth McMeikan joined the Board on 1 February 2014.

INCENTIVE OUTCOMES FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2014 (AUDITED)
Performance Related Annual Bonus in respect of 2014 performance
The 2014 annual bonus consists of two elements, corporate and individual. The corporate element of the bonus is calculated on  
a sliding scale up to a maximum of 120% of base salary, in accordance with which 'on target' performance by the Group results in  
a corporate bonus of an amount equivalent to 70% of base salary. To determine the actual bonus payment to an Executive Director,  
a multiplier (being the 'individual' element of the scheme) ranging between zero and 1.2 is applied against the corporate bonus. 

73

The Unite Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2014Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statementsOther informationCORPORATE GOVERNANCE
ANNUAL REPORT ON REMUNERATION CONTINUED

Applying the maximum individual multiplier (of 1.2), against the maximum corporate bonus (of 120% of base salary) results in a 
maximum annual performance related bonus opportunity of 144% of base salary. However, bonus payments at that level would  
only be made subject to the achievement of extremely stretching corporate performance targets and exceptional individual 
performance by the relevant Director. Target performance typically requires meaningful improvement on the previous year’s  
outturn, and for financial measures targets are typically in line with the upper end of market consensus.

The performance related bonuses awarded in respect of 2014 reflect corporate bonuses of 107.3% of base salary. After applying 
individual multipliers, actual performance related bonus payments awarded to the Executive Directors were 128.8% of their respective 
base salaries (89.4% of their maximum bonus opportunities). Further details, including the targets set and performance against each  
of the metrics, are provided in the tables below:

Corporate element outcomes 

Financial

Measure

Adjusted EPS

TR per share

Original performance targets

‘Threshold’ 
50% of salary

‘Target’ 
70% of salary

Wgt.

100% 
of salary

‘Stretch’ 
120% of salary

25.0%

25.0%

14.95p

38.2p

15.2p

42.8p

15.58p

15.82p

49.7p

54.3p

Actual

17.2p

57.4p

Operating cash flow

12.5%

£16.1m

£17.9m

£20.6m

£22.4m £22.1m1

LTV gearing

Non-financial

Customer satisfaction

Total corporate vesting (% of salary)

1  After adjustment for placing, see details below.

Individual element outcomes

12.5%

25.0%

49%

72

48%

74

47%

77

46%

79

46.9%1

75

Executive

M C Allan

J J Lister

R C Simpson

Achievements during the year included:

•  All Group financial and non-financial targets met or exceeded
•  Oversaw successful development and launch of the Group’s Home for Success purpose
•  Continued strengthening of senior management team, primarily through internal development 

and succession

•  Oversaw successful execution of important steps in delivering the Group’s strategic plan

•  All finance related targets met or exceeded for the year
•  Conclusion of major refinancing activity and establishment of long term capital strategy
•  Successful restructuring of finance team to enhance efficiency and accountability
•  Successful capital raise in USAF which facilitated an accretive portfolio acquisition by the fund

•  All Property related targets met or exceeded for the year
•  Oversaw continued growth in the Group’s secured development pipeline
•  Oversaw the successful sale of assets from the OCB joint venture and subsequent merger of UCC 

and LSAV

•  Led the successful acquisition of the Cordea Savills Student Hall Fund portfolio by USAF

R S Smith

•  All Operations related targets met or exceeded for the year
•  Oversaw the successful development, launch and initial roll-out of the Group’s Home  

for Success initiative

•  Continued to develop the capability of the Operations management team, resulting in higher  

and more consistent levels of service delivery across the business

•  Oversaw continued development of strategic relationships with key University partners

Vest 
(% salary)

30.0%

30.0%

14.6%

12.7%

20.0%

107.3%

Personal 
multiplier

1.2x

1.2x

1.2x

1.2x

Overall bonus outcomes

Executive

M C Allan

J J Lister

R C Simpson

R S Smith

Overall bonus outcome

Corporate vesting

Personal multiplier

 (% of salary)

 (% of maximum)

£

107.3%

1.2x

1.2x

1.2x

1.2x

128.8%

128.8%

128.8%

128.8%

89.4%

89.4%

89.4%

89.4%

£545,170

£344,950

£311,150

£311,150

Mark Allan, Joe Lister and Richard Simpson, having already reached their share ownership guidelines, will receive 100% of their 
bonus awards in cash. Richard Smith will receive 50% of his bonus awards by way of a deferred allocation of shares through the 
Company’s ESOT.

74

The Unite Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2014During the year, Unite raised £96 million through a share placing and open offer. Following the placing, the Remuneration Committee 
evaluated the potential impact on the outcomes of the Performance Related Annual Bonus in respect of 2014 performance and 
adjusted the actual outcomes for both operating cash flow and see-through LTV to hold Executive bonuses neutral to the capital 
raise, as follows; 

•  Actual operating cash flow was reduced by £2.4 million to neutralise the impact on cash flow of a higher stake in USAF

•  Actual see-through LTV was increased by 4% to account for additional net cash on the balance sheet awaiting deployment

No adjustment were made to Adjusted EPS or TR measures which are, as ‘per share’ measures, already neutral to the  
capital raise. 

The Committee is satisfied that the overall bonus outcomes detailed above are a fair reflection of each individual’s performance 
during the year.

2012 LTIP VESTING (VESTED ON PERFORMANCE TO 31 DECEMBER 2014)
Awards in 2012 were made under the New LTIP, consisting of The Unite Group plc Performance Share Plan and The Unite Group plc 
Approved Employee Share Option Scheme. Vesting of the awards was dependent on three equally-weighted measures over a 
three-year performance period; NAV per share growth, Net Portfolio Contribution (NPC) and TSR outperformance of the FTSE 350 Real 
Estate (Super Sector) Index. There was no retest provision. Further details, including vesting schedules and performance against each 
of the metrics is provided in the table below:

Measure

Weighting

Targets

Net Asset Value (NAV)  
per share

Net Portfolio Contribution 
(NPC) in 2014

TSR outperformance of the 
FTSE 350 Real Estate (Super 
Sector) Index

1/3

1/3

1/3

0% vesting below 6% pa (379 pence)
25% vesting for 6% pa (379 pence)
100% vesting for 12% pa (447 pence) or more
Straight-line vesting between these points

0% vesting below £23.5m
25% vesting for £23.5m
100% vesting for £31.5m or more
Straight-line vesting between these points

0% vesting if Group underperforms the Index
25% vesting for matching the Index 
100% vesting for outperforming Index by 9% pa
Straight-line vesting between these points

Total LTIP vesting (sum product of weighting and vest %)

1  After adjustment for placing, see details below.

Outcome

434 pence

Vest %

85.66%

£35.3m1

100%

Index  
+14.9% pa (172% 
return)

100%

95.22%

The performance period for the each of the elements ended on 31 December 2014. Two-thirds of awards will vest on the third 
anniversary of the date of grant with the remaining one-third vesting after an additional holding period of one year. 

Executive Director

Interests held

Vesting %

Interests vesting

Date vesting

Assumed  
market price

M C Allan

J J Lister

R C Simpson

R S Smith

329,947

210,276

159,057

159,057

95.22%

314,175

200,225

151,454

151,454

10 April 2015 (2/3)
10 April 2016 (1/3)

438.0p

Estimated value

£1,376,087

£876,986

£663,369

£663,369

As detailed above, in light of the placing the Committee evaluated the potential impact on the outcomes of the LTIP in respect of 
2014 performance and adjusted downwards the actual outcome for NPC by £3.4m to account for increased investment in USAF.  
No adjustments were made to NAV per share which is already neutral to the capital raise, or to TSR which is not directly impacted  
by the placing.

In line with regulations, the value disclosed above and in the single total figure of remuneration table on page 73 captures the full 
number of interests vesting (ie excluding the one-year holding period). As the market price on the date of vesting is unknown at the 
time of reporting, the value is estimated using the average market value over the last quarter of 2014 of 438.0 pence. The actual 
value at vesting will be trued-up in the 2015 Annual Report on Remuneration. Executives also became entitled to cash in lieu of the 
dividends payable on vested LTIP shares over the three year performance period. These payments are included in the row entitled 
‘Other’ in the single total figure of remuneration table on page 73, and amounted to £37,858, £23,899, £22,424 and £17,924 for 
Messrs. Allan, Lister, Simpson and Smith respectively.

75

The Unite Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2014Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statementsOther informationCORPORATE GOVERNANCE
ANNUAL REPORT ON REMUNERATION CONTINUED

PERCENTAGE CHANGE IN CHIEF EXECUTIVE 
OFFICER REMUNERATION
The table below shows the percentage change in CEO 
remuneration from the prior year compared to the average 
percentage change in remuneration for all employees.

The Chief Executive Officer’s remuneration includes base salary, 
taxable benefit and annual bonus. The pay for all other 
employees is calculated using the increase in the earnings of 
full-time employees for tax years 2013 and 2014. The analysis 
excludes part-time employees and is based on a consistent set 
of employees, ie the same individuals appear in the 2013 and 
2014 populations. 

CEO

All employees

2014 
£

2013 
£

% change  
2013 – 14

% change  
2013 – 14

Base salary

421,679

411,396

2.5%

2.7%

Taxable benefits

23,536

31,084

(24.3)%

(29.0)%

Annual bonus

545,170

499,950

9.0%

9.0%

RELATIVE IMPORTANCE OF SPEND ON PAY
The table below shows shareholder distributions (ie dividends  
and share buybacks) and total employee pay expenditure for 
the financial years ended 31 December 2013 and 31 December 
2014, along with the percentage change in both. 

Total employee  
pay expenditure

2014 
£m

36.3

2013 
£m

% change 
2013 – 14

31.6

15%

Distributions to shareholders

22.5

8.5

165%

The Directors are proposing a final dividend in respect of the 
financial year ended 31 December 2014 of 9.0 pence per 
ordinary share.

Employee remuneration excludes social security costs.

REVIEW OF PAST PERFORMANCE
The following graph charts the TSR of the Company and the  
FTSE 350 Real Estate Supersector Index over the six-year period 
from 1 January 2009 to 31 December 2014. Whilst there is no 
comparator index or group of companies that truly reflects the 
activities of the Group, the FTSE 350 Real Estate Supersector 
Index (the constituent members of which are all property holding 
and/or development companies or real estate investment trusts 
within the UK) was chosen as it reflects trends within the UK 
property market generally and tends to be the index against 
which analysts judge the performance of the Company.  
The table below details the Chief Executive’s ‘single figure’ 
remuneration over the same period.

HISTORICAL TSR PERFORMANCE
Growth in the value of a hypothetical £100 holding over 
the 6 years to 31 December 2014

8
0
0
2
r

e
b
m
e
c
e
D
1
3
t

a
d
e
t
s
e
v
n

i

0
0
1
£
f

o
e
u
a
V

l

350

300

250

200

150

100

50

0

31 Dec 
2008

31 Dec 
2009

31 Dec 
2010

31 Dec 
2011

31 Dec 
2012

31 Dec 
2013

31 Dec 
2014

  Unite
  FTSE 350 Real Estate Supersector Index

CEO single figure of remuneration  
(£000)

Short-term incentive award rates against  
maximum opportunity

Long-term incentive award rates against  
maximum opportunity

2009

2010

2011

2012

2013

2014

£665,313

£687,175

£1,475,577

£993,754

£1,943,734

£2,478,438

42.0%

43.4%

75.8%

63.4%

84.0%

89.4%

0.0%

0.0%

82.4%

26.3%

83.1%

95.2%

76

The Unite Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2014 
 
 
 
 
 
 
SCHEME INTERESTS AWARDED IN 2014 (AUDITED) 
LTIP
In April 2014 Executive Directors were granted awards under the LTIP with a maximum face value of c.150% of their respective 2014 
salaries. The three-year performance period over which performance will be measured began on 1 January 2014 and will end on 
31 December 2016. Two-thirds of each Executive’s awards is eligible to vest on the third anniversary of the date of grant (ie 10 April 
2017), with the remaining one-third vesting after an additional holding period of one year. 

Executive Director

Date of grant

awards granted1 Market price at date of award

Shares over which

M C Allan

J J Lister

R C Simpson

R S Smith

10 April 2014

150,174

95,753

86,566

86,566

428.5p

Face value

£643,496

£410,302

£370,935

£370,935

1  Combination of HMRC approved options under the ESOS (2,333) and nil cost options under the PSP calculated using a share price of 428.5 pence, 

being the closing mid-market price on the day the awards were calculated.

As foreshadowed in the 2013 Directors’ Remuneration Report, following feedback from shareholders the Committee made a small 
number of evolutionary changes to the performance measures governing vesting of the LTIP awards. Consequently, vesting of 2014 
awards is dependent on three equally-weighted measures over a three-year performance period: TR per share (previously NAV), EPS 
(previously NPC) and TSR outperformance of the FTSE 350 Real Estate Supersector Index. There is no retest provision. The Committee 
considers that the targets applying under each of the performance measures are no less stretching than in previous years. Details of 
the vesting schedules are provided below: 

Measure

2016 Adjusted EPS

TR per share pa
(2014 – 2016)

Weighting

1/3

1/3

TSR outperformance of the  
FTSE 350 Real Estate (Super Sector) 
Index (2014 – 2016)

1/3

Targets

0% vesting below 18.1 pence 
25% vesting for 18.1 pence 
100% vesting for 23.5 pence or more 
Straight-line vesting between these points

0% vesting below 8.5% pa 
25% vesting for 8.5% pa 
100% vesting for 14.5% pa or more 
Straight-line vesting between these points

0% vesting if Group underperforms the Index 
25% vesting for matching the Index 
100% vesting for outperforming Index by 9% pa 
Straight-line vesting between these points

EXIT PAYMENTS MADE IN THE YEAR (AUDITED) 
No exit payments were made in the year.

PAYMENTS TO PAST DIRECTORS (AUDITED)
Details of awards vesting to John Tonkiss under the 2011 LTIP were included in the 2013 Annual Report on Remuneration.

77

The Unite Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2014Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statementsOther informationCORPORATE GOVERNANCE
ANNUAL REPORT ON REMUNERATION CONTINUED

IMPLEMENTATION OF EXECUTIVE DIRECTOR REMUNERATION POLICY FOR 2015
Base salary
Market positioning of base salary is approached on an individual basis, taking account of advice received from the Committee’s 
independent advisers on the rates of salary for similar roles in selected groups of comparable companies and the individual 
performance and experience of each Executive. The aim is for base salary to be set with reference to the market median, 
dependent on the Committee’s view of individual and Group performance.

The Committee approved the following base salary increases with effect from 1 March 2015:

Executive Director

M C Allan

J J Lister

R C Simpson

R S Smith

Base salary from 1 March 2014 
to 28 February 2015

Base salary from 1 March 2015 
to 28 February 2016

Percentage increase

£423,400

£267,900

£241,650

£241,650

£434,000

£274,600

£247,700

£247,700

2.5%

2.5%

2.5%

2.5%

A salary increase averaging 2.5% across the Group was awarded at the annual pay review.

Pension
Executive Directors will continue to receive a pension contribution of 20% of salary or an equivalent cash allowance.

Performance Related Annual Bonus
The Performance Related Annual Bonus for the 2015 financial year will operate on broadly the same basis as in 2014. The Committee 
has approved a maximum bonus opportunity for each Executive of 144% of salary, consisting of a maximum of 120% of salary under 
the ‘corporate’ element and a maximum individual multiplier of 1.2x.

Financial (75%)

Non-financial (25%)

Corporate measures

Adjusted EPS

TR per share

Net debt to EBITDA ratio

Customer satisfaction

Wgt.

25.0%

25.0%

25.0%

25.0%

For 2015, the ‘corporate’ element of the annual bonus will continue to be based on a combination of financial and non-financial 
measures, weighted 75% and 25% respectively. The Committee intends to replace the existing operating cash flow and LTV targets 
with a single measure of ‘Net debt to EBITDA ratio’, weighted 25%. This change will help to further simplify the scheme and provide 
robustness against sector cyclicality going-forward, whilst still promoting strong cash flow generation and sustainable leverage. 
Proposed target levels have been set to be challenging relative to the 2015 business plan, although specific targets are deemed  
to be commercially sensitive at this time. It is the Committee’s current intention to disclose these targets retrospectively in the 2015 
Directors’ Remuneration Report.

LTIP
For 2015 the LTIP will continue to operate on the same basis as in the 2014 financial year. Executive Directors will each receive an 
award equivalent to 150% of salary delivered through a combination of the PSP and ESOS, with the final level of vesting dependent  
on the achievement of three-year performance targets relating to EPS, TR and TSR, as follows:

Measure

Weighting

Targets

2017 Adjusted Earnings Per Share (EPS) 

TR per share pa (2015 – 2017)

TSR outperformance of the FTSE350 Real Estate  
Supersector Index (2015 – 2017)

1/3

1/3

1/3

0% vesting below 23.7 pence
25% vesting for 23.7 pence
100% vesting for 31.5 pence or more
Straight-line vesting between these points

0% vesting below 9% pa
25% vesting for 9% pa
100% vesting for 15% pa or more
Straight-line vesting between these points

0% vesting if Group underperforms the Index
25% vesting for matching the Index 
100% vesting for outperforming Index by 9% pa
Straight-line vesting between these points

Any awards vesting will be released two-thirds after three years with the remaining one-third deferred for an additional year.  
Further details of the grant date and number of interests awarded will be disclosed in the 2015 Annual Report on Remuneration.

78

The Unite Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2014IMPLEMENTATION OF NON-EXECUTIVE DIRECTOR REMUNERATION POLICY FOR 2015
Chairman and Non-Executive Director Fees
During the final quarter of 2014, the Board undertook its annual review of Non-Executive Director fees. Following consideration  
of salary increases across the Group and indicative fee increases at sector and FTSE comparators, the Board determined that the 
basic fee should be increased from £43,000 pa to £44,100 pa and that additional fees should be increased by a similar rate.  
The Committee, in considering similar factors, determined that the fee payable to the Chairman of the Board should be increased 
from £124,000 pa to £127,100 pa Each of these fee increases are at 2.5% in line with increases for employees across the Group.  
A summary of the fee increases, which are effective 1 January 2015, is set out in the table below.

Position

Base fees

Chairman

Non-Executive Director

Additional fees

Senior Independent Director

Audit Committee Chair

Remuneration Committee Chair

Nomination Committee Chair1

Health & Safety Committee Chair2

2012 – 2013 fees

2014 fees

2015 fees

£118,000

£41,000

£4,750

£8,500

£6,850

£6,000

£6,000

£124,000

£43,000

£5,000

£8,925

£8,925

£6,300

£6,300

£127,100

£44,100

£5,125

£9,150

£9,150

N/A

£6,475

1  Phil White was appointed Chair of the Nomination Committee effective 1 January 2015, replacing Sir Tim Wilson. As Chairman of the Board, Mr White 

declined to accept any additional fee in respect of chairing this Committee.

2  Committee was established in June 2012

DIRECTORS’ INTERESTS (AUDITED)
A table setting out the beneficial interests of the Directors and their families in the share capital of the Company as at 31 December 
2014 is set out below.

Ordinary shares of 25p each  
at 31 December 2014

Ordinary shares of 25p each  
at 31 December 2013

M C Allan

J J Lister

R C Simpson

R S Smith

P M White

R J T Wilson

M J Wolstenholme

A Jones

E McMeikan

497,532

336,025

117,278

44,775

10,952

6,275

7,995

15,000

5,000

429,397

269,862

67,639

4,685

10,000

5,730

7,300

–

–

None of the Directors has a beneficial interest in the shares of any other Group company. Since 31 December 2014, there have 
been no changes in the Directors’ interests in shares.

Details of Directors’ share options are set out in the tables on page 80.

SHARE PRICE INFORMATION
As at 31 December 2014, the middle market price for ordinary shares in the Company was 465.0 pence per share. During the 
course of the year the market price of the Company’s shares ranged from 392.7 pence to 471.5 pence per ordinary share. 

79

The Unite Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2014Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statementsOther informationCORPORATE GOVERNANCE
ANNUAL REPORT ON REMUNERATION CONTINUED

EXECUTIVE DIRECTORS’ SHAREHOLDING REQUIREMENTS (AUDITED)
The table below shows the shareholding of each Executive Director against their respective shareholding requirement  
as at 31 December 2014:

Shares

Options

[Subject to  
holding period / 
continued
employment]1

Unvested and 
subject to 
performance 
conditions

Owned outright

Vested but not 
exercised

Shareholding 
requirement % 
salary/fee

Current 
shareholding %
salary/fee2

Requirement 
met?

390,532

244,913

243,065

218,100

346,988

221,235

199,998

199,998

–

–

–

–

200%

150%

150%

150%

M C Allan

J J Lister

R C Simpson

R S Smith

P M White

R J T Wilson

M J Wolstenholme

A Jones

E McMeikan

497,532

336,025

117,278

44,775

10,952

6,275

7,995

15,000

5,000

Yes

Yes

Yes

No

546%

583%

226%

86%

41%

68%

86%

162%

54%

1 

Includes awards vested under the 2012 LTIP, shares subject to a holding period under the 2011 LTIP and deferred bonus shares, where applicable.

2  Based on share price as at 31 December 2014 of 465.0p.

DIRECTORS’ INTERESTS IN SHARES AND OPTIONS UNDER UNITE INCENTIVES (AUDITED)
Deferred bonus 

Executive

R C Simpson

Interests held  
at 01.01.14

Granted during  
the year

Market price per 
share at grant

Interests vested 
during the year

Interests lapsed 
during the year

Interests held  
at 31.12.14

Deferral period

17,058

28,544

30,790

209.4p

201.1p

310.0p

442.0p

310.0p

442.0p

17,058

–

–

–

–

–

32,777

32,777

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

02.03.11 – 01.03.14

28,544

30,790

32,777

33,869

32,777

02.03.12 – 01.03.15

07.03.13 – 06.03.16

07.03.14 – 06.03.17

07.03.13 – 06.03.16

07.03.14 – 06.03.17

R S Smith

33,869

Share options

Executive

J J Lister

As at  
31.12.13

Granted during  
the year

Exercised during
the year*

Lapsed during  
the year

As at  
31.12.14

Exercise  
price

Normal  
exercise dates

58,662

–

58,662

–

–

232.5p 16.09.2007 – 15.09.2014

*  On the date of exercise (15 September 2014), the closing mid-market share price was 433p.

The highest, lowest and closing share prices for 2014 are shown on the previous page.

Options referred to in the table above were granted pursuant to the Unapproved Scheme. All options were granted for nil 
consideration. Options granted under the Unapproved Scheme after 1 January 2004 were subject to performance criteria based 
solely on TSR against companies included in the FTSE Small Cap Index (excluding investments trusts).

80

The Unite Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2014Interests awarded 
during the year 
(ordinary shares 
of 25p each in the 
Company)

Interests held  
at 01.01.14

Market price per 
share when 
awarded

Interests vested 
during the year

Interests lapsed 
during the year

Interests held at 
31.12.14 (ordinary 
shares of 25p 
each in the 
Company)

Period of  
qualifying  
conditions

LTIP awards

Executive

M C Allan

J J Lister

R C Simpson

R S Smith

275,725

329,947

196,814

161,366

210,276

125,482

69,262

159,057

113,432

74,313

159,057

113,432

150,174

95,753

86,566

86,566

213.8p

185.5p

319.0p

428.6p

213.8p

185.5p

319.0p

428.6p

156.8p

185.5p

319.0p

428.6p

156.8p

185.5p

319.0p

428.6p

Details of the qualifying performance conditions in relation to 
the above referred to awards made in 2012 and in 2014 (under 
the 2011 LTIP) are set out earlier in this report. Those details should 
also be taken as forming part of the 'auditable part' of this 
report. Details of performance conditions applying to the 2013 
awards were set out in the 2013 Directors’ Remuneration Report. 

Awards made in 2012, 2013 and 2014 took the form of a 
combination of nil cost options under the PSP and HMRC 
approved options under the ESOS. No variations have been 
made to the terms or conditions of any awards.

229,072

46,653

–

22.06.11 – 22.06.14

–

–

–

–

–

–

329,947

196,814

150,174

10.04.12 – 10.04.15

10.04.13 – 10.04.16

10.04.14 – 10.04.17

134,063

27,303

–

22.06.11 – 22.06.14

–

–

–

–

–

–

210,276

125,482

10.04.12 – 10.04.15

10.04.13 – 10.04.16

95,753

10.04.14 – 10.04.17

57,543

11,719

–

05.10.11 – 05.10.14

–

–

–

–

–

–

159,057

113,432

10.04.12 – 10.04.15

10.04.13 – 10.04.16

86,566

10.04.14 – 10.04.17

61,739

12,574

–

05.10.11 – 05.10.14

–

–

–

–

–

–

159,057

113,432

10.04.12 – 10.04.15

10.04.13 – 10.04.16

86,566

10.04.14 – 10.04.17

The fair value in respect of Directors’ share options and LTIP 
awards recognised in the income statement is as follows:

Executive

M C Allan

J J Lister

R C Simpson

R S Smith

2014 
£

2013 
£

431,777

318,651

269,445

190,878

207,918

143,513

209,286

121,510

Our annual report on remuneration from pages 72 to 81 has 
been reviewed and approved by The Board of Directors on 
23 February 2015.

81

The Unite Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2014Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statementsOther informationCORPORATE GOVERNANCE
DIRECTORS' REPORT 

As at 31 December 2014 the Company had received 
notifications from the following companies and institutions of  
the voting interests of themselves and their clients in 3% or more 
of the issued ordinary share capital of the Company.

Shareholder

1.  FMR LLC

2.  BlackRock Inc

3.  Old Mutual Plc

4.  Franklin Resources Inc

5.  Aberdeen Asset Management Group

6.  APG Asset Management NV

7.  Royal London Asset Management

8.  Norges Bank Investment Management

9. 

 Morgan Stanley Investment Management

10.  Principal Financial Group

Percentage of 
share capital

8.3

5.8

5.8

5.1

5.0

4.6

3.9

3.2

3.2

3.1

Following the year end, notifications were received from APG 
Asset Management NV that their interest had increased to 5.18%, 
Aberdeen Asset Management to 5.03% and then reduced to 
4.99%, and Old Mutual Plc to 6.03%.

SHARE CAPITAL
At the date of this report there are 201,559,116 ordinary shares  
of 25p each in issue, all of which are fully paid-up and quoted  
on the London Stock Exchange.

During the year a total of 115,090 ordinary shares of 25p each 
were allotted and issued pursuant to the exercise of options 
under The Unite Group plc Savings Related Share Option 
Scheme (100,711 at a price of 138.5p per share, 6,665 at a price  
of 162p per share, 554 at a price of 205.5p per share and 7,160  
at a price of 221.5p per share). In addition a total of 167,712 
ordinary shares of 25p each were allotted and issued pursuant 
to the exercise of options under the Approved Scheme (164,597 
at a price of 156.8p per share and 3,115 at a price of 185.5p per 
share) and a total of 101,077 ordinary shares of 25p each were 
allotted and issued pursuant to the exercise of options under the 
Unapproved Scheme (5,235 at a price of 191p per share, 58,662 
at a price of 232.5p per share and 37,180 at a price of 234p 
per share).

A further 24,500,000 ordinary shares of 25p each (at a price of  
410p per share) were allotted and issued pursuant to the Share 
Placing and Open Offer which took place during March 2014.

The rights attaching to the Company’s ordinary shares, as well  
as the powers of the Company’s Directors, are set out in the 
Company’s articles of association.

There are no restrictions on the transfer or voting rights of ordinary 
shares in the capital of the Company (other than those which 
may be imposed by law from time to time or as set out in the 
Company’s articles of association).

In accordance with the DTR, certain employees are required to 
seek approval to deal in the Company’s shares.

The Company is not aware of any agreements between 
shareholders that may result in restrictions on the transfers of 
securities and/or voting rights. No person holds securities in the 
Company carrying special rights with regard to control of the 
Company. Unless expressly specified to the contrary, the 
Company’s articles of association may be amended by  
special resolution of the shareholders.

CHANGE OF CONTROL
All of the Company’s share schemes contain provisions relating 
to a change of control. Outstanding rewards and options would 
normally vest and become exercisable on a change of control, 
subject to the satisfaction of any performance conditions.  
Other than certain of the Group’s banking facilities, there are  
no other significant agreements to which the Company is a 
party that affect, alter or terminate upon a change of control  
of the Company following a takeover bid. Nor are there any 
agreements between the Company and its Directors or 
employees providing for compensation for loss of office  
or employment that occurs because of a takeover bid.

Following a change of control of the Company, the convertible 
bonds issued by Unite Jersey Issuer Limited and announced on 
3 October 2014 become redeemable and/or convertible into 
ordinary shares of the Company (at the option of the holder).

The Directors have no authority to buy back the Company’s shares.

Details of proposals to be put to the Annual General Meeting in 
relation to the power of Directors to issue shares in the Company 
are set out under the heading 'Annual General Meeting'.

GOING CONCERN
The going concern statement is set out on page 54 under 
Accountability and is incorporated into this Directors’ Report  
by reference. 

DISCLOSURE OF INFORMATION TO AUDITORS
The Directors who held office at the date of approval of the 
Directors’ Report confirm that, so far as they are each aware, 
there is no relevant audit information of which the Company’s 
auditor is unaware; and each Director has taken all the steps that 
he ought to have taken as a Director to make himself aware  
of any relevant audit information and to establish that the 
Company’s auditors are aware of that information.

DIRECTORS’ CONFLICTS OF INTEREST
The Company has procedures in place for managing conflicts  
of interest. A Director is to notify the Chairman (and the 
Chairman notifies the Chief Executive) if they become aware 
that they, or any of their connected parties, may have an interest 
in an existing or proposed transaction with the Company or the 
Group. Directors have a continuing duty to update any changes 
to these conflicts.

POLITICAL DONATIONS
No political donations were made during the year ending 2014. 

82

The Unite Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2014The Companies (Shareholders’ Rights) Regulations 2009 (the 
Shareholders’ Rights Regulations) increased the notice period for 
general meetings of the Company to 21 days unless shareholders 
approve a shorter notice period, which cannot be less than 14 
clear days. At the Annual General Meeting of the Company held 
in 2014, shareholders authorised the calling of general meetings, 
other than an Annual General Meeting, on not less than 14 clear 
days’ notice. Resolution 17 seeks the approval of shareholders  
to renew the authority to be able to call general meetings (other 
than an Annual General Meeting) on 14 clear days’ notice. The 
flexibility offered by Resolution 17 will be used where, taking into 
account the circumstances, the Directors consider this 
appropriate in relation to the business of the meeting and in  
the interests of the Company and shareholders as a whole. The 
Company undertakes to meet the requirements for electronic 
voting under the Shareholders’ Rights Regulations before calling  
a general meeting on 14 clear days’ notice. If given, the 
approval will be effective until the Company’s next Annual 
General Meeting, when it is intended that a similar resolution  
will be proposed.

By order of the Board

CHRISTOPHER SZPOJNAROWICZ 
Company Secretary
23 February 2015

OTHER INFORMATION INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE
The following information in the Strategic Report is incorporated 
into this Directors’ Report by reference:

Results and dividend

Greenhouse gas emissions

Employment Relations  
and Equal Opportunities

Page 1 

Page 40 

Page 41

The Corporate Governance Statement on pages 44 to 83 and 
the Statement of Directors’ responsibilities on page 84 are 
incorporated into this Directors’ Report by reference.

MANAGEMENT REPORT
This Directors’ Report together with the strategic report and 
other sections from the annual report which are incorporated 
by reference collectively comprise the Management Report for 
the purposes of DTR 4.1.5 R.

ANNUAL GENERAL MEETING
The Annual General Meeting of the Company will be held at The 
Core, 40 St Thomas Street, Bristol BS1 6JX at 9.30am on 14 May 
2015. Formal notice of the meeting is given on pages 138 to 141.

In addition to the ordinary business of the meeting, Resolution 15 
will be proposed as an ordinary resolution to grant the Directors 
authority to allot shares in the Company, and grant rights 
to subscribe for or to convert any security into shares of the 
Company, up to an aggregate of nominal value of £16,796,593 
representing approximately one-third of the issued share capital 
of the Company as at 23 February 2015. In accordance with 
guidelines issued by the Association of British Insurers this 
resolution also grants the Directors authority to allot further equity 
securities up to an aggregate nominal value of £16,796,593, 
again representing approximately one-third of the nominal  
value of the issued ordinary share capital of the Company as at 
23 February 2015. This additional authority may only be applied 
to fully pre-emptive rights issues.

Resolution 16 will be proposed as a Special Resolution to authorise 
the Directors to allot equity securities for cash other than in 
accordance with statutory pre-emption rights (which require  
a company to offer all allotments for cash first to existing 
shareholders in proportion to their holdings), in respect of the 
allotment of shares in connection with any rights issue or other 
issue by way of rights and otherwise up to an aggregate nominal 
amount of £2,519,489 (representing approximately 5% of the 
issued share capital of the Company as at 23 February 2015) 
for general purposes plus an additional amount of £2,519,489 
(representing approximately 5% of the issued share capital) in 
connection with an acquisition or specified capital investment, 
in accordance with updated institutional guidance.

The Board has no current intention of exercising either of the 
authorities conferred by the above resolutions. Unless revoked, 
varied or extended, those authorities will expire at the conclusion 
of the next Annual General Meeting of the Company or the date 
following 15 months from the passing of the resolutions, whichever 
is the earlier.

83

The Unite Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2014Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statementsOther informationCORPORATE GOVERNANCE
STATEMENT OF DIRECTORS' RESPONSIBILITIES IN RESPECT  
OF THE ANNUAL REPORT AND THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

We confirm that to the best of our knowledge:

•  The financial statements, prepared in accordance with the 
applicable set of accounting standards, give a true and fair 
view of the assets, liabilities, financial position and profit or loss 
of the Company and the undertakings included in the 
consolidation taken as a whole

•  The strategic report includes a fair review of the development 
and performance of the business and the position of the issuer 
and the undertakings included in the consolidation taken as  
a whole, together with a description of the principal risks and 
uncertainties that they face

We consider the Annual Report and Accounts, taken as a whole,  
is fair, balanced and understandable and provides the 
information necessary for shareholders to assess the Group’s 
position and performance, business model and strategy.

M C ALLAN 
Director  
23 February 2015

J J LISTER
Director

84

The Unite Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2014FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
WHAT’S IN THIS SECTION 
Independent auditor’s report
86 
89 
Introduction and table of contents
90  Consolidated income statement
90  Consolidated statement  
of comprehensive income
91  Consolidated balance sheet
92  Company balance sheet
93  Consolidated statement of changes  

in shareholders’ equity

94  Company statement of changes  

in shareholders’ equity

95  Statements of cash flows
96  Notes to the financial statements

The Unite Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2014

85

Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statementsOther informationFINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT TO THE MEMBERS 
INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT TO THE MEMBERS 
OF THE UNITE GROUP PLC ONLY
OF THE UNITE GROUP PLC ONLY 

OPINIONS AND CONCLUSIONS ARISING FROM OUR AUDIT 

1. Our opinion on the financial statements is unmodified 
We have audited the financial statements of The Unite Group plc for the year ended 31 December 2014 which comprise the 
Consolidated Income Statement, the Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income, the Consolidated and Company 
Balance Sheets, the Consolidated and Company Statement of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity, the Consolidated and 
Company Statements of Cash Flows and the related notes. In our opinion:  

  the financial statements give a true and fair view of the state of the Group’s and of the parent company’s affairs as at 

31 December 2014 and of the Group’s profit for the year then ended  

  the Group financial statements have been properly prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards 

as adopted by the European Union (IFRSs as adopted by the EU)  

  the parent company financial statements have been properly prepared in accordance with IFRSs as adopted by the EU and 

as applied in accordance with the provisions of the Companies Act 2006  

  the financial statements have been prepared in accordance with the requirements of the Companies Act 2006 and, 

as regards the Group financial statements, Article 4 of the IAS Regulation  

2. Our assessment of risks of material misstatement 
In arriving at our audit opinion above on the financial statements the risks of material misstatement that had the greatest effect 
on our audit were as follows.  

Valuation of investment and development properties (£899.7 million) 
Refer to the Audit Committee Report and note 3.1 for the accounting policy and financial disclosures.  

  The risk – Investment properties and investment properties under development are held at fair value in the Group’s financial 
statements, and at every period end the change in fair value is reported in the Consolidated Income Statement. The Group 
engages external experts to value these properties at each reporting period. The valuation models applied are complex and 
require consideration of the existing market conditions including yields and estimates regarding rental income, occupancy and 
property management costs. Valuing investment properties under development can be further complicated by the need to 
forecast discounted cash flows with a deduction for costs to complete. 

  Our response – In this area our audit procedures included evaluating the competency of the external experts engaged by the 
Group to value the investment and development properties, in the context of their ability to generate a reliable estimate of the 
fair value. The assessment of the external experts included, but was not limited to, assessing their professional qualifications, 
experience and independence from the Group. We met with all the external valuation experts to discuss their valuation 
methodology. We used our own valuation specialists to assist us in critically assessing the valuation methodology applied, and 
considered whether it is in line with accounting requirements and best practice. We challenged all key assumptions, including 
yields, rental income, occupancy and property operating costs. Specifically, we performed our own assessment of these inputs 
and compared rental income to current tenancy contracts on a sample basis, occupancy to sales reports and property 
operating costs for a sample of properties through to actual costs for the year.  

In addition, for investment properties under development, we compared the costs to complete used in the valuations to 
internal budgets and business plans and considered the historical accuracy of such budgets and business plans. 

We assessed whether the Group’s disclosures (see note 3.1) in respect of the inputs into the valuations properly reflected the 
assumptions used and met the requirements of the relevant accounting standards. 

Classification of joint ventures (£383.8 million) 
Refer to the Audit Committee Report and note 3.4 for the accounting policy and financial disclosures.  

  The risk – Two of the Group’s significant assets are its investments in USAF and LSAV which the Group has historically accounted 
for as joint ventures. During the year the Group has adopted IFRSs 10 and 11 which introduced a new definition of control and 
new guidance on how to classify and account for jointly controlled entities. Due to the complexity of the contractual 
arrangements, and the Group’s role as manager of the entities, the assessment of whether the Group has control or joint 
control of these entities involves judgements around a number of significant factors, primarily in the Group’s case; the power 
the Group has to direct relevant activities.  

  Our response – In this area our audit procedures included critically assessing the identification of relevant activities and how 

significantly they affect returns against our own expectations based on our knowledge of the client; verifying the Group’s rights 
and those of the respective Advisory Committees to direct the relevant activities to legal agreements and reviewing minutes; 
and evaluating the conclusions reached by the Group, notably as to who directed the relevant activities identified and which 
were the most significant, against the evidence provided and the requirements of the accounting standards. 

We also considered whether the Group’s disclosures (see note 3.4) met the requirements of the relevant accounting standards. 

86

86

The Unite Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2014 

The Unite Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2014 
 
 
 
  
S
t
r

a
t
e
g
c

i

Deferred tax assets (£24.4 million) 
Refer to the Audit Committee Report and note 2.5 for the accounting policy and financial disclosures. 

r

e
p
o

r
t

r

r

C
o
p
o
a
t
e
g
o
v
e
n
a
n
c
e

r

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

O
t
h
e

r

  The risk – The Group has recognised deferred tax assets of £24.4 million (2013: £22.4 million) in respect of tax losses considered to 
be recoverable against deferred tax liabilities and future taxable profits. In addition a deferred tax asset of £8.9 million has not 
been recognised due to the uncertainty of future taxable profits and the ability to offset losses against them. The estimate of 
future taxable profits requires judgement and interpretation of tax laws as well as estimating future profits. The recoverability of 
assets recognised could vary significantly if different assumptions are applied in estimating future taxable profits and the ability 
to utilise the tax losses. The risk is that the amount recognised on the balance sheet may be over- or under-estimated and any 
adjustment would directly affect the profit and the effective tax rate for the period. 

  Our response – In this area our audit procedures included, testing the principles and integrity of the model used to forecast 

taxable profits, comparison of the key input assumptions (such as rental income, property operating costs, administration costs, 
capital expenditure) to business plans and considered the historical accuracy of such business plans. We used our own tax 
specialists to consider the appropriateness of the application of tax laws, the appropriateness of tax and the ability to offset 
projected tax profits against the brought forward losses.  

We also considered whether the Group’s disclosures (see note 2.5) met the requirements of the relevant accounting standards.  

3. Our application of materiality and an overview of the scope of our audit 
The materiality for the Group financial statements as a whole was set at £6.5 million, determined with reference to a benchmark 
of total Group assets (of which it represents 0.5%).  

In addition, we applied materiality of £2.0 million to revenue, cost of sales, operating expenses, loan interest and similar charges, 
finance income, share of joint venture profit and taxation, for which we believe misstatements of lesser amounts than materiality 
for the financial statements as a whole could be reasonably expected to influence the Company’s members assessment of the 
financial performance of the Group.  

We report to the Audit Committee any corrected or uncorrected identified misstatements exceeding £325,000, in addition to 
other identified misstatements that warranted reporting on qualitative grounds. 

The Group audit team performed the audit of the Group as if it was a single aggregated set of financial information. The audit 
was performed using the materiality levels set out above and covered 100% of total Group revenue, Group profit before tax and 
total Group assets. 

4. Our opinion on other matters prescribed by the Companies Act 2006 is unmodified 
In our opinion:  

  the part of the Directors’ Remuneration Report to be audited has been properly prepared in accordance with the Companies 

Act 2006  

  the information given in the Strategic Report and the Directors’ Report for the financial year for which the financial statements 

are prepared is consistent with the financial statements 

  the information given in the Corporate Governance Statement with respect to internal control and risk management systems in 

relation to financial reporting processes and about share capital structures is consistent with the financial statements 

5. We have nothing to report in respect of the matters on which we are required to report by exception  
Under ISAs (UK and Ireland) we are required to report to you if, based on the knowledge we acquired during our audit, we have 
identified other information in the Annual Report that contains a material inconsistency with either that knowledge or the 
financial statements, a material misstatement of fact, or that is otherwise misleading.  

In particular, we are required to report to you if:  

  we have identified material inconsistencies between the knowledge we acquired during our audit and the Directors’ 
statement that they consider that the Annual Report and financial statements taken as a whole is fair, balanced and 
understandable and provides the information necessary for shareholders to assess the Group’s performance, business model 
and strategy 

  the Audit Committee report does not appropriately address matters communicated by us to the Audit Committee 

Under the Companies Act 2006 we are required to report to you if, in our opinion:  

  adequate accounting records have not been kept by the parent company, or returns adequate for our audit have not been 

received from branches not visited by us  

  the parent company financial statements and the part of the Directors’ Remuneration Report to be audited are not in 

agreement with the accounting records and returns  

  certain disclosures of Directors’ remuneration specified by law are not made  

  we have not received all the information and explanations we require for our audit 

  a Corporate Governance Statement has not been prepared by the Company  

The Unite Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2014 

87 
87

The Unite Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2014Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statementsOther information 
 
 
 
 
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT TO THE MEMBERS 
INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT TO THE MEMBERS 
OF THE UNITE GROUP PLC ONLY CONTINUED
OF THE UNITE GROUP PLC ONLY CONTINUED 

Under the Listing Rules we are required to review:  

  the Directors’ statement in relation to going concern 

  the part of the Corporate Governance Statement relating to the Company’s compliance with the ten provisions of the 2012 UK 

Corporate Governance Code specified for our review 

We have nothing to report in respect of the above responsibilities 

SCOPE OF REPORT AND RESPONSIBILITIES 
As explained more fully in the Directors’ Responsibilities Statement set out on page 84, the Directors are responsible for the 
preparation of the financial statements and for being satisfied that they give a true and fair view. A description of the scope of 
an audit of financial statements is provided on the Financial Reporting Council’s website at www.frc.org.uk/auditscopeukprivate. 
This report is made solely to the Company’s members as a body and is subject to important explanations and disclaimers 
regarding our responsibilities, published on our website at www.kpmg.com/uk/auditscopeukco2014a, which are incorporated 
into this report as if set out in full and should be read to provide an understanding of the purpose of this report, the work we have 
undertaken and the basis of our opinions. 

WILLIAM MEREDITH (SENIOR STATUTORY AUDITOR) 
for and on behalf of KPMG LLP, Statutory Auditor  
Chartered Accountants 
15 Canada Square 
London 
E14 5GL 

23 February 2015 

88
88

The Unite Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2014 

The Unite Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2014 
 
 
 
 
  
S
t
r

a
t
e
g
c

i

r

e
p
o

r
t

r

r

C
o
p
o
a
t
e
g
o
v
e
n
a
n
c
e

r

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

O
t
h
e

r

INTRODUCTION AND TABLE OF CONTENTS
INTRODUCTION AND TABLE OF CONTENTS 

Whilst these financial statements are prepared in accordance with IFRS, the Board of Directors manage the 
business based on EPRA earnings and EPRA net asset value (NAV) which can be found in section 2. These 
results are aligned with the European Public Real Estate Association (EPRA) best practice recommendations. 
We have grouped the notes to the financial statements under five main headings: 
• Results for the year, including segmental information, EPRA earnings and EPRA NAV 
• Asset management 
• Funding 
• Working capital  
• Key management and employee benefits 
Each section sets out the relevant accounting policies applied in these financial statements together with the 
key judgements and estimates used.  

Primary statements 
Consolidated income statement 
Consolidated statement of comprehensive income 
Consolidated balance sheet 
Company balance sheet 
Consolidated statement of changes in shareholders’ equity 
Company statement of changes in shareholders’ equity 
Statements of cash flows 
Section 1: Basis of preparation 

Section 2: Results for the year 
2.1 Segmental information 
2.2 Earnings 
2.3 Net assets 
2.4 Revenue and costs 
2.5 Tax 
2.6 Audit fees 

Section 3: Asset management 

3.1 Wholly owned property assets 
3.2 Inventories 
3.3 Other non-current assets 
3.4 Investments in joint ventures 
3.5 Investments in subsidiaries 

Section 4: Funding 
4.1 Borrowings 
4.2 Interest rate swaps 
4.3 Net financing costs 
4.4 Gearing 
4.5 Financial risk factors 
4.6 Operating leases 
4.7 Capital management 
4.8 Equity 
4.9 Dividends 

Section 5: Working capital 

5.1 Cash 
5.2 Trade and other receivables 
5.3 Credit risk 
5.4 Trade and other payables 
5.5 Transactions with other Group companies 

Section 6: Key management and employee benefits 

6.1 Staff numbers and costs 
6.2 Key management personnel 
6.3 Share based compensation 

The Unite Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2014 

89 
89

The Unite Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2014Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statementsOther information 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
CONSOLIDATED INCOME STATEMENT
CONSOLIDATED INCOME STATEMENT 
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2014
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2014 

Rental income 
Property sales and other income 

Total revenue 
Cost of sales 
Operating expenses 
Results from operating activities 
Loss on disposal of property 
Net valuation gains on property 

Profit before net financing costs 

Loan interest and similar charges 
Mark to market changes in interest rate swaps 
Finance costs 
Finance income 

Net financing costs 

Share of joint venture profit 

Profit before tax 
Tax 

Profit for the year 

Profit for the year attributable to 
Owners of the parent company 
Minority interest 

Earnings per share 
Basic 
Diluted 

Note 

2.4 

2.4 

2.4 

3.1 

4.3 

4.3 

4.3 

4.3 

4.3 

3.4b 

2.5 

2.2c 

2.2c 

2.2c 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME 
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2014 

Profit for the year 

Movements in effective hedges 
Gains on hedging instruments transferred to income statement 
Share of joint venture movements in effective hedges  
Share of joint venture movement on hedging instruments transferred to income statement 
Other comprehensive income for the year 

2014  
£m 

89.4 
19.1 

108.5 
(50.0) 
(25.9) 
32.6 
(1.0) 
43.3 

74.9 

(22.2) 
(1.3) 
(23.5) 
0.5 

(23.0) 

56.5 

108.4 
(3.6) 

104.8 

102.6 
2.2 
104.8 

53.1p 
52.3p 

2014  
£m 

104.8 

(0.1) 
1.2 
(1.8) 
– 
(0.7) 

2013 
£m 

81.0 
20.6 

101.6 
(41.8) 
(23.4) 
36.4 
(1.0) 
35.4 

70.8 

(19.3) 
0.7 
(18.6) 
15.7 

(2.9) 

9.2 

77.1 
2.2 

79.3 

78.0 
1.3 
79.3 

46.0p 
46.0p 

2013  
£m 

79.3 

0.7 
– 
3.6 
2.9 
7.2 

Total comprehensive income for the year 

104.1 

86.5 

Attributable to 
Owners of the parent company 
Minority interest 

101.9 
2.2 
104.1 

84.9 
1.6 
86.5 

All movements above are shown net of deferred tax. All other comprehensive income may be classified as profit and loss 
in the future. 

90

90

The Unite Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2014 

The Unite Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2014 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Note 

3.1 

3.1 

3.4b 

3.4b 

3.3 

2.5c 

3.1 

3.1 

3.2 

5.2 

5.1 

4.1 

4.2 

5.4 

4.1 

4.2 

2.5c 

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET 
AT 31 DECEMBER 2014
AT 31 DECEMBER 2014 

Assets 
Investment property 
Investment property under development 
Investment in joint ventures 
Joint venture investment loans 
Other non-current assets 
Deferred tax asset 

Total non-current assets 

Completed property 
Properties under development 
Inventories 
Trade and other receivables 
Cash and cash equivalents 

Total current assets 

Total assets 

Liabilities 
Borrowings 
Interest rate swaps 
Trade and other payables 
Current tax creditor 

Total current liabilities 

Borrowings  
Interest rate swaps 
Deferred tax liability 

Total non-current liabilities 

Total liabilities 

Net assets 

Equity 
Issued share capital 
Share premium 
Merger reserve 
Retained earnings 
Hedging reserve 
Equity portion of convertible instrument 

Equity attributable to the owners of the parent company 
Minority interest 

Total equity 

r

r

C
o
p
o
a
t
e
g
o
v
e
n
a
n
c
e

r

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

O
t
h
e

r

S
t
r

a
t
e
g
c

i

2013  
£m 

r

e
p
o

r
t

767.6 
95.5 
237.2 
10.2 
7.3 
0.6 

2014  
£m 

850.5 
49.2 
383.8 
– 
15.3 
2.2 

1,301.0 

1,118.4 

70.1 
– 
3.9 
43.4 
41.4 

– 
61.5 
3.2 
50.0 
43.2 

158.8 

1,459.8 

157.9 

1,276.3 

(12.5) 
(0.4) 
(101.6) 
(1.0) 

(115.5) 

(477.3) 
(1.9) 
(2.8) 

(482.0) 

(597.5) 

(29.7) 
(2.0) 
(85.2) 
(0.3) 

(117.2) 

(483.7) 
(3.4) 
– 

(487.1) 

(604.3) 

862.3 

672.0 

50.4 
385.8 
40.2 
359.2 
(2.5) 
9.4 

842.5 
19.8 

862.3 

44.2 
295.3 
40.2 
266.0 
(1.8) 
9.4 

653.3 
18.7 

672.0 

These financial statements were approved by the Board of Directors on 23 February 2015 and were signed on its behalf by: 

M C ALLAN 
Director 

J J LISTER 
Director 

The Unite Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2014 

91 
91

The Unite Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2014Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statementsOther information 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
COMPANY BALANCE SHEET
COMPANY BALANCE SHEET 
AT 31 DECEMBER 2014
AT 31 DECEMBER 2014 

Assets 
Investments in subsidiaries 
Total investments 

Loan to Group undertaking 

Total non-current assets 

Amounts due from Group undertakings 
Cash and cash equivalents 

Total current assets 

Total assets 

Current liabilities 
Borrowings 
Amounts due to Group undertakings 
Other payables 

Total current liabilities 

Borrowings 

Total non-current liabilities 

Total liabilities 

Net assets 

Equity 
Issued share capital 
Share premium 
Merger reserve 
Retained earnings 
Revaluation reserve 
Equity portion of intercompany loan 

Total equity 

Note 

2014  
£m 

2013  
£m 

3.5 

3.5 

5.2 

5.1 

4.1 

5.4 

5.4 

4.1 

412.0 
412.0 

179.9 

591.9 

494.4 
8.6 

503.0 

1,094.9 

– 
(59.6) 
(2.5) 

(62.1) 

(171.2) 

(171.2) 

(233.3) 

323.8 
323.8 

179.9 

503.7 

393.5 
– 

393.5 

897.2 

(4.9) 
(59.4) 
(3.0) 

(67.3) 

(169.0) 

(169.0) 

(236.3) 

861.6 

660.9 

50.4 
385.8 
40.2 
29.5 
346.3 
9.4 

861.6 

44.2 
295.3 
40.2 
13.7 
258.1 
9.4 

660.9 

Total equity is wholly attributable to equity holders of The Unite Group plc. 

These financial statements were approved by the Board of Directors on 23 February 2015 and were signed on its behalf by: 

M C ALLAN 
Director 

J J LISTER 
Director 

92
92

The Unite Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2014 

The Unite Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2014 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY 
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2014
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2014 

S
t
r

a
t
e
g
c

i

Issued  
share 
capital  
£m 

Share  
premium  
£m 

Merger  
reserve  
£m 

Retained 
earnings  
£m 

Hedging  
reserve  
£m 

Equity 
portion of 
convertible 
instrument  
£m 

Attributable  
to owners  
of the 
parent  
£m 

Minority  
interest  
£m 

Total  
£m 

r

e
p
o

r
t

At 1 January 2014 

44.2 

295.3 

40.2 

266.0 

(1.8) 

9.4 

653.3 

18.7 

672.0 

Profit for the year 
Other comprehensive 
income for the period 
Total comprehensive 
income for the year 
Shares issued 
Fair value of share 
based payments 
Own shares acquired 
Dividends paid to 
owners of the parent 
company 
Dividends to minority 
interest 

– 

– 

– 
6.2 

– 
– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 
90.5 

– 
– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 
– 

– 
– 

– 

– 

102.6 

– 

– 

(0.7) 

102.6 
– 

(0.7) 
– 

3.1 
(1.8) 

(10.7) 

– 

– 
– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 
– 

– 
– 

– 

– 

102.6 

2.2 

104.8 

(0.7) 

– 

(0.7) 

101.9 
96.7 

3.1 
(1.8) 

(10.7) 

– 

2.2 
– 

104.1 
96.7 

– 
– 

– 

(1.1) 

19.8 

3.1 
(1.8) 

(10.7) 

(1.1) 

862.3 

At 31 December 2014 

50.4 

385.8 

40.2 

359.2 

(2.5) 

9.4 

842.5 

Issued  
share 
capital  
£m 

Share  
premium  
£m 

Merger  
reserve  
£m 

Retained  
earnings  
£m 

Hedging  
reserve  
£m 

Equity 
portion of 
convertible 
instrument  
£m 

Attributable  
to owners  
of the 
parent  
£m 

Minority 
 interest  
£m 

Total 
 £m 

515.8 

17.9 

533.7 

1.3 

0.3 

1.6 
– 

– 
– 

– 

– 

79.3 

7.2 

86.5 
50.2 

1.1 
(0.6) 

9.4 

(7.5) 

(0.8) 

18.7 

(0.8) 

672.0 

At 1 January 2013 

40.1 

249.2 

40.2 

195.0 

(8.7) 

Profit for the year 
Other comprehensive 
income for the period 
Total comprehensive 
income for the year 
Shares issued 
Fair value of share 
based payments 
Own shares acquired 
Equity arising on issue of 
convertible bond 
Dividends paid to 
owners of the parent 
company 
Dividends to minority 
interest 

– 

– 

– 
4.1 

– 
– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 
46.1 

– 
– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 
– 

– 
– 

– 

– 

– 

78.0 

– 

78.0 
– 

1.1 
(0.6) 

– 

(7.5) 

– 

– 

6.9 

6.9 
– 

– 
– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 
– 

– 
– 

78.0 

6.9 

84.9 
50.2 

1.1 
(0.6) 

9.4 

9.4 

– 

– 

(7.5) 

– 

At 31 December 2013 

44.2 

295.3 

40.2 

266.0 

(1.8) 

9.4 

653.3 

The Unite Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2014 

r

r

C
o
p
o
a
t
e
g
o
v
e
n
a
n
c
e

r

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

O
t
h
e

r

93 
93

The Unite Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2014Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statementsOther information 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
COMPANY STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY
COMPANY STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY 
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2014
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2014 

Issued  
share 
capital  
£m 

Share  
premium 
 £m 

Merger 
 reserve  
£m 

Retained  
earnings  
£m 

Revaluation  
reserve  
£m 

Equity portion 
of 
intercompany 
loan  
£m 

Total  
£m 

At 1 January 2014 

44.2 

295.3 

40.2 

13.7 

258.1 

9.4 

660.9 

Profit for the year 
Revaluation of investments in subsidiaries  
Shares issued 
Dividends to shareholders 

– 
– 
6.2 
– 

– 
– 
90.5 
– 

– 
– 
– 
– 

At 31 December 2014 

50.4 

385.8 

40.2 

26.5 
– 
– 
(10.7) 

29.5 

– 
88.2 
– 
– 

346.3 

– 
– 
– 
– 

26.5 
88.2 
96.7 
(10.7) 

9.4 

861.6 

Issued  
share 
capital  
£m 

Share  
premium  
£m 

Merger  
reserve  
£m 

Retained  
earnings  
£m 

Revaluation  
reserve  
£m 

Equity portion 
of 
intercompany 
loan  
£m 

Total  
£m 

At 1 January 2013 

40.1 

249.2 

40.2 

23.6 

162.7 

– 

515.8 

Loss for the year 
Equity arising on intercompany loan 
Revaluation of investments in subsidiaries 
Shares issued 
Dividends to shareholders 

– 
– 
– 
4.1 
– 

– 
– 
– 
46.1 
– 

– 
– 
– 
– 
– 

At 31 December 2013 

44.2 

295.3 

40.2 

(2.4) 
– 
– 
– 
(7.5) 

13.7 

– 
– 
95.4 
– 
– 

258.1 

– 
9.4 
– 
– 
– 

9.4 

(2.4) 
9.4 
95.4 
50.2 
(7.5) 

660.9 

94
94

The Unite Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2014 

The Unite Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2014 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS 
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2014
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2014 

S
t
r

a
t
e
g
c

i

Cash flows from operating activities 

Group 

Company 

2014  
£m 

44.7 

2013  
£m 

5.9 

2014  
£m 

(2.7) 

2013  
£m 

(2.5) 

Note 

5.1 

r

e
p
o

r
t

Cash flows from taxation 

(0.5) 

(0.7) 

– 

– 

Investing activities 
Proceeds from sale of investment property 
Payments to/on behalf of subsidiaries 
Payments from subsidiaries 
Repayment received of joint venture investment loan 
Loan to subsidiaries 
Loan to joint ventures 
Dividends received 
Interest received 
Investment in joint ventures 
Acquisition of intangible assets 
Acquisition of property 
Acquisition of plant and equipment 

Cash flows from investing activities 

Financing activities 
Total interest paid 
Interest capitalised into property under development 
included in cash flows from operating activities 
Interest paid in respect of financing activities 
Ineffective swap payments 
Proceeds from the issue of share capital 
Payments to acquire own shares 
Proceeds from non-current borrowings 
Repayment of borrowings 
Dividends paid to the owners of the parent company 
Dividends paid to minority interest 

Cash flows from financing activities 

Net (decrease)/increase in cash and cash equivalents 
Cash and cash equivalents at start of year 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year 

5.1 

62.9 
– 
– 
10.7 
– 
(12.8) 
22.2 
0.1 
(103.3) 
(5.7) 
(45.9) 
(4.8) 

(76.6) 

11.8 
– 
– 
– 
– 
(1.4) 
9.9 
0.3 
(11.8) 
(2.2) 
(38.4) 
(2.3) 

(34.1) 

– 
(126.9) 
26.2 
– 
– 
– 
28.1 
10.6 
– 
– 
– 
– 

(62.0) 

(24.8) 

(24.2) 

(10.0) 

4.0 
(20.8) 
(4.0) 
96.7 
(1.8) 
124.8 
(152.5) 
(10.7) 
(1.1) 

30.6 

(1.8) 
43.2 

41.4 

3.2 
(21.0) 
(16.7) 
59.6 
(0.6) 
149.8 
(166.1) 
(7.5) 
(0.8) 

(3.3) 

(32.2) 
75.4 

43.2 

– 
(10.0) 
– 
96.7 
– 
2.2 
– 
(10.7) 
– 

78.2 

13.5 
(4.9) 

8.6 

– 
(84.9) 
42.6 
– 
(89.9) 
– 
– 
6.8 
– 
– 
– 
– 

(125.4) 

(6.9) 

– 
(6.9) 
– 
50.2 
– 
88.4 
– 
(7.5) 
– 

124.2 

(3.7) 
(1.2) 

(4.9) 

The Unite Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2014 

r

r

C
o
p
o
a
t
e
g
o
v
e
n
a
n
c
e

r

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

O
t
h
e

r

95 
95

The Unite Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2014Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statementsOther information 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  

SECTION 1: BASIS OF PREPARATION 

This section lays out the Group’s accounting policies that relate to the financial statements as a whole. Where  
an accounting policy is specific to a particular note to the financial statements, the policy is described in the 
note to which it relates and has been clearly identified in a box.  

The financial statements consolidate those of The Unite Group plc (the Company) and its subsidiaries (together referred to as the 
Group) and include the Group’s interests in jointly controlled entities. The parent company financial statements present 
information about the Company as a separate entity and not as a group.  

Both the parent company financial statements and the Group financial statements have been prepared and approved by the 
Directors in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards as adopted by the EU (Adopted IFRS). On publishing the 
parent company financial statements here together with the Group financial statements, the Company is taking advantage of 
the exemption in s408 of the Companies Act 2006 not to present its individual income statement and related notes. 

The accounting policies have, unless otherwise stated, been applied consistently to all periods presented in these consolidated  
financial statements, with the exception of the first time application of the following standards: 

  IFRS 10 Consolidated Financial Statements, IAS 27 Separate Financial Statements (2011), IFRS 11 Joint Arrangements, IAS 28 

Investments in Associates and Joint Ventures (2011) and IFRS 12 Disclosure of Interests in Other Entities  

  Amendments to IAS 32 Offsetting Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities 

  Amendments to IAS 39 Financial Instruments: Recognition and measurement 

The adoption of these standards has not had a significant effect on the consolidated results or financial position of the Group. 

The Company is domiciled in the United Kingdom. 

Going concern 
The Group’s business activities, together with the factors likely to affect its future development and position are set out in 
the Strategic Report on pages 1 to 41. In addition, section 4 of these Notes to the financial statements includes the Group’s 
objectives, policies and processes for managing its capital; details of its borrowings and interest rate swaps; and in note 5.3 
its exposure to credit risk. 

The Group has prepared cash flow projections 18 months forward to June 2016 and the Group has sufficient headroom to meet 
all its commitments. The Group has one undrawn facility maturing in 2015 which will be replaced by a new facility with one of the 
Group’s relationship banks. Indicative terms have been received and are currently being agreed. This facility will be a sufficient 
size to incorporate another facility which matures at the end of 2016. The Group has historically maintained positive relationships 
with its lending banks and has always secured new facilities before maturity dates and within its covenant levels. The Group is in 
full compliance with its covenants at 31 December 2014. Our debt facilities include loan to value, interest cover and minimum net 
worth covenants, all of which have a high level of headroom. In order to manage future financial commitments, the Group 
operates a formal approval process, through its Major Investment Approvals Committee, to ensure appropriate review is 
undertaken before any transactions are agreed. 

The Directors consider that the Group has adequate resources to continue in operational existence for the foreseeable future.  
The financial statements have therefore been prepared on a going concern basis. 

Measurement convention 
The financial statements are prepared on the historical cost basis except for investment property, investment property under 
development, investments in subsidiaries and interest rate swaps all of which are stated at their fair value. 

Basis of consolidation 
Subsidiaries are those entities controlled by the Company. Control exists when the Company has an existing right that gives it the 
current ability to direct the relevant activities of the subsidiary, has exposure or right to variable returns from its involvement in the 
subsidiary and has the ability to use its power to affect its returns. The financial statements of subsidiaries are included in the 
consolidated financial statements from the date that control commences until the date that control ceases. 

Intra-group balances and transactions, and any unrealised gains and losses arising from intra-group transactions, such as property 
disposals and management fees are eliminated in preparing the consolidated financial statements. Unrealised gains arising from 
transactions with joint ventures are eliminated to the extent of the Group’s retained interest in the entity. Unrealised losses are 
eliminated in the same way as unrealised gains except where the loss provides evidence of a reduction in the net realisable 
value of current assets or an impairment in value of fixed assets. 

96
96

The Unite Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2014 

The Unite Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2014 
 
 
 
  
SECTION 1: BASIS OF PREPARATION CONTINUED 

Impact of accounting standards and interpretations in issue but not yet effective 
The following standards, amendments and interpretations have been issued but have not been applied by the Group 
in these financial statements.  

The standards, amendments and interpretations that are expected to have an impact upon the Group are: 

•  IFRS 9 Financial Instruments was reissued in October 2010 as the second step in the International Accounting Standards Board 
(IASB) project to replace IAS 39 Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement. During the year the IASB reissued IFRS 9 
to include hedge accounting and details on early adoption. The final revision to the standard incorporating the impairment, 
classification and measurement requirements was issued by the IASB in July 2014. The Group is currently assessing the impact 
of the revisions on the Group’s results and financial position 

•  IFRS 15 Revenue from Contracts with Customers was issued on 28 May 2014. This standard sets out revenue recognition 

conditions for the Group. The impact of this standard on the Group is being assessed 

The adoption of the following standards, amendments and interpretations are not expected to have any material impact 
on the financial statements of the Group: 

•  Amendments to IAS 27 Equity Method in Separate Financial Statements reinstate the equity method as an accounting option 

for investments in subsidiaries, joint ventures and associates in an entity’s separate financial statements 

•  Amendments to IAS 16 Property, Plant and Equipment and IAS 38 Clarification of Acceptable Methods of Depreciation 

and Amortisation 

•  The Annual Improvements 2010-2012 and 2011-2013 Cycles includes amendments to a number of different 

accounting standards  

•  The Annual Improvements 2012-2014 Cycle includes amendments to a number of different accounting standards  

Accounting estimates and judgements 
The preparation of financial statements requires management to exercise judgement in applying the Group’s accounting 
policies. It also requires the use of estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, income 
and expenses.  

The estimates and associated assumptions are based on historical experience and various other factors that are believed to be 
reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis of making judgements about carrying values of assets  
and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Actual results may differ from these estimates. 

Estimates and assumptions are reviewed on an ongoing basis with revisions recognised in the period in which the estimates 
are revised and in any future periods affected. 

The areas involving a higher degree of judgement of complexity are set out below and are explained in more detail in the 
related notes to the financial statements. 

The areas involving the most sensitive estimates and assumptions that are significant to the financial statements are set out 
below and in more detail in the related notes: 

•  Valuation of investment property, investment property under development, completed properties and properties under 

development (note 3.1) 

•  Taxation (note 2.5) 

The accounting policy descriptions set out the areas where judgement needs exercising, the most significant of which are 
as follows: 

•  Classification of joint venture vehicles (note 3.4) 

The Unite Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2014 

S
t
r

a
t
e
g
c

i

r

e
p
o

r
t

r

r

C
o
p
o
a
t
e
g
o
v
e
n
a
n
c
e

r

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

O
t
h
e

r

97 
97

The Unite Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2014Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statementsOther information 
 
 
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED 

SECTION 2: RESULTS FOR THE YEAR 

This section focuses on the results and performance of the Group. On the following pages you will find 
disclosures explaining the Group’s results for the year, segmental information, taxation, earnings and net asset 
value per share.  
EPRA earnings and NAV movement are the Group’s main key performance indicators.  
This reflects the way the business is managed and how the Directors assess the performance of the Group. 

EPRA performance measures 

EPRA earnings 
EPRA earnings per share (pence) 
EPRA NAV 
EPRA NAV per share (pence) 
EPRA NNNAV  
EPRA NNNAV per share (pence) 

Note 

2.2a 
2.2c 

2.3a 
2.3d 

2.3c 
2.3d 

2014  
.
£m  

33.3m 
17.2p 
881.1m 
434p 
870.7m 
429p 

2013 
£m 

30.6m 
18.0p 
681.6m 
382p 
665.5m 
373p 

2.1 Segmental information 
The Board of Directors monitors the business along two activity lines, Operations and Property. The reportable segments for the 
years ended 31 December 2014 and 31 December 2013 are Operations and Property.  

The Group undertakes its Operations and Property activities directly and through joint ventures with third parties. The joint ventures  
are an integral part of each segment and are included in the information used by the Board to monitor the business.  

The Group’s properties are located exclusively in the United Kingdom. The Board therefore does not consider that the Group has 
meaningful geographical segments.  

2.2 Earnings 
The Operations segment manages rental properties, owned directly by the Group or by joint ventures. Its revenues are 
derived from rental income and asset management fees earned from joint ventures. The way in which the Operations segment 
adds value to the business is set out in the Operations review on pages 30 – 32. The Operations segment is the main contributor 
to EPRA earnings and EPRA EPS and these are therefore the key indicators which are used by the Board to manage the 
Operations business.  

The Board does not manage or monitor the Operations segment through the balance sheet and therefore no segmental 
information for assets and liabilities is provided for the Operations segment. 

98
98

The Unite Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2014 

The Unite Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2014 
 
 
 
 
 
  
SECTION 2: RESULTS FOR THE YEAR CONTINUED 

r

e
p
o

r
t

S
t
r

a
t
e
g
c

i

2.2 Earnings continued 
a) EPRA earnings 

2014 

Rental income 
Property operating expenses 

Net operating income 

Management fees 
Operating expenses 

Operating lease rentals* 
Net financing costs 

Operations segment result 

Property segment result 

Unallocated to segments 

Share of joint ventures 

Group on 
see-through 
basis  

USAF 
£m 
25.9 
(7.5) 

18.4 

(1.7) 
(0.2) 
16.5 
– 
(5.2) 

11.3 

– 

0.4 

UCC/LSAV 
£m 
13.5 
(2.0) 

11.5 

(2.0) 
(0.3) 
9.2 
– 
(3.8) 

5.4 

– 

– 

OCB 
£m 
1.2 
(0.3) 

0.9 

(0.1) 
– 
0.8 
– 
(0.5) 

0.3 

– 

– 

Total 
£m 
40.6 
(9.8) 

30.8 

(3.8) 
(0.5) 
26.5 
– 
(9.5) 

17.0 

– 

0.4 

Total 
£m 
130.0 
(35.7) 

94.3 

10.0 
(19.9) 
84.4 
(14.4) 
(31.2) 

38.8 

(3.6) 

(1.9) 

Unite 

Total 
£m 
89.4 
(25.9) 

63.5 

13.8 
(19.4) 
57.9 
(14.4) 
(21.7) 

21.8 

(3.6) 

(2.3) 

EPRA earnings 

15.9 

11.7 

5.4 

0.3 

17.4 

33.3 

*  Operating lease rentals arise from properties which the Group has sold and is now leasing back. As these properties contribute to the Group’s 

rental income, the Group consider these lease costs to be a form of financing. 

Included in the above is rental income of £20.3 million and property operating expenses of £6.2 million relating to sale and 
leaseback properties. 

The £1.9 million charge that is unallocated to segments includes the fair value of share based payments of (£2.1 million), Unite 
Foundation of (£0.9 million), share of monies received from Landsbanki of £0.4 million, fees received from USAF relating to 
acquisitions of £1.2 million, deferred tax of £0.5 million and current tax charges of (£1.0 million). 

The Unite Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2014 

r

r

C
o
p
o
a
t
e
g
o
v
e
n
a
n
c
e

r

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

O
t
h
e

r

99 
99

The Unite Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2014Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statementsOther information 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED 

SECTION 2: RESULTS FOR THE YEAR CONTINUED 

2.2 Earnings continued 
a) EPRA earnings continued 

2013 

Rental income 
Property operating expenses 

Net operating income 

Management fees 
Operating expenses 

Operating lease rentals* 
Net financing costs 

Operations segment result 

Property segment result 

Promote fee 
Other 

Unallocated to segments 

EPRA earnings 

EPRA earnings pre UCC promote fee 

Share of joint ventures 

Group on 
see through 
basis  

USAF 
£m 

UCC/LSAV 
£m 

19.1 
(5.5) 

13.6 

(1.4) 
(0.2) 
12.0 
– 
(4.7) 

7.3 

– 

– 
2.3 

2.3 

9.6 

9.6 

10.5 
(1.4) 

9.1 

(1.4) 
(0.2) 
7.5 
– 
(4.1) 

3.4 

– 

– 
– 

– 

3.4 

3.4 

OCB 
£m 

2.8 
(0.4) 

2.4 

(0.3) 
(0.1) 
2.0 
– 
(1.4) 

0.6 

– 

– 
– 

– 

0.6 

0.6 

Total 
£m 

32.4 
(7.3) 

25.1 

(3.1) 
(0.5) 
21.5 
– 
(10.2) 

11.3 

– 

– 
2.3 

2.3 

13.6 

13.6 

Total 
£m 

113.4 
(32.4) 

81.0 

10.6 
(19.0) 
72.6 
(13.7) 
(33.3) 

25.6 

(3.3) 

7.5 
0.8 

8.3 

30.6 

23.1 

Unite 

Total 
£m 

81.0 
(25.1) 

55.9 

13.7 
(18.5) 
51.1 
(13.7) 
(23.1) 

14.3 

(3.3) 

7.5 
(1.5) 

6.0 

17.0 

9.5 

*  Operating lease rentals arise from properties which the Group has sold and is now leasing back. As these properties contribute to the Group’s 

rental income, the Group consider these lease costs to be a form of financing. 

Included in the above is rental income of £19.7 million and property operating expenses of £6.4 million relating to sale and 
leaseback properties. 

The £0.8 million credit that is unallocated to segments includes the fair value of share based payments of (£1.1 million), Unite 
Foundation of (£0.5 million), share of monies received from Landsbanki of £2.3 million, deferred tax of £0.6 million and current tax 
charges of (£0.4 million). 

100
100

The Unite Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2014 

The Unite Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2014 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
S
t
r

a
t
e
g
c

i

SECTION 2: RESULTS FOR THE YEAR CONTINUED 

2.2 Earnings continued 
b) EPRA earnings IFRS reconciliation 
The EPRA profit excludes movements relating to changes in values of investment properties and interest rate swaps, profits from 
the disposal of properties and property impairments, which are included in the profit reported under IFRS. The EPRA earnings 
reconcile to the profit reported under IFRS as follows: 

r

e
p
o

r
t

EPRA earnings 

Net valuation gains on investment property 
Property disposals and write downs 

Share of joint venture gains on investment property 
Share of joint venture property disposals and write downs 

Mark to market changes in interest rate swaps* 
Interest rate swap payments on ineffective hedges* 
Debt exit costs 
Share of joint venture interest rate swaps charges 
Share of joint venture debt exit costs 

Deferred tax relating to interest rate swap movement 
Deferred tax relating to properties 

Minority interest share of reconciling items** 

Profit attributable to owners of the parent company 

Note 

2.2a 

3.1 

3.4b 

4.3 

3.4b 

3.4b 

2014 
£m 

33.3 

43.3 
(3.3) 

35.7 
(0.6) 

(1.3) 
1.2 
(1.6) 
– 
(0.1) 

(0.2) 
(2.7) 

(1.1) 

102.6 

2013 
£m 

30.6 

35.4 
(1.9) 

13.5 
(0.1) 

0.7 
4.4 
(0.4) 
(3.8) 
(2.2) 

2.1 
– 

(0.3) 

78.0 

*  Within IFRS reported profit, there is a £1.3 million loss (2013: £0.7 million profit) relating to movements in the mark to market of ineffective interest 
rate swaps; this full loss can be seen in note 4.3. Part of this movement, £1.2 million (2013: £4.4 million), relates to actual interest payments made 
on these swaps and is considered to be a true operating cost of the Operations segment. It is therefore already included within Net Financing 
Costs in the Operating segment result in note 2.2a.  

** The minority interest share, or non-controlling interest, arises as a result of the Company not owning 100% of the share capital of one of its 

subsidiaries, USAF (Feeder) Guernsey Ltd. More detail is provided in note 3.4. 

r

r

C
o
p
o
a
t
e
g
o
v
e
n
a
n
c
e

r

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

O
t
h
e

r

The Unite Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2014 

101 
101

The Unite Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2014Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statementsOther information 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED 

SECTION 2: RESULTS FOR THE YEAR CONTINUED 

2.2 Earnings continued 
c) Earnings per share 
The EPS calculation is based on the earnings attributable to the equity shareholders of the Group and the weighted average 
number of shares which have been in issue during the year. Basic EPS is adjusted in line with EPRA guidelines in order to more 
accurately show the business performance of the Group in a consistent manner and to reflect how the business is managed 
and measured on a day to day basis. EPRA EPS and EPRA EPS pre UCC promote fee are calculated using EPRA earnings. 

The calculations of basic and adjusted EPS for the year ended 31 December 2014 is as follows: 

Earnings 
Basic (and diluted) 
EPRA 
EPRA pre UCC promote fee 
Weighted average number of shares (thousands) 
Basic 
Dilutive potential ordinary shares (share options) 
Diluted 

Earnings per share (pence) 
Basic 

Diluted 

EPRA EPS 

EPRA EPS pre UCC promote fee 

Note 

2.2a 

2.2a 

2014 
£m 

102.6 
33.3 
33.3 

2013 
£m 

78.0 
30.6 
23.1 

193,319 
2,966 
196,285 

169,561 
255 
169,816 

53.1p 

52.3p 

17.2p 

17.2p 

46.0p 

46.0p 

18.0p 

13.6p 

Movements in the weighted average number of shares have resulted from the placing in April 2014 and the issue of shares arising 
from the employee share based payment schemes.  

The placing comprised 24,500,000 shares and gave rise to proceeds of £100.5 million, £96.0 million net of issue costs. 

Excluded from the potential dilutive shares (share options), in 2014, are 1,174,000 (2013: 3,697,000) options which do not affect 
the diluted weighted average number of shares. 

102
102

The Unite Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2014 

The Unite Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2014 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
S
t
r

a
t
e
g
c

i

SECTION 2: RESULTS FOR THE YEAR CONTINUED 

2.3 Net assets  
The Group’s Property business undertakes the acquisition and development of properties. The Property segment’s revenue 
comprises revenue from development management fees earned from joint ventures. The way in which the Property segment 
adds value to the business is set out in the property review on pages 33 – 36. EPRA NAV, reported on the basis recommended 
for real estate companies by EPRA is the key indicator used by the Board to manage the Property business. 

a) EPRA net assets 

Investment properties 
Completed properties* 
Total income producing properties 
Investment properties under 
development 
Properties under development* 
Total development properties 

2014 

Share of JVs 
£m 
558.4 
– 
558.4 

65.1 
– 
65.1 

Wholly 
owned 
£m 
850.5 
101.3 
951.8 

49.2 
– 
49.2 

Total 
£m 
1,408.9 
101.3 
1,510.2 

114.3 
– 
114.3 

Total property portfolio 

1,001.0 

623.5 

1,624.5 

Debt on properties 
Cash 

Net debt 

(489.8) 
41.4 

(448.4) 

(270.7) 
21.8 

(248.9) 

(760.5) 
63.2 

(697.3) 

Wholly 
owned 
£m 
767.6 
– 
767.6 

95.5 
84.3 
179.8 

947.4 

(513.4) 
43.2 

(470.2) 

2013 

Share of JVs 
£m 
407.6 
– 
407.6 

15.1 
– 
15.1 

Total 
£m 
1,175.2 
– 
1,175.2 

110.6 
84.3 
194.9 

422.7 

1,370.1 

(215.3) 
19.4 

(195.9) 

(728.7) 
62.6 

(666.1) 

Other assets/(liabilities) 

(38.0) 

(8.1) 

(46.1) 

(24.4) 

2.0 

(22.4) 

EPRA net assets  

514.6 

366.5 

881.1 

452.8 

228.8 

681.6 

Loan to value 

*  At market value. 

45% 

40% 

43% 

50% 

46% 

49% 

r

e
p
o

r
t

r

r

C
o
p
o
a
t
e
g
o
v
e
n
a
n
c
e

r

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

O
t
h
e

r

The Unite Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2014 

103 
103

The Unite Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2014Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statementsOther information 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED 

SECTION 2: RESULTS FOR THE YEAR CONTINUED 

2.3 Net assets continued 
b) Movement in EPRA NAV during the year 
Contributions to EPRA NAV by each segment during the year is as follows: 

2014

Operations 
Operations segment result 

Property 
Rental growth 
Yield movement 
Disposals and acquisition costs 
Investment property gains 
Development property gains  
Pre-contract/other development costs 

Total property 

Unallocated 
Shares issued 
Investment in joint ventures 
Dividends paid 
USAF property acquisition fee 
Swap losses and debt exit costs 
Other 

Total unallocated 

Total EPRA NAV movement in the year 

Total EPRA NAV brought forward 

Total EPRA NAV carried forward  

Share of joint ventures 

Group on 
see-through 
basis  

USAF 
£m 

UCC/LSAV 
£m 

OCB 
£m 

Total 
£m 

Total 
£m 

Unite 

Total 
£m 

21.8 

11.3 

5.4 

0.3 

17.0 

38.8 

13.0 
18.6 
(5.7) 
25.9 
20.3 
(3.6) 

42.6 

96.7 
(84.0) 
(10.7) 
1.2 
(3.3) 
(2.4) 

(2.5) 

61.9 

452.7 

514.6 

5.9 
5.2 
– 
11.1 
– 
– 

11.1 

– 
59.5 
– 
– 
– 
0.4 

59.9 

2.2 
6.7 
1.9 
10.8 
14.7 
– 

25.5 

– 
42.5 
– 
– 
– 
– 

42.5 

82.3 

124.6 

206.9 

73.4 

86.2 

159.6 

– 
– 
(0.3) 
(0.3) 
– 
– 

(0.3) 

– 
(18.0) 
– 
– 
(0.1) 
– 

(18.1) 

(18.1) 

18.1 

– 

8.1 
11.9 
1.6 
21.6 
14.7 
– 

36.3 

– 
84.0 
– 
– 
(0.1) 
0.4 

84.3 

137.6 

228.9 

366.5 

21.1 
30.5 
(4.1) 
47.5 
35.0 
(3.6) 
78.9 

96.7 
– 
(10.7) 
1.2 
(3.4) 
(2.0) 

81.8 

199.5 

681.6 
881.1 

The £2.0 million charge in that comprises the other balance within the unallocated segment includes a tax charge of £1.5 million, 
a contribution of £0.9 million to the Unite Foundation and £0.4 million relating to a share of the monies received from Landsbanki. 

104
104

The Unite Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2014 

The Unite Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2014 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
SECTION 2: RESULTS FOR THE YEAR CONTINUED 

2.3 Net assets continued 
b) Movement in EPRA NAV during the year continued 

r

e
p
o

r
t

S
t
r

a
t
e
g
c

i

2013

Operations 
Operations segment result 

Property 
Rental growth 
Yield movement 
Disposals and acquisition costs 
Investment property gains 
Development property gains  
Pre-contract/other development costs 

Total property 

Unallocated 
Shares issued 
Investment in joint ventures 
Dividends paid 
Equity portion of convertible 
instruments 
UCC promote fee 
Swap losses and debt exit costs 
Purchase of own shares 
Other 

Total unallocated 

Total EPRA NAV movement in the year 
Total EPRA NAV brought forward 

Total EPRA NAV carried forward  

Share of joint ventures 

Group on 
see-through 
basis  

USAF 
£m 

UCC/LSAV 
£m 

OCB 
£m 

Total 
£m 

Total 
£m 

Unite 

Total 
£m 

14.3 

7.3 

3.4 

0.6 

11.3 

25.6 

20.5 
1.2 
(2.7) 
19.0 
18.4 
(3.3) 

34.1 

50.2 
(12.4) 
(7.5) 

9.4 
7.5 
(12.4) 
(0.6) 
(0.1) 

34.1 

82.5 
370.2 

452.7 

3.3 
1.5 
(0.1) 
4.7 
– 
– 

4.7 

– 
(5.4) 
– 

– 
– 
(3.7) 
– 
2.3 

(6.8) 

5.2 
119.4 

124.6 

– 
2.6 
– 
2.6 
5.7 
– 

8.3 

– 
16.5 
– 

– 
– 
(2.3) 
– 
(0.2) 

14.0 

25.7 
60.5 

86.2 

(0.4) 
– 
– 
(0.4) 
– 
– 

(0.4) 

– 
1.3 
– 

– 
– 
– 
– 
0.2 

1.5 

1.7 
16.4 

18.1 

2.9 
4.1 
(0.1) 
6.9 
5.7 
– 

12.6 

– 
12.4 
– 

– 
– 
(6.0) 
– 
2.3 

8.7 

32.6 
196.3 

228.9 

23.4 
5.3 
(2.8) 
25.9 
24.1 
(3.3) 
46.7 

50.2 
– 
(7.5) 

9.4 
7.5 
(18.4) 
(0.6) 
2.2 

42.8 

115.1 
566.5 
681.6 

r

r

C
o
p
o
a
t
e
g
o
v
e
n
a
n
c
e

r

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

O
t
h
e

r

The Unite Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2014 

105 
105

The Unite Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2014Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statementsOther information 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED 

SECTION 2: RESULTS FOR THE YEAR CONTINUED 

2.3 Net Assets continued 
c) Reconciliation to IFRS 
EPRA NAV excludes the mark to market valuation of swaps, deferred tax liabilities and recognises all properties at market value. 
These are the main differences between EPRA NAV and Net Assets reported under IFRS. 

The Group also manages NAV using EPRA NNNAV, which adjusts EPRA NAV to include the fair value of swaps and debt. This is 
considered to give stakeholders the most relevant information on the current fair value of all the assets and liabilities in the Group. 

Net asset value reported under IFRS 

Recognise valuation gain on property held at cost 
Mark to market interest rate swaps 
Deferred tax 

EPRA NAV 

Mark to market of fixed rate debt 
Mark to market interest rate swaps 
Deferred tax 

EPRA NNNAV 

Note 

3.1 

2.3a 

2014 
£m 

842.5 

31.2 
4.8 
2.6 

881.1 

(3.0) 
(4.8) 
(2.6) 

870.7 

2013 
£m 

653.3 

22.8 
5.5 
– 

681.6 

(10.6) 
(5.5) 
– 

665.5 

d) NAV per share 
NAV is based on the net assets attributable to the equity shareholders of the Group and the number of shares in issue at the 
end of the year. The Board uses EPRA NAV and EPRA NNNAV to monitor the performance of the Property segment on a day 
to day basis. 

Net assets  
Basic  
EPRA pre-dilution 
EPRA diluted  
EPRA NNNAV (diluted) 

Number of shares (thousands) 
Basic 
Outstanding share options 
Diluted 

Net asset value per share (pence) 
Basic 
EPRA pre dilution 

EPRA (fully diluted) 

EPRA NNNAV (fully diluted) 

Note 

2.3c 

2.3a 

2014 
£m 

842.5 
881.1 
882.3 
871.9 

2013 
£m 

653.3 
681.6 
683.7 
667.6 

202,362 
873 
203,235 

176,658 
2,457 
179,115 

416p 
435p 

434p 

429p 

370p 
386p 

382p 

373p 

106
106

The Unite Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2014 

The Unite Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2014 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
S
t
r

a
t
e
g
c

i

SECTION 2: RESULTS FOR THE YEAR CONTINUED 

2.4. Revenue and costs 
The Group earns revenue from the following activities: 

Rental income 
Management fees 
Development management fee 
Property sales 
UCC promote fee 

Operations segment 
Operations segment 
Property segment 
Unallocated 
Unallocated 

Impact of minority interest on management fees 

Total revenue  

Note 

2.2a 

2014 
£m 

89.4 
12.0 
2.7 
4.6 
– 
108.7 
(0.2) 

108.5 

2013 
£m 

81.0 
11.2 
2.1 
– 
7.5 
101.8 
(0.2) 

101.6 

The revenue above excludes the Group’s share of revenue from joint ventures; this can be seen in note 2.2a. 

The cost of sales included in the consolidated income statement includes property operating expenses of £25.9 million 
(2013: £25.1 million), operating lease rentals of £14.4 million (2013: £13.7 million), costs associated with development fees 
of £2.7 million (2013: £2.1 million) and the carrying value of property sales of £7.0 million (2013: £0.9 million). 

Accounting policies 
Revenue is recognised on the following bases: 

Rental income 
Rental income from property leased out under operating leases (comprising direct lets to students and leases to Universities 
and commercial tenants) is recognised in the income statement on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease. Lease 
incentives are sometimes granted on commercial units; these are recognised as an integral part of the total rental income 
and spread over the term of the lease. 

Property sales 
Income relating to the sale of trading properties is recognised once contracts for sale have been unconditionally exchanged. 

Management and promote fees 
The Group acts as asset and property manager for the joint ventures and receives management fees in relation to these 
services. In addition, the Group is entitled to promote fees from USAF and UCC/LSAV if the joint ventures outperform certain 
benchmarks. The Group receives an enhanced equity interest in the joint ventures as consideration for the promote fee. 

Management and promote fees are recognised, in line with the management contracts, in the period to which they relate 
as services are provided.  

r

e
p
o

r
t

r

r

C
o
p
o
a
t
e
g
o
v
e
n
a
n
c
e

r

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

O
t
h
e

r

The Unite Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2014 

107 
107

The Unite Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2014Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statementsOther information 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED 

SECTION 2: RESULTS FOR THE YEAR CONTINUED 

2.5 Tax 
The Group has not paid any corporation tax in the recent past due to the availability of capital allowances, indexation and 
brought forward losses. However it does pay UK income tax on rental income that arises from investments held by offshore 
subsidiaries (predominantly the investments in USAF). 

Accounting policies 
The tax charge for the year is recognised in the income statement and the statement of comprehensive income, according to 
the accounting treatment of the related transaction. The tax charge comprises both current and deferred tax. 

Current tax is the expected tax payable or receivable on the taxable income or loss for the year and any adjustment to tax 
payable in respect of previous years. The current tax charge is based on tax rates that are enacted or substantively enacted 
at the year end. 

Deferred tax arises due to certain temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial 
reporting purposes and those for taxation purposes. Temporary differences relating to investments in subsidiaries and joint 
ventures are not provided for to the extent that they will probably not reverse in the foreseeable future. 

The amount of deferred tax provided is based on the expected manner of realisation or settlement of the carrying amount of 
assets and liabilities. The deferred tax provision in respect of property assets is calculated on the basis that assets will not be held 
indefinitely and therefore takes account of available indexation. A deferred tax asset is recognised only to the extent that it is 
probable that sufficient future taxable profits will be available against which the asset can be utilised. 

Forecasting future taxable profits to which these losses will be offset requires significant judgements and assumptions regarding 
future performance. The recoverability of the assets recognised could vary significantly if different assumptions are applied in 
estimating future taxable profits. In addition, the potential conversion to a REIT in the medium term may make some of the tax 
losses inaccessible at some point in the future, but the timing of such conversion has not been determined. Deferred tax assets 
in respect of forecast taxable profits have been restricted to the next two years. 

a) Tax – income statement 
The total taxation charge/(credit) in the income statement is analysed as follows: 

Income tax on UK rental income arising in non-UK companies 

Current tax charge 

Origination and reversal of temporary differences 
Effect of change in tax rate 
Recognition of previously unrecognised asset 

Deferred tax charge/(credit) 

Total tax charge/(credit) in income statement 

2014 
£m 

1.2 

1.2 

2.4 
– 
– 

2.4 

3.6 

2013 
£m 

0.5 

0.5 

(1.8) 
(0.3) 
(0.6) 

(2.7) 

(2.2) 

108
108

The Unite Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2014 

The Unite Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2014 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
SECTION 2: RESULTS FOR THE YEAR CONTINUED 

2.5 Tax continued 
a) Tax – income statement continued 
In the income statement, a tax charge of £3.6 million arises on a profit before tax of £108.4 million, the taxation charge that would 
arise at the standard rate of UK corporation tax is reconciled to the actual tax charge as follows: 

r

e
p
o

r
t

S
t
r

a
t
e
g
c

i

Profit before tax 

Income tax using the UK corporation tax rate of 21.5% (2013: 23.3%) 
Effect of indexation on investment and development property 
Non-deductible items 
Movement on unprovided deferred tax asset 
Profits chargeable at lower rate 
Effect of property disposals 
Rate difference on deferred tax 
Recognition of previously unrecognised deferred tax asset 
Prior years adjustments 

Total tax charge/(credit) in income statement 

2014 
£m 

108.4 

23.3 
(1.9) 
(11.5) 
(4.3) 
(0.1) 
(1.1) 
(0.1) 
– 
(0.7) 

3.6 

2013 
£m 

77.1 

17.9 
(3.0) 
(6.9) 
(8.0) 
(0.1) 
(0.2) 
(1.3) 
(0.6) 
– 

(2.2) 

Included within non-deductible items of £11.5m are adjustments for property revaluations that are not subject to tax. Other  
non-deductible items include tax only adjustments, and expenditure not ordinarily allowable for tax purposes such as aborted 
deal costs. 

b) Tax – other comprehensive income 
Within other comprehensive income a tax charge totalling £1.2 million (2013: £0.3 million) has been recognised representing 
deferred tax. An analysis of this is included on the next page in the deferred tax movement table (note 2.5c).  

r

r

C
o
p
o
a
t
e
g
o
v
e
n
a
n
c
e

r

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

O
t
h
e

r

The Unite Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2014 

109 
109

The Unite Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2014Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statementsOther information 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED 

SECTION 2: RESULTS FOR THE YEAR CONTINUED 

2.5 Tax continued 
c) Tax – balance sheet 
The table below outlines the deferred tax liabilities/(assets) that are recognised in the balance sheet, together with their 
movements in the year: 

2014 

Investment property 
Property, plant and machinery 
Investments in joint ventures 
Share options 
Interest rate swaps 
Interest rate swaps relating to joint ventures 
Tax value of carried forward losses recognised 

At 31 
December  
2013 
£m 
16.9 
(0.8) 
6.6 
– 
(0.8) 
(0.1) 
(22.4) 

Transfers 
£m 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 

(Credited) 
 in income 
£m 
0.4 
0.2 
4.1 
(0.5) 
0.2 
– 
(2.0) 

Charged  
in equity 
£m 
– 
– 
– 
(1.0) 
0.3 
(0.5) 
– 

At 31 
December  
2014 
£m 
17.3 
(0.6) 
10.7 
(1.5) 
(0.3) 
(0.6) 
(24.4) 

Net tax (assets)/liabilities 

(0.6) 

– 

2.4 

(1.2) 

0.6 

2013 

Investment property 
Property, plant and machinery 
Investments in joint ventures 
Interest rate swaps 
Interest rate swaps relating to joint ventures 
Tax value of carried forward losses recognised 

At 31 
December  
2012 
£m 
15.9 
(0.7) 
7.1 
(4.2) 
(1.9) 
(16.2) 

Transfers 
£m 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 

(Credited)  
in income 
£m 
1.0 
(0.1) 
(0.5) 
3.1 
– 
(6.2) 

Charged  
in equity 
£m 
– 
– 
– 
0.3 
1.8 
– 

At 31 
December  
2013 
£m 
16.9 
(0.8) 
6.6 
(0.8) 
(0.1) 
(22.4) 

Net tax (assets)/liabilities 

– 

– 

(2.7) 

2.1 

(0.6) 

A deferred tax asset of £8.9 million (2013: £9.6 million) in respect of losses of £44.7 million (2013: £47.9 million) has not been 
recognised. Complexities in the Group structure mean these losses may be inaccessible and the Group is considering converting 
to REIT status in the medium term. Accordingly, the recognised deferred tax asset has been restricted to those losses which are 
likely be utilised in the next two years. 

A reduction in the UK corporation tax rate from 23% to 21% (effective 1 April 2014) and from 21% to 20% (effective 1 April 2015) 
was substantively enacted on 2 July 2013. This will reduce the Group’s future current tax charge accordingly. The deferred tax 
asset at 31 December 2014 has been calculated based on the rate of 20% substantively enacted at the balance sheet date. 

Company 
Deferred tax has not been recognised on temporary timing differences of £69.3 million (2013: £51.6 million) in respect of 
revaluation of subsidiaries and investment in joint ventures as it is probable that the temporary timing difference will not 
reverse in the foreseeable future. 

2.6 Audit fees 
Disclosures in respect of fees paid to the auditor can be found in the Audit Committee Report, page 58.  

110
110

The Unite Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2014 

The Unite Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2014 
 
 
  
 
 
SECTION 3: ASSET MANAGEMENT 

r

e
p
o

r
t

The Group holds its property portfolio directly and through its joint ventures. The performance of the property 
portfolio whether wholly owned or in joint ventures is the key factor that drives EPRA net asset value (NAV), 
one of the Group’s key performance indicators. The following pages provide disclosures about the Group’s 
investments in property assets and joint ventures and their performance over the year. 

S
t
r

a
t
e
g
c

i

3.1 Wholly owned property assets 
The Group’s wholly owned property portfolio is held in four groups on the balance sheet at the carrying values detailed below. 
In the Group’s EPRA NAV, all these groups are shown at market value.  

i) Investment property (fixed assets)  
These are assets that the Group intends to hold for a long period to earn rental income or capital appreciation. The assets are
held at fair value in the balance sheet with changes in fair value taken to the income statement. 

ii) Investment property under development (fixed assets) 
These are assets which are currently in the course of construction and which will be transferred to ‘Investment property’ 
on completion. 

iii) Completed properties (current assets) 
These are assets acquired by the Group with the intention to hold the assets for a short period prior to disposal to a joint venture or 
third parties. The Group continues to earn rental income and capital appreciation on these assets which are held at cost in the
balance sheet. 

iv) Properties under development (current assets)  
These are assets which are currently in the course of construction and which will be transferred to ‘Completed properties’ 
on completion. 

r

r

C
o
p
o
a
t
e
g
o
v
e
n
a
n
c
e

r

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

O
t
h
e

r

The Unite Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2014 

111 
111

The Unite Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2014Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statementsOther information 
 
 
 
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED 

SECTION 3: ASSET MANAGEMENT CONTINUED 

3.1 Wholly owned property assets continued 

Accounting policies 
Properties held under operating leases are not included in assets, but the future payments due in respect of these properties 
are disclosed in note 4.6a. 

Investment property and investment property under development are held at fair value. 

Completed properties, properties under development and inventories are shown at the lower of cost and net realisable value. 
Net realisable value is the estimated selling price in the ordinary course of business less the estimated costs of completion and 
selling expenses. All costs directly associated with the purchase and construction of a property, and all subsequent qualifying 
expenditure is capitalised.  

The recognition of acquisitions and disposals of investment and other property occurs on unconditional exchange of contracts. 

Borrowing costs are capitalised if they are directly attributable to the acquisition and construction of a property asset. 
Capitalisation of borrowing costs commences when the activities to prepare the asset are in progress and expenditures 
and borrowing costs are being incurred. Capitalisation of borrowing costs continues until the assets are substantially ready 
for their intended use but stops if development activities are suspended. If the resulting carrying amount of the asset exceeds 
its recoverable amount, an impairment loss is recognised. The capitalisation rate is arrived at by reference to the actual rate 
payable on borrowings for development purposes or, with regard to that part of the development cost financed out of 
general borrowings, to the average rate. During the year the average capitalisation rate used was 5.6% (2013: 6.3%). 

The valuation of property assets involves significant judgement and changes to the core assumptions, market conditions, 
rental income, occupancy and property management costs could have a significant impact on the carrying value of 
these assets. 

Valuation process 
The valuations of the properties are performed twice a year on the basis of valuation reports prepared by external, independent 
valuers, having an appropriate recognised professional qualification. The fair values are based on market values as defined in 
the RICS Appraisal and Valuation Manual, issued by the Royal Institution of Chartered Surveyors. CB Richard Ellis Ltd, Jones Lang 
LaSalle Ltd and Messrs Knight Frank, Chartered Surveyors were the valuers in the years ending 31 December 2014 and 2013. 

The reports are based on both: 

  Information provided by the Group such as current rents, occupancy, operating costs, terms and conditions of leases and 

nomination agreements, capital expenditure, etc. This information is derived from the Group’s financial systems and is subject 
to the Group’s overall control environment. 

  Assumptions and valuation models used by the valuers – the assumptions are typically market related, such as yield and 

discount rates. These are based on their professional judgement and market observation. 

The information provided to the valuers – and the assumptions and the valuation models used by the valuers – are reviewed 
by the Property board and the CFO. This includes a review of the fair value movements over the year. 

112
112

The Unite Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2014 

The Unite Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2014 
 
 
  
The movements in the carrying value of the Group’s wholly owned property portfolio during the year ended 31 December 2014 
are shown in the table below. Whilst completed property and property under development are held at cost on the balance 
sheet, the Group manages the assets based on their market value (fair value). These properties are included in EPRA NAV at their 
fair value, valued on the same basis as for investment property and investment property under development, by external valuers. 
The fair value of the Group’s wholly owned properties at the year ended 31 December 2014 is also shown below. 

r

e
p
o

r
t

2014 

S
t
r

a
t
e
g
c

i

r

r

C
o
p
o
a
t
e
g
o
v
e
n
a
n
c
e

r

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

O
t
h
e

r

At 1 January 2014 
Cost capitalised 
Interest capitalised 
Transfer from property under development 
Transfer from investment property under 
development 
Disposals 
Valuation gains 
Valuation losses 
Net valuation gains 

Carrying value at 31 December 2014 

Valuation gains not recognised under IFRS but 
included in EPRA NAV 
Brought forward 
Transfer from property under development 
Valuation gain in year 

Investment 
property 
under 
development 
£m 

Investment 
property 
£m 

Completed 
property 
£m 

Property 
under 
development  
£m 

767.6 
6.4 
– 
– 

85.1 
(44.4) 
40.7 
(4.9) 
35.8 

850.5 

– 
– 
– 
– 

95.5 
46.8 
4.0 
– 

(85.1) 
(19.5) 
7.5 
– 
7.5 

49.2 

– 
– 
– 
– 

– 
– 
– 
70.1 

– 
– 
– 
– 
– 

70.1 

– 
25.1 
6.1 
31.2 

61.5 
11.9 
4.0 
(70.1) 

– 
(7.3) 
– 
– 
– 

– 

22.8 
(25.1) 
2.3 
– 

Total 
£m 

924.6 
65.1 
8.0 
– 

– 
(71.2) 
48.2 
(4.9) 
43.3 

969.8 

22.8 
– 
8.4 
31.2 

Market value at 31 December 2014 

850.5 

49.2 

101.3 

– 

1,001.0 

The movements in the carrying value of the Group’s wholly owned property portfolio during the year ended 31 December 2013 
and the fair value of the Group’s wholly owned property portfolio at the year ended 31 December 2013 is as follows: 

2013 

Investment 
property 
under 
development  
£m 

Investment 
property 
£m 

Completed 
property 
£m 

Property 
under 
development  
£m 

At 1 January 2013 
Cost capitalised 
Interest capitalised 
Transfer from investment property 
Disposals 
Valuation gains 
Valuation losses 
Net valuation gains 

Carrying value at 31 December 2013 

Valuation gains not recognised under IFRS but included 
in EPRA NAV 
Brought forward 
Valuation gain in year 

762.8 
8.0 
– 
(8.7) 
(12.8) 
23.6 
(5.3) 
18.3 

767.6 

– 
– 
– 

37.6 
29.2 
2.9 
8.7 
– 
17.4 
(0.3) 
17.1 

95.5 

– 
– 
– 

Market value at 31 December 2013 

767.6 

95.5 

– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 

– 

– 
– 
– 

– 

26.5 
31.8 
3.2 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 

61.5 

19.0 
3.8 
22.8 

84.3 

Total 
£m 

826.9 
69.0 
6.1 
– 
(12.8) 
41.0 
(5.6) 
35.4 
924.6 

19.0 
3.8 
22.8 

947.4 

The Unite Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2014 

113 
113

The Unite Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2014Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statementsOther information 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED 

SECTION 3: ASSET MANAGEMENT CONTINUED 

3.1 Wholly owned property assets continued 

Included within investment properties are £31.4 million (2013: £30.8 million) of assets held under a long leasehold and £10.4 million 
(2013: £11.3 million) of assets held under short leasehold.  

Total interest capitalised in investment and development properties at 31 December 2014 was £40.3 million (2013: £37.9 million)  
on a cumulative basis. Total internal costs relating to construction and development costs of Group properties amount to 
£47.4 million at 31 December 2014 (2013: £48.1 million) on a cumulative basis. 

Recurring fair value measurement 
All investment and development properties are classified as level 3 in the fair value hierarchy. Whilst completed property 
and property under development are held at cost in the balance sheet, the Group discloses the fair value of these assets 
and includes them at fair value in EPRA NAV. Completed property and property under development fair value measurements 
are categorised as level 3 in the fair value hierarchy and their fair value is measured using the same techniques as for 
investment properties and investment properties under development. 

Class of asset 

London – rental properties 
Major provincial – rental properties 
Other provincial – rental properties 
London – development properties 
Major provincial – development properties 
Other provincial – development properties 

Market value 

2014 
£m 

438.1 
346.1 
167.6 
– 
42.3 
6.9 

1,001.0 

2013 
£m 

274.5 
332.5 
160.6 
149.6 
17.9 
12.3 

947.4 

The valuation technique for investment properties is a discounted cash flow using the following inputs: net rental income, 
estimated future costs, occupancy and property management costs. 

Where the asset is leased to a University, the valuations also reflect the length of the lease, the allocation of maintenance 
and insurance responsibilities between the Group and the lessee, and the market’s general perception of the lessee’s 
credit worthiness. 

The resulting valuations are cross-checked against the initial yields and the capital value per bed derived from actual 
market transactions. 

For development properties, the fair value is usually calculated by estimating the fair value of the completed property 
(using the discounted cash flow method) less estimated costs to completion. 

Fair value using unobservable inputs (level 3) 

Opening fair value 
Gains and losses recognised in income statement 
Gains and losses not recognised on properties under development 
Acquisitions 
Capital expenditure 
Disposals 

Closing fair value 

2014 
£m 

947.4 
43.3 
8.4 
– 
53.6 
(51.7) 

1,001.0 

2013 
£m 

845.9 
35.4 
3.8 
– 
75.1 
(12.8) 

947.4 

114
114

The Unite Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2014 

The Unite Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2014 
 
 
 
 
  
 
S
t
r

a
t
e
g
c

i

SECTION 3: ASSET MANAGEMENT CONTINUED

3.1 Wholly owned property assets continued

Quantitative information about fair value measurements using unobservable inputs (level 3) 

r

e
p
o

r
t

r

r

C
o
p
o
a
t
e
g
o
v
e
n
a
n
c
e

r

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

O
t
h
e

r

2014 

London  
– rental properties 

Major provincial  
– rental properties 

Other provincial  
– rental properties 

Fair value 
£m 

Valuation
technique 

438.1 

Discounted 
cash flows 

346.1 

Discounted 
cash flows 

167.6 

Discounted 
cash flows 

Major provincial  
– development properties 

Discounted 
cash flows 

42.3 

Other provincial  
– development properties 

Discounted 
cash flows 

6.9 

Fair value at 31 December 2014 

1,001.0 

Unobservable inputs 

Range

Discount rate (yield) (%) 

Discount rate (yield) (%) 

Estimated future rent (%) 

Estimated future rent (%) 

Net rental income (£ per week)  £161m – £297m 
1% – 3% 
5.5% – 6.0% 
Net rental income (£ per week)  £88m – £141m 
2% – 4% 
6.1% – 6.9% 
Net rental income (£ per week)  £80m – £121m 
2% – 3% 
6.3% – 8.6% 
Estimated cost to complete (£m)  £9.1m – £38.7m 
3% 
6.4% – 6.5% 
£36.5m 
3% 
7.0% 

Estimated cost to complete (£m) 

Estimated future rent (%) 

Estimated future rent (%) 

Estimated future rent (%) 

Discount rate (yield) (%) 

Discount rate (yield) (%) 

Discount rate (yield) (%) 

Weighted
average 

£202m 
3% 
5.7% 
£113m 
3% 
6.5% 
£107m 
3% 
6.8% 
£25.9m 
3% 
6.5% 
£36.5m 
3% 
7.0% 

2013 

London  
– rental properties 

Major provincial  
– rental properties 

Other provincial  
– rental properties 

Fair value 
£m

Valuation 
technique 

274.5 

Discounted 
cash flows 

332.5 

Discounted 
cash flows 

160.6 

Discounted 
cash flows 

London  
– development properties 

149.6 

Discounted 
cash flows 

Major provincial  
– development properties 

Other provincial  
– development properties 

Discounted 
cash flows 

17.9 

Discounted 
cash flows 

12.3 

Fair value at 31 December 2013 

947.4 

Unobservable inputs 

Range 

Weighted 
average 

Net rental income (£ per week)  £187m – £326m 

£220m 

Estimated future rent (%) 

1% – 3% 

Discount rate (yield) (%) 

6.2% – 6.5% 

3% 

6.2% 

Net rental income (£ per week)  £93m – £135m 

£109m 

Estimated future rent (%) 

2% – 3% 

Discount rate (yield) (%) 

6.4% – 6.9% 

3% 

6.7% 

Net rental income (£ per week)  £78m – £124m 

£106m 

Estimated future rent (%) 

2% – 3% 

Discount rate (yield) (%) 

6.4% – 8.4% 

3% 

6.8% 

Estimated cost to complete (£m)  £8.7m – £12.2m 

£10.9m 

Estimated future rent (%) 

3% 

Discount rate (yield) (%) 

6.1% – 6.5% 

3% 

6.4% 

Estimated cost to complete (£m) 

£22.9m 

£22.9m 

Estimated future rent (%) 

3% 

Discount rate (yield) (%) 

6.3% – 7.0% 

3% 

6.6% 

Estimated cost to complete (£m) 

£5.7m 

£5.7m 

Estimated future rent (%) 

Discount rate (yield) (%) 

3% 

6.8% 

3% 

6.8% 

A decrease in net rental income, estimated future rents or occupancy will result in a decrease in the fair value, whereas 
a decrease in the discount rate (yield) or the estimated costs to complete will result in an increase in fair value. There are 
interrelationships between these rates as they are partially determined by market conditions. 

The Unite Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2014 

115 
115

The Unite Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2014Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statementsOther information 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED 

SECTION 3: ASSET MANAGEMENT CONTINUED 

3.2 Inventories 

Interests in land 
Other stocks 

Inventories 

2014 
£m 

1.5 
2.4 

3.9 

2013 
£m 

– 
3.2 

3.2 

The movement in other stock is caused by a decrease in activity during the year relating to costs incurred in connection with the 
acquisition of assets for the LSAV joint venture. 

3.3 Other non-current assets 

Accounting policies 
Property, plant and equipment 
Other than land and buildings, property, plant and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and 
impairment losses (see below). Land and buildings are stated at fair value on the same basis as investment properties. 
Property, plant and equipment mainly comprise leasehold improvements at the Group’s head office and London office 
as well as computer hardware and software at these sites. 

Depreciation is charged to the income statement on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of items of property, 
plant and equipment. Freehold land is not depreciated. The estimated useful lives are as follows: 

• Leasehold improvements 
• Other assets  

Shorter life of lease and economic life 
4-20 years 

Intangible assets 
Intangible assets predominately comprise internally developed computer software which allows customers to book online and 
processes transactions within the sales cycle. The expenditure capitalised includes the cost of materials, direct labour and an 
appropriate proportion of overheads. Expenditure on research activities is recognised in the income statement as an expense 
incurred. The assets are amortised on a straight-line basis over four to five years being the estimated useful lives of the intangible 
assets, from the date they are available for use. Amortisation is charged to the income statement. 

The Group’s other non-current assets can be analysed as follows: 

Cost or valuation 
At 1 January  
Additions 
At 31 December  

Depreciation, amortisation and 
impairment losses 
At 1 January  
Depreciation/amortisation charge 
for the year 
At 31 December  

Carrying value at 1 January 

Carrying amount at 31 December 

Property, 
plant and 
equipment 
£m 

2014 

Intangible  
assets 
£m 

10.0 
4.8 
14.8 

7.2 

1.0 
8.2 

2.8 

6.6 

19.7 
5.7 
25.4 

15.2 

1.5 
16.7 

4.5 

8.7 

Property, 
plant and 
equipment 
£m 

2013 

Intangible  
assets 
£m 

7.7 
2.3 
10.0 

6.5 

0.7 
7.2 

1.2 

2.8 

17.5 
2.2 
19.7 

13.7 

1.5 
15.2 

3.8 

4.5 

Total 
£m 

29.7 
10.5 
40.2 

22.4 

2.5 
24.9 

7.3 

15.3 

Total 
£m 

25.2 
4.5 
29.7 

20.2 

2.2 
22.4 

5.0 

7.3 

116
116

The Unite Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2014 

The Unite Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2014 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
r

r

C
o
p
o
a
t
e
g
o
v
e
n
a
n
c
e

r

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

O
t
h
e

r

SECTION 3: ASSET MANAGEMENT CONTINUED 

3.4 Investments in joint ventures (Group) 

r

e
p
o

r
t

S
t
r

a
t
e
g
c

i

Accounting policies 
Joint ventures are those entities over whose activities the Group has joint control, established by contractual agreement. The 
consolidated financial statements include joint ventures initially at cost subsequently increased or decreased by the Group’s 
share of total gains and losses of joint ventures on an equity basis. Interest free joint venture investment loans are initially
recorded at fair value – the difference between the nominal amount and fair value being treated as an investment in the joint 
venture. The implied discount is amortised over the contracted life of the investment loan. 

The Directors consider that the agreements integral to its joint ventures result in the Group having joint control; a significant 
degree of judgement is exercised in this assessment due to the complexity of the contractual arrangements.  

USAF and UCC/LSAV are jointly owned entities that are accounted for as joint ventures. Due to the complexity of the 
contractual arrangements and Unite’s role as manager of the joint venture vehicles, the assessment of joint control following 
recent changes to accounting standards (IFRS 10) involves judgements around a number of significant factors. These factors 
include how Unite as fund manager has the ability to direct relevant activities such as acquisitions, disposals, capital 
expenditure for refurbishments and funding whether through debt or equity. This assessment for USAF is complex because of 
the number of unitholders and how their rights are represented through an Advisory Committee. For some of the activities it is 
not clear who has definitive control. However, for the activities which are considered to have significant impact on the returns
of USAF, acquisitions and equity financing, it has been determined that the Advisory Committee and the Group have joint 
power in directing these activities and that on balance, it is appropriate to account for USAF as a joint venture. The assessment 
for UCC/LSAV is more straightforward because the Group and GIC each own 50% of the joint venture and there is therefore 
much clearer evidence that control over the key activities is shared by the two parties. 

During the year the Group has operated four joint ventures; following the disposal of OCB and the merger of LSAV and UCC the 
Group now operates two joint ventures. 

Joint venture 

The Unite UK Student 
Accommodation Fund 
(USAF) 
Unite Capital Cities 
(UCC) 

Group’s share of  
assets/results 
2014 (2013) 

24.0%* (18.9%) 

50%** (30%) 

London Student 
Accommodation Joint 
Venture (LSAV) 

50% (50%) 

Develop and operate 
student accommodation 
in London 

OCB Property Holdings 
(OCB) 

0% (25%) 

Operate three investment 
properties located in 
London; these properties 
were sold during the year 
and the joint venture 
wound up 

Invest and operate 
student accommodation 
throughout the UK 
Invest and operate student 
accommodation in the 
capital cities of London 
and Edinburgh 

Objective 

Partner 

Consortium of investors 

GIC Real Estate Pte, Ltd 
Real estate 
 investment vehicle  
of the Government  
of Singapore 
GIC Real Estate Pte, Ltd 
Real estate 
 investment vehicle  
of the Government  
of Singapore 
Oasis Capital  

Legal entity in which 
Group has interest 

Unite Student 
Accommodation Fund, 
a Jersey Unit Trust 
LSAV Unit Trust, a Jersey 
Unit Trust and LSAV 
(Holdings) Ltd, 
incorporated in Jersey 

LSAV Unit Trust, a Jersey 
Unit Trust and LSAV 
(Holdings) Ltd, 
incorporated in Jersey

N/A

*   Part of the Group’s interest is held through a subsidiary, USAF (Feeder) Guernsey Ltd, in which there is an external investor. A minority interest 

therefore occurs on consolidation of the Group’s results representing the external investor’s share of profits and assets relating to its investment 
in USAF. The ordinary shareholders of The Unite Group plc are beneficially interested in 22.0% (2013: 16.4%) of USAF. 

**  On 9 December 2014 the Unite Capital Cities joint venture was acquired by the London Student Accommodation Venture via a unit for unit 

exchange based on the fair value of the units in each joint venture on 30 September 2014. 

The Unite Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2014 

117 
117

The Unite Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2014Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statementsOther information 
 
 
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED 

SECTION 3: ASSET MANAGEMENT CONTINUED 

3.4 Investments in joint ventures (Group) continued 
a) Net assets and results of the joint ventures 
The summarised balance sheets and results for the period, and the Group’s share of these joint ventures are as follows: 

2014 

Investment property 
Cash 
Debt 
Swap liabilities 
Other current assets 
Other current liabilities 
Net assets 

USAF  
£m 

UCC/LSAV  
£m 

OCB  
£m 

Total  
£m 

Gross 

Share 

Gross 

Share 

Gross 

Share 

Gross 

Share 

1,572.8 
50.2 
(661.2) 
(2.8) 
1.6 
(28.1) 
932.5 

378.5 
12.1 
(159.1) 
(0.6) 
0.4 
(5.2) 
226.1 

556.6 
21.6 
(251.2) 
(3.9) 
6.5 
(14.3) 
315.3 

278.3 
10.8 
(125.6) 
(1.9) 
3.2 
(7.1) 
157.7 

– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 

– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 

2,129.4 
71.8 
(912.4) 
(6.7) 
8.1 
(42.4) 
1,247.8 

656.8 
22.9 
(284.7) 
(2.5) 
3.6 
(12.3) 
383.8 

Profit/(loss) for the year 

108.5 

27.0 

59.4 

30.0 

(0.1) 

(0.5) 

167.8 

56.5 

EPRA net assets 

935.3 

206.9 

319.2 

159.6 

– 

– 

1,254.5 

366.5 

2013 

Investment property 
Cash 
Debt 
Swap liabilities 
Other current assets 
Other current liabilities 

Investment loans 
UCC promote 
Net assets 

USAF 
 £m 

UCC/LSAV  
£m 

OCB  
£m 

Total  
£m 

Gross 

Share 

Gross 

Share 

Gross 

Share 

Gross 

Share 

1,354.7 
62.4 
(645.5) 
(3.5) 
11.8 
(26.9) 
753.0 
– 
– 
753.0 

256.5 
11.8 
(122.2) 
(0.6) 
2.3 
(5.1) 
142.7 
– 
– 
142.7 

470.3 
18.8 
(255.3) 
0.8 
1.2 
(9.3) 
226.5 
– 
– 
226.5 

157.2 
7.1 
(83.0) 
0.4 
0.5 
(3.0) 
79.2 
– 
7.5 
86.7 

173.7 
8.4 
(105.6) 
– 
0.2 
(4.4) 
72.3 
(40.8) 
– 
31.5 

43.4 
2.1 

1,998.7 
89.6 
(26.4)  (1,006.4) 
(2.7) 
13.2 
(40.6) 
1,051.8 
(40.8) 
– 
1,011.0 

– 
– 
(1.1) 
18.0 
(10.2) 
– 
7.8 

457.1 
21.0 
(231.6) 
(0.2) 
2.8 
(9.2) 
239.9 
(10.2) 
7.5 
237.2 

Profit/(loss) for the year 

62.7 

(0.8) 

24.1 

10.0 

2.3 

– 

89.1 

9.2 

EPRA net assets 

756.5 

124.5 

225.7 

86.3 

72.3 

18.0 

1,054.5 

228.8 

Net assets and profit for the year above include the minority interest, whereas adjusted net assets exclude the minority interest. 

118
118

The Unite Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2014 

The Unite Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2014 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
S
t
r

a
t
e
g
c

i

SECTION 3: ASSET MANAGEMENT CONTINUED 

3.4 Investments in joint ventures (Group) continued 
b) Movement in carrying value of the Group’s investments in joint ventures 
The carrying value of the Group’s investment in joint ventures has increased by £146.6 million during the year ended 
31 December 2014 (2013: £42.4 million), resulting in an overall carrying value of £383.8 million (2013: £237.2 million). 
The following table shows how the increase has been achieved:  

r

e
p
o

r
t

r

r

C
o
p
o
a
t
e
g
o
v
e
n
a
n
c
e

r

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

O
t
h
e

r

Recognised in the income statement: 
Operations segment result 
Minority interest share of Operations 
segment result 
Management fee adjustment related 
to trading with joint venture 
Net revaluation gains 
Discount on interest free loans 
(note 4.3) 
Debt exit costs 
Loss on cancellation of interest 
rate swaps 
Landsbanki cash received 
Loss on disposal of properties 
Other 

Recognised in equity: 
Movement in effective hedges 

Other adjustments to the carrying 
value: 
Profit adjustment related to trading  
with joint venture 
Increase in loan to OCB 
Repayment of loan to OCB 
Increase in loan to USAF 
Additional capital invested in USAF 
Additional capital invested in UCC 
Additional capital invested in LSAV 
UCC promote  
Transfer from investment loan 
to investments 
Distributions received 

Increase/(decrease) in carrying value 

Carrying value at 1 January  

Carrying value at 31 December  

2014 

2013 

Investment 
in joint 
venture 
£m 

Joint venture 
investment 
loan 
£m 

Total 
 interest 
£m 

Investment 
in joint 
venture 
£m 

Joint venture 
investment 
loan 
£m 

Total 
 interest 
£m 

17.0 

1.3 

3.0 
35.7 

(0.4) 
(0.1) 

– 
0.4 
(0.6) 
0.2 
56.5 

(2.3) 

(1.5) 
– 
– 
12.8 
57.1 
26.5 
19.7 
– 

– 
(22.2) 

146.6 

237.2 

383.8 

– 

– 

– 
– 

0.4 
– 

– 
– 
– 
– 
0.4 

– 

0.1 
– 
(10.7) 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 

– 
– 

(10.2) 

10.2 

– 

17.0 

1.3 

3.0 
35.7 

– 
(0.1) 

– 
0.4 
(0.6) 
0.2 
56.9 

11.3 

1.1 

2.4 
13.5 

(15.4) 
(2.2) 

(3.8) 
2.3 
– 
– 
9.2 

– 

– 

– 
– 

15.4 
– 

– 
– 
– 
– 
15.4 

11.3 

1.1 

2.4 
13.5 

– 
(2.2) 

(3.8) 
2.3 
– 
– 
24.6 

(2.3) 

8.4 

– 

8.4 

(1.4) 
– 
(10.7) 
12.8 
57.1 
26.5 
19.7 
– 

– 
(22.2) 

136.4 

247.4 

383.8 

(4.2) 
– 
– 
– 
– 
3.4 
8.4 
7.5 

19.6 
(9.9) 

42.4 

194.8 

237.2 

1.8 
1.4 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 

(19.6) 
– 

(1.0) 

11.2 

10.2 

(2.4) 
1.4 
– 
– 
– 
3.4 
8.4 
7.5 

– 
(9.9) 

41.4 

206.0 

247.4 

The Unite Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2014 

119 
119

The Unite Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2014Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statementsOther information 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED 

SECTION 3: ASSET MANAGEMENT CONTINUED 

3.4 Investments in joint ventures (Group) continued 
b) Movement in carrying value of the Group’s investments in joint ventures continued 
In addition to its equity shares, the Group has also provided interest free investment loans to some of the joint ventures. These 
were primarily provided on the setting up of the joint venture to provide capital to acquire investment properties. As a result of 
being provided interest free, the loans were discounted on recognition to reflect the fair value, the unwinding of the discount is 
reflected in the Group’s finance income. 

During the year the remaining joint venture investment loans to OCB were repaid in full. This also resulted in the accelerated 
unwinding of the discount on the joint venture interest free loans of £0.4 million in the income statement (note 4.3). This is offset 
in the income statement by a corresponding accelerated unwinding of discount through the share of joint venture profit of 
£0.4 million (note 3.4a).  

The remaining interest free loans provided to joint ventures have no fixed repayment dates. These are accordingly treated as part 
of the cost of the investment in the joint ventures. 

c) Transactions with joint ventures 
The Group acts as asset and property fund manager for the joint ventures and receives management fees in relation to these 
services. In addition, the Group is entitled to promote fees from USAF and UCC/LSAV if the joint ventures outperform certain 
benchmarks. The Group receives an enhanced equity interest in the joint ventures as consideration for the promote fee. The 
Group has recognised the following management fees in its results for the year. 

USAF 
UCC/LSAV 
OCB  

Property management fees 

UCC/LSAV 

Development management fees 

UCC/LSAV 

Promote fees 

USAF 

Acquisition fees 

Total fees 

2014 
£m 

6.9 
3.4 
0.3 

10.6 

2.7 

2.7 

– 

– 

1.4 

1.4 

2013  
£m 

6.6 
3.5 
0.9 

11.0 

0.9 

0.9 

7.5 

7.5 

– 

– 

14.7 

19.4 

Included in share of joint venture profit in the income statement is a share of joint venture property management fee costs of 
£0.8 million (2013: £0.6 million). On a see-through basis these costs are deducted from the property management fees shown 
above, plus an adjustment for the minority interest of £0.2 million (2013: £0.2 million). This results in the net fees included in the 
Operating segment result (note 2.2a) of £10.0 million (2013: £10.6 million). Development management fees are included in 
the Property segment result (note 2.2a). Promote fees and acquisition fees are included within the unallocated to segments 
(note 2.2a). 

Included in the movement in EPRA NAV in the year is a USAF property acquisition fee of £1.2 million. This is the gross fee of 
£1.4 million paid by USAF net of a £0.2 million adjustment related to trading with joint ventures. 

During the year the Group has paid operating lease rentals to USAF relating to two properties under a sale and leaseback 
agreement. The rents paid were as follows: 

USAF 

Lease rentals  

2014 
£m 

1.3 

1.3 

2013  
£m 

– 

– 

120
120

The Unite Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2014 

The Unite Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2014 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
S
t
r

a
t
e
g
c

i

SECTION 3: ASSET MANAGEMENT CONTINUED 

3.4 Investments in joint ventures (Group) continued 
c) Transactions with joint ventures continued 
During the year the Group sold one property to USAF for £20.1 million. The property was held on the balance sheet as investment 
property within non-current assets, the proceeds and carrying value of the property therefore recognised in loss on disposal of 
property and the cash flows in investing activities. No properties were sold to joint ventures in 2013. The profits relating to sales 
and associated disposal costs and related cash flows are set out below: 

Included in loss on disposal of property (net of joint venture trading adjustment) 

Profit on disposal of property 

Gross proceeds 
Part settled by: 
Investment in joint venture 

Net cash flows included in cash flows from investing activities 

Profit and loss 
2014 

Profit and loss 
2013 

USAF 
£m 

0.4 

0.4 

USAF 
£m 

– 

– 

Cash flow 2014  Cash flow 2013 

USAF 
£m 

20.1 

(10.0) 

10.1 

USAF 
£m 

– 

– 

– 

r

e
p
o

r
t

r

r

C
o
p
o
a
t
e
g
o
v
e
n
a
n
c
e

r

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

O
t
h
e

r

The Unite Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2014 

121 
121

The Unite Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2014Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statementsOther information 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED 

SECTION 3: ASSET MANAGEMENT CONTINUED 

3.5 Investments in subsidiaries (Company) 

Accounting policies 
In the financial statements of the Company, investments in subsidiaries are held at fair value. Changes in fair value are 
recognised in other comprehensive income and presented in the revaluation reserve in equity. 

Carrying value of investment in subsidiaries 
The movements in the Company’s interest in unlisted subsidiaries and joint ventures during the year are as follows. 

At 1 January  

Revaluation 

At 31 December 

Investment in subsidiaries 

2014 
£m 

323.8 

88.2 

412.0 

2013
£m

228.4 

95.4 

323.8 

The carrying value of investment in subsidiaries has been calculated using the equity attributable to the owners of the parent 
company from the consolidated balance sheet adjusted for the fair value of fixed rate loans and properties under development. 
This includes investment property, investment property under development and swaps at a fair value calculated by a third party 
expert. All investment properties and investment properties under development are classified as level 3 in the IFRS 13 fair value
hierarchy and have been discussed on page 113. The fixed rate loans range between level 1 and level 2 in the IFRS 13 fair value
hierarchy and have been discussed further on page 124. 

In addition to the equity investment in subsidiaries and joint ventures, the Company has provided a loan with interest chargeable 
at 6.125% to LDC (Holdings) plc. The carrying value of the loan to LDC (Holdings) plc was £90.0 million (2013: £90.0 million). A
further loan of £89.9 million (2013: £89.9 million) was provided to LDC (Holdings) plc in 2013 with interest chargeable at 5.0%.

A full list of the Company’s subsidiaries is appended to the annual return. The Company’s principal subsidiaries and joint 
ventures are:  

LDC (Holdings) plc* 
Unite Holdings plc* 
Unite Integrated Solutions plc 
USAF LP Ltd 
USAF Jersey Investments Ltd 
Unite (Capital Cities) Jersey Ltd 
LDC (Imperial Wharf) Ltd 
Unite Finance One (Property) Ltd 

*  Held directly by the Company. 

Country of incorporation 

England and Wales 
England and Wales 
England and Wales 
England and Wales 
Jersey
Jersey
England and Wales 
England and Wales 

Class of  
shares held 

Ownership 
interest 

Ordinary 
Ordinary 
Ordinary 
Ordinary 
Ordinary 
Ordinary 
Ordinary 
Ordinary 

100% 
100% 
100% 
100% 
100% 
100% 
100% 
100% 

122  
122

The Unite Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2014

The Unite Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2014 
SECTION 4: FUNDING 

r

e
p
o

r
t

The Group finances its development and investment activities through a mixture of retained earnings, 
borrowings and equity. The Group continuously monitors its financing arrangements to manage its gearing.  
Interest rate swaps are used to manage the Group’s risk to fluctuations in interest rate movements. 
The following pages provide disclosures about the Group’s funding position, including borrowings, gearing  
and hedging instruments; its exposure to market risks; and its capital management policies. 

S
t
r

a
t
e
g
c

i

r

r

C
o
p
o
a
t
e
g
o
v
e
n
a
n
c
e

r

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

O
t
h
e

r

4.1 Borrowings 

Accounting policies 
Interest bearing borrowings are recognised initially at fair value, less attributable transaction costs. Subsequent to initial 
recognition, interest bearing borrowings are stated at amortised cost with any difference between cost and redemption 
value being recognised in the income statement over the period of the borrowings on an effective interest basis. 

On 10 October 2013 the Group issued a convertible bond. The unsecured instrument pays a coupon of 2.5% until 10 October 
2018. In accordance with IFRS, the equity and debt components of the bond are accounted for separately and the fair value 
of the debt component has been determined using the market interest rate for an equivalent non-convertible bond. As a 
result, £80.3 million was recognised as a liability in the balance sheet on issue and the remainder of the proceeds, £9.6 million, 
which represents the equity component, was credited to reserves. The difference between the fair value of the liability and 
the principal value is amortised through the income statement from the date of issue. Issue costs of £2.0 million were allocated 
between equity and debt and the element relating to the debt component is being amortised over the life of the bond. The 
issue costs apportioned to equity of £0.2 million are not amortised.  

The table below analyses the Group’s borrowings which comprise bank and other loans by when they fall due for payment: 

Current  
In one year or less, or on demand 

Non-current 
In more than one year but not more than two years 
In more than two years but not more than five years 
In more than five years 

Total borrowings 

Group 

2014 
£m 

2013 
£m 

Company 

2014 
£m 

2013 
£m 

12.5 

29.7 

– 

4.9 

40.5 
106.7 
330.1 
477.3 

489.8 

93.2 
182.3 
208.2 
483.7 

513.4 

– 
81.2 
90.0 
171.2 

171.2 

– 
79.0 
90.0 
169.0 

173.9 

In addition to the borrowings currently drawn as shown above, the Group has available undrawn facilities of £76.5 million 
(2013: £58.2 million). A further overdraft facility of £10.0 million (2013: £10.0 million) is also available.  

The carrying value of borrowings is considered to be approximate to fair value, except for the Group’s fixed rate loans carried 
at £332.5 million (2013: £211.0 million) and the convertible bond carried at £82.5 million (2013: £80.7). The convertible bond and 
£90.0 million (2013: £90.0 million) of the fixed rate loans are classified as level 1 in the IFRS 13 fair value hierarchy and have a fair 
value of £194.5 million (2013: £188.5 million). The IFRS 13 level categorisation relates to the extent the fair value can be determined 
by reference to comparable market values. The classifications range from level 1 where instruments are quoted on an active 
market through to level 3 where the assumptions used to arrive at fair value do not have comparable market data. 

The remaining £242.5 million (2013: £119.5 million) of the fixed rate loans are classified as level 2 in the IFRS 13 fair value hierarchy. 
The fair value of these fixed rate loans has been calculated by a third party expert discounting estimated future cash flows on 
the basis of market expectations of future interest rates. The fair value of these loans is £224.0 million (2013: £116.7 million).  

Properties with a carrying value of £651.9 million (2013: £657.2 million) have been pledged as security against the Group’s drawn 
down borrowings.  

The Unite Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2014 

123 
123

The Unite Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2014Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statementsOther information 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED 

SECTION 4: FUNDING CONTINUED 

4.2 Interest rate swaps 
The Group uses interest rate swaps to manage the Group’s exposure to interest rate fluctuations. In accordance with the 
Group’s treasury policy, the Group does not hold or issue interest rate swaps for trading purposes and only holds swaps which 
are considered to be commercially effective.  

Accounting policies 
Interest rate swaps are recognised initially and subsequently at fair value, with mark to market movements recognised in the 
income statement unless cash flow hedge accounting is applied.  

Hedge accounting, as defined in IFRS, is when the interest rate swap is designated as the hedging instrument in a hedge 
of the variability in cash flows attributable to the interest risk of borrowings. The effective portion of changes in fair value of 
the interest rate swap is recognised in other comprehensive income and presented in the hedging reserve in equity. Any 
ineffective portion of changes in the fair value of the interest rate swap is recognised immediately in profit or loss. The 
Group only applies hedge accounting when the hedge is expected to be highly effective. 

When a hedging instrument or hedge relationship is terminated but the hedged transaction is still expected to occur, the 
cumulative gain or loss at that point remains in equity with any subsequent movements in fair value taken to the income 
statement. If the hedged transaction is no longer probable, the cumulative unrealised gain or loss recognised in equity is 
recognised in the income statement immediately. 

The fair value of interest rate swaps is the estimated amount that the Group would receive or pay to terminate the swap at the 
balance sheet date, taking into account current interest rates and the current credit worthiness of the swap counterparties. 

The following table shows the fair value of interest rate swaps: 

Current 
Non-current 

Fair value of interest rate swaps 

2014 
£m 

0.4 
1.9 

2.3 

2013 
£m 

2.0 
3.4 

5.4 

The fair values of interest rate swaps have been calculated by a third party expert, discounting estimated future cash flows on 
the basis of market expectations of future interest rates, representing level 2 in the IFRS 13 fair value hierarchy.  

4.3 Net financing costs 

Accounting policies 
Net financing costs comprise interest payable on borrowings less interest receivable on funds invested (both calculated using 
the effective interest rate method) and gains and losses on hedging instruments that are recognised in the income statement. 

124
124

The Unite Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2014 

The Unite Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2014 
 
 
  
 
SECTION 4: FUNDING CONTINUED 

4.3 Net financing costs continued 

Recognised in the income statement: 

Finance income 
– Interest income on deposit 
– Impact of discounting on interest free joint venture investment loans (note 3.4b) 

Finance income 

Gross interest expense on loans 
Loan break costs 
Interest capitalised 
Loan interest and similar charges 

Changes in mark to market of interest rate swaps not accounted for as hedges 

Finance costs 

Net financing costs 

2014  
£m 

(0.1) 
(0.4) 

(0.5) 

28.6 
1.6 
(8.0) 
22.2 

1.3 

23.5 

23.0 

2013 
£m 

(0.3) 
(15.4) 

(15.7) 

25.0 
0.4 
(6.1) 
19.3 

(0.7) 

18.6 

2.9 

S
t
r

a
t
e
g
c

i

r

e
p
o

r
t

r

r

C
o
p
o
a
t
e
g
o
v
e
n
a
n
c
e

r

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

O
t
h
e

r

The average cost of the Group’s wholly owned investment debt at 31 December 2014 is 5.1% (2013: 5.1%). The overall average 
cost of investment debt on a see-through basis is 4.7% (2013: 4.7%). 

4.4 Gearing 
The Group’s adjusted gearing ratio is a key indicator that the Group uses to manage its indebtedness. EPRA net asset value (NAV) 
and adjusted net debt are used to calculate adjusted gearing. Adjusted net debt excludes mark to market of interest rate swaps 
as shown below. 

The Group’s gearing ratios are calculated as follows: 

Cash and cash equivalents 
Current borrowings 
Non-current borrowings 
Interest rate swaps liabilities 

Net debt per balance sheet 

Mark to market of interest rate swaps 

Adjusted net debt 

Reported net asset value (attributable to owners of the parent company) 
EPRA net asset value  

Gearing 
Basic (Net debt/Reported net asset value) 

Adjusted gearing (Adjusted net debt/EPRA net asset value) 

See-through adjusted gearing (including share of JV properties and net debt) 

See-through adjusted LTV 

Note 

5.1 

4.1 

4.1 

4.2 

2014 
£m 
41.4 
(12.5) 
(477.3) 
(2.3) 

(450.7) 

2013  
£m 
43.2 
(29.7) 
(483.7) 
(5.4) 

(475.6) 

2.3 

5.4 

2.3c 

2.3c 

(448.4) 

(470.2) 

842.5 
881.1 

653.3 
681.6 

53% 

51% 

79% 

43% 

73% 

69% 

98% 

49% 

The Unite Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2014 

125 
125

The Unite Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2014Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statementsOther information 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED 

SECTION 4: FUNDING CONTINUED 

4.5 Financial risk factors 
The Group’s activities expose it to a variety of financial risks; market risks – primarily interest rate risk, credit risk and liquidity risk.  
The Group’s treasury policy focuses on the unpredictability of financial markets and seeks to minimise potential adverse effects  
on the Group’s financial performance. Details on credit risk can be found in note 5.3. 

a) Interest rate risk 
Interest rate risk is the risk that the Group is impacted by significant changes in interest rates. Borrowings issued at or swapped  
to floating rates expose the Group to interest rate risk. The Group’s policy is separated into two main areas: 

i) Development and refinancing 
The Group had no development borrowings as at 31 December 2014 (2013: £17.5 million). 

The Group’s principal exposure to interest rate fluctuations during development relates to movements in longer-term interest rates  
which affect the amount of debt the property income is capable of servicing at completion. Significant adverse movements 
undermine the Group’s ability to release equity from its developments. 

The Group will continue to review the level of its hedging in the light of the current low interest rate environment. The Group’s 
policy allows this exposure to be managed through the use of forward starting swaps. 

ii) Medium and long-term finance 
The Group holds its medium and long-term bank finance under both floating and fixed rate arrangements. The majority of this 
floating debt is hedged through the use of interest rate swap agreements, although not all these arrangements qualify for hedge 
accounting under IAS 39. During 2014, the Group’s policy guideline has been to hedge 75% and 95% of the Group’s exposure for 
terms of approximately 2 – 10 years. 

At 31 December 2014, after taking account of interest rate swaps, 100% (2013: 84%) of the Group’s medium and long-term 
investment borrowing was held at fixed rates. Excluding the £79.6 million (2013: £133.0 million) of swaps the fixed investment 
borrowing is at an average rate of 4.6% (2013: 4.7%) for an average period of 7 years (2013: 7 years); including these swaps the 
average rate is 4.4% (2013: 4.1%).  

The Group holds interest rate swaps at 31 December 2014 against £79.6 million (2013: £133.0 million) of the Group’s borrowings.  
The maturity of these swaps and the applicable interest rates are as follows: 

Within one year 
Between one and two years 
Between two and five years 
More than five years 

2014 
Nominal  
amount 
hedged 
£m 
23.0 
51.1 
– 
5.5 

2014 
Applicable  
interest rates 
% 
3.0 
2.6 
– 
5.6 

2013 
Nominal  
amount 
hedged 
£m 
34.0 
55.0 
38.0 
6.0 

2013 
Applicable 
 interest 
rates 
% 
3.1 – 5.8 
2.3 
2.6 
5.6 

During the year, if interest rates had increased/decreased by 1%, pre-tax profit for the year would have been £0.2 million 
(2013: £0.7 million) lower/higher.  

b) Liquidity risk 
Liquidity risk is the risk that the Group will not be able to meet its financial obligations as they fall due. For development activities, 
the Group has a policy to inject substantially the full amount of equity required for each development before drawing debt 
against the specific facility for the development. The funding requirements of each scheme are therefore substantially ‘ring 
fenced’ and secured at the outset of works. 

The table on the next page analyses the Group’s financial liabilities and interest rate swaps into relevant maturity groupings 
based on the period remaining until the contractual maturity date. The amounts disclosed in the table are the contractual 
undiscounted cash flows (including interest), so will not always reconcile with the amounts disclosed on the balance sheet. 

126
126

The Unite Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2014 

The Unite Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2014 
 
 
  
 
S
t
r

a
t
e
g
c

i

r

e
p
o

r
t

r

r

C
o
p
o
a
t
e
g
o
v
e
n
a
n
c
e

r

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

O
t
h
e

r

SECTION 4: FUNDING CONTINUED 

4.5 Financial risk factors continued 
b) Liquidity risk continued 
2014 

Bank and other loans 
Convertible bonds 
Trade and other payables 

Interest rate swaps – effective 
Interest rate swaps – ineffective 

2013 

Bank and other loans 
Convertible bonds 
Trade and other payables 

Interest rate swaps – effective 
Interest rate swaps – ineffective 

Total 
contractual 
cash flows 
£m 

Less than  
1 year 
£m 

Between  
1 and 2 
years 
£m 

Between  
2 and 5 
years 
£m 

545.4 
98.3 
101.6 

1.0 
1.7 
748.0 

32.7 
2.2 
101.6 

0.4 
1.1 
138.0 

59.7 
2.2 
–

0.2 
0.6 
62.7 

79.1 
93.9 
–

0.2 
– 
173.2 

Total 
contractual 
cash flows 
£m 

Less than  
1 year 
£m 

Between  
1 and 2 
years 
£m 

Between  
2 and 5 
years 
£m 

542.6 
101.1 
85.2 

3.2 
4.3 
736.4 

47.9 
2.2 
85.2 

1.4 
2.4 
139.1 

111.7 
2.2 
– 

1.1 
1.2 
116.2 

142.8 
96.7 
– 

0.4 
0.7 
240.6 

Over  
5 years 
£m 

373.9 
– 
–

0.2 
–
374.1 

Over  
5 years 
£m 

240.2 
– 
– 

0.3 
– 
240.5 

During 2013 the Group issued £89.9 million of convertible bonds. The bonds have a maturity date of 10 October 2018. The 
bondholders may exercise the Conversion Right in certain circumstances but this is contingent on a number of factors and 
therefore the bonds are shown to maturity in the above disclosure. 

c) Covenant compliance 
Many of the Group’s funding facilities carry covenants. The Group monitors its covenant position and the headroom available 
on an ongoing basis. At 31 December 2014, the Group was in full compliance with all of its borrowing covenants. The Group is 
able to use available cash to reduce debt to increase headroom on its loan to value (LTV) covenants. The covenant headroom 
position is outlined below and assumes that the Group is able to use a mixture of available cash and add additional property 
to banks’ security pools. 

Loan to value 
Interest cover 
Minimum net worth 

31 December 2014 

31 December 2013 

Weighted 
covenant 
73% 
1.45 
£250m 

Weighted  
actual 
22%* 
2.61 
£881m 

Weighted 
covenant 
70% 
1.45 
£250m 

Weighted  
actual 
25%* 
2.50 
£682m 

*  Calculated on the basis that available cash is used to reduce debt and available property can be used as additional security. 

The Unite Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2014 

127 
127

The Unite Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2014Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statementsOther information 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED 

SECTION 4: FUNDING CONTINUED 

4.6 Operating leases 
a) Payable 

Accounting policies 
Payments made under operating leases are recognised in the income statement on a straight-line basis over the term of the 
lease. Lease incentives received are recognised in the income statement as an integral part of the total lease expense. Where 
the property interest under an operating lease is classified as an investment property, the property interest is accounted for as 
if it were a finance lease and the fair value model is used for the asset recognised. 

The Group has a number of sale and leaseback properties which are accounted for as operating leases. 

The total future minimum lease rentals payable under non-cancellable operating leases fall due for repayment as follows: 

Less than one year 
Between one and five years 
More than five years 

Total 

2014 
£m 

14.8 
57.5 
171.4 

243.7 

2013 
£m 

14.7 
56.5 
183.2 

254.4 

These leases primarily relate to properties which the Group has sold and leased back and on which rental income is earned. 
The leases are generally for periods between 14 and 19 years and subject to annual RPI-based rent review. Two properties are 
subject to a fixed annual rent increase of 2%. The total operating lease expenditure incurred during the year was £14.8 million 
(2013: £15.0 million). 

b) Receivable 
The Group accounts for its tenancy contracts offered to commercial and individual tenants as operating leases. The future 
minimum lease payments receivable under non-cancellable operating leases are as follows: 

Less than one year  
Between one and five years 
More than five years 

Total 

2014 
£m 

73.7 
48.3 
65.4 

2012 
£m 

63.4 
47.6 
48.0 

187.4 

159.0 

128
128

The Unite Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2014 

The Unite Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2014 
 
 
 
  
 
 
S
t
r

a
t
e
g
c

i

r

e
p
o

r
t

r

r

C
o
p
o
a
t
e
g
o
v
e
n
a
n
c
e

r

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

O
t
h
e

r

SECTION 4: FUNDING CONTINUED 

4.7 Capital management 
The capital structure of the Group consists of shareholders’ equity and adjusted net debt, including cash held on deposit. The 
Group’s equity is analysed into its various components in the Statement of Changes in Equity. The components and calculation of 
adjusted net debt is set out in note 4.4. Capital is managed so as to continue as a going concern and to promote the long-term 
success of the business and to maintain sustainable returns for shareholders and joint venture partners.  

The Group uses a number of key metrics to manage its capital structure: 

  Adjusted net debt (4.4) 

  Adjusted gearing (4.4) 

  See-through LTV (2.3a) 

  Weighted average cost of investment debt (4.5aii) 

In order to manage levels of adjusted gearing over the medium term, the Group seeks to deliver NAV growth and to recycle 
capital invested in lower performing assets into new assets and property developments. £71 million of property assets were 
sold in 2014 and we plan to sell an average of £50 million – £100 million of property each year. The Group targets a yield on cost 
of approximately 9%. The Group does not commit to developing new sites until sufficient equity and funding to fulfil the full 
cost of the development is secure. 

The Board monitors the ability of the Group to pay dividends out of available cash and distributable profits. The Operations 
segment generated cash of £35.0 million (2013: £23.2 million) during the year, thereby covering the proposed dividend of 
£22.5 million, 1.6 times (2013: £8.5 million, 2.7 times). 

4.8 Equity 

Accounting policies 
Ordinary shares are classified as equity. External costs directly attributable to the issue of new shares, other than on a 
business combination, are shown as a deduction, net of tax, in equity from the proceeds. Share issue costs incurred directly 
in connection with a business combination are deducted from the proceeds of the issue. 

The Company’s issued share capital has increased during the year as follows: 

Issued at start of year – fully paid 
Share placing 
Share options exercised 
Issued at end of year – fully paid 

Number of ordinary shares 

2014 

2013 

176,657,924  160,461,442 
16,000,000 
196,482 
201,541,803  176,657,924 

24,500,000 
383,879 

The holders of ordinary shares are entitled to receive dividends as declared from time to time and are entitled to one vote 
per share at meetings of the Company. All shares rank equally with regard to the Company’s residual assets. 

On 12 April 2014 the Group completed a share placing and open offer of 24,500,000 shares, which gave rise to proceeds 
of £100.5 million, £96.2 million net of issue costs.  

The Unite Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2014 

129 
129

The Unite Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2014Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statementsOther information 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED 

SECTION 4: FUNDING CONTINUED 

4.9 Dividends 

Accounting policies 
Dividends are recognised through equity on the earlier of their approval by the Company’s shareholders or their payment. 

During the year, the Company declared and paid an interim dividend of £4.4 million (2013: £2.8 million) and paid a £6.3 million 
final dividend relating to the year ended 31 December 2013 (2012: £4.7 million).  

After the year end, the Directors proposed a final dividend per share of 9.0p (2013: 3.2p), bringing the total dividend per share 
for the year to 11.2p (2013: 4.8p). No provision has been made in relation to this dividend. 

SECTION 5: WORKING CAPITAL 

This section focuses on how the Group generates its operating cash flows. Careful management of working 
capital is vital to ensure that the Group can meet its trading and financing obligations within its ordinary 
operating cycle.  
On the following pages you will find disclosures around the Group’s cash position and how cash is generated 
from the Group’s trading activities, and disclosures around trade receivables and payables. 

5.1 Cash 

Accounting policies 
Cash and cash equivalents comprise cash balances and call deposits. Cash equivalents are short-term, highly liquid 
investments that are readily convertible to known amounts of cash and which are subject to an insignificant risk of changes in 
value. Bank overdrafts that are repayable on demand and form an integral part of the Group’s cash management are 
included as a component of cash and cash equivalents for the purpose of the statement of cash flows. 

The Group’s cash position at 31 December 2014 was £41.4 million (2013: £43.2 million).  

At 31 December 2014 the Company had a cash balance of £8.6 million (2013: overdraft of £4.9 million). 

The Group’s cash balances include £12.8 million (2013: £13.4 million) whose use at the balance sheet date is restricted by funding 
agreements to pay operating costs and loan interest relating to specific properties. 

130
130

The Unite Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2014 

The Unite Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2014 
 
 
 
  
S
t
r

a
t
e
g
c

i

SECTION 5: WORKING CAPITAL CONTINUED 

5.1 Cash continued 

The Group generates cash from its operating activities as follows: 

r

e
p
o

r
t

Profit/(loss) for the year 

Adjustments for: 
  Depreciation and amortisation 

Fair value of share based payments 
UCC promote 
  Dividends received 
  Change in value of investment property 
  Net finance costs 

Loss on disposal of investment property 
Share of joint venture profit 
Trading with joint venture adjustment 
Tax charge/(credit) 

Cash flows from operating activities before  
changes in working capital 
Decrease in trade and other receivables 
Increase in completed property and property under 
development 
Increase in inventories 
Increase/(decrease) in trade and other payables 
Decrease in provisions 

Cash flows from operating activities 

Note 

3.3 

6.1 

3.1 

4.3 

3.4b 

2.5a 

Group 

Company 

2014 
£m 

104.8 

2.5 
2.1 
– 
– 
(43.3) 
23.0 
1.0 
(56.5) 
1.4 
3.6 

38.6 
6.6 

(8.6) 
(0.7) 
8.8 
– 

44.7 

2013 
£m 

79.3 

2.2 
1.1 
(7.5) 
– 
(35.4) 
2.9 
1.0 
(9.2) 
2.4 
(2.2) 

34.6 
3.6 

(35.0) 
(1.5) 
4.9 
(0.7) 

5.9 

2014 
£m 

26.5 

– 
– 
– 
(28.1) 
– 
(0.6) 
– 
– 
– 
– 

(2.2) 
– 

– 
– 
(0.5) 
– 

(2.7) 

2013 
£m 

(2.4) 

– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
0.1 
– 
– 
– 
– 

(2.3) 
– 

– 
– 
(0.2) 
– 

(2.5) 

Cash flows consist of the following segmental cash inflows/(outflows): Operations £35.0 million (2013: £23.2 million), property  
(£16.0 million) (2013: (£94.0 million)) and unallocated (£20.8 million) (2013: £38.6 million). The unallocated amount includes 
Group dividends (£10.7 million) (2013: (£7.5 million)), tax payable of (£0.5 million) (2013: (£0.7 million)), investment in joint 
ventures (£105.4 million) (2013: (£11.8 million)), contributions to the Unite foundation (£0.9 million) (2013: (£0.5 million)) and 
amounts received from shares issued £96.7 million (2013: £59.0 million). 

r

r

C
o
p
o
a
t
e
g
o
v
e
n
a
n
c
e

r

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

O
t
h
e

r

The Unite Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2014 

131 
131

The Unite Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2014Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statementsOther information 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED

SECTION 5: WORKING CAPITAL CONTINUED 

5.2 Trade and other receivables 

Accounting policies 
Trade receivables are initially recognised at the amount invoiced to the customer (fair value) and subsequently at the 
amounts considered recoverable (amortised cost). Estimates are used in determining the level of receivables that will not, in 
the opinion of the Board, be collected. These estimates include such factors as historical experience and industry specific 
factors. A provision for impairment of trade receivables is established when there is sufficient evidence that the Group will not 
be able to collect all amounts due. The carrying value of trade receivables is considered to approximate fair value. 

Trade and other receivables can be analysed as follows, all trade and other receivables are current: 

Trade receivables 
Amounts due from Group undertakings 
Amounts owed by joint ventures 
Prepayments and accrued income 
Other receivables 

Trade and other receivables 

Group 

Company 

2014 
£m 

1.9 
– 
28.1 
11.5 
1.9 

43.4 

2013 
£m 

2.2 
– 
29.3 
15.3 
3.2 

50.0 

2014 
£m 

– 
494.4 
– 
– 
– 

494.4 

2013 
£m 

– 
393.5 
– 
– 
– 

393.5 

The Group offers tenancy contracts to commercial (Universities and retail unit tenants) and individual tenants based on the 
academic year. The Group monitors and manages the recoverability of its receivables based on the academic year to which 
the amounts relate. Rental income is payable immediately, therefore all receivables relating to tenants are past the payment 
due date. 

2014 

Rental debtors 
Commercial tenants (past due and impaired) 
Individual tenants (past due and impaired) 
Provisions carried 
Rental debtors (past due but not impaired) 

Manufacturing debtors (not past due or impaired) 

Trade receivables 

2013 

Rental debtors 
Commercial tenants (past due and impaired) 
Individual tenants (past due and impaired) 
Provisions carried 
Rental debtors (past due but not impaired) 

Manufacturing debtors (not past due or impaired) 

Trade receivables 

Amounts receivable from joint ventures are not past due or impaired. 

Ageing by academic year 

Total 
£m 

2014/15 
£m 

2013/14 
£m 

Prior years 
£m 

0.6 
3.0 
(1.7) 
1.9 

– 
1.9 

0.4 
1.9 
(0.6) 
1.7 

– 
1.7 

0.1 
0.9 
(0.9) 
0.1 

– 
0.1 

0.1 
0.2 
(0.2) 
0.1 

– 
0.1 

Ageing by academic year 

Total 
£m 

2013/14 
£m 

2012/13 
£m 

Prior years 
£m 

1.2 
2.4 
(1.5) 
2.1 

0.1 
2.2 

0.5 
1.6 
(0.4) 
1.7 

– 
1.7 

0.4 
0.7 
(0.8) 
0.3 

0.1 
0.4 

0.3 
0.1 
(0.3) 
0.1 

– 
0.1 

132
132

The Unite Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2014 

The Unite Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2014 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
SECTION 5: WORKING CAPITAL CONTINUED 

5.2 Trade and other receivables continued 
Movements in the Group’s provision for impairment of trade receivables can be shown as follows: 

r

e
p
o

r
t

S
t
r

a
t
e
g
c

i

At 1 January  
Impairment charged to income statement in year 
Receivables written off during the year (utilisation of provision) 

At 31 December 

2014 
£m 

1.5 
0.5 
(0.3) 

1.7 

5.3 Credit risk 
Credit risk is the risk of financial loss to the Group if a customer or counterparty to a financial instrument fails to meet its 
contractual obligations. It arises principally from the Group’s cash balances, the Group’s receivables from customers and 
joint ventures and loans provided to the Group’s joint ventures.  

At the year end, the Group’s exposure to credit risk was as follows: 

Cash 
Trade receivables  
Amounts due by joint ventures (excluding loans that are capital in nature) 
Joint venture investment loans 

Note 

5.1 

5.2 

5.2 

3.4b 

2014 
£m 
41.4 
1.9 
28.1 
– 
71.4 

2013 
£m 

3.4 
0.5 
(2.4) 

1.5 

2013 
£m 
43.2 
2.2 
29.3 
10.2 
84.9 

a) Cash 
The Group operates investment guidelines with respect to surplus cash. Counterparty limits for cash deposits are largely based 
upon long-term ratings published by credit rating agencies and credit default swap rates. 

b) Trade receivables 
The Group’s customers can be split into three groups – (i) students (individuals), (ii) commercial organisations including Universities 
and (iii) manufacturing customers. The Group’s exposure to credit risk is influenced by the characteristics of each customer. The 
Group holds tenant deposits of £8.3 million (2013: £8.1 million) as collateral against individual customers.  

c) Joint ventures 
Amounts receivable from joint ventures fall into two categories – working capital balances and investment loans.  

r

r

C
o
p
o
a
t
e
g
o
v
e
n
a
n
c
e

r

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

O
t
h
e

r

The Unite Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2014 

133 
133

The Unite Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2014Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statementsOther information 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED 

SECTION 5: WORKING CAPITAL CONTINUED 

5.4 Trade and other payables 

Accounting policies 
Trade payables are initially recognised at the value of the invoice received from a supplier (fair value) and subsequently at 
amortised cost. The carrying value of trade payables is considered approximate to fair value. 

Trade and other payables due within one year can be analysed as follows: 

Trade payables 
Retentions on construction contracts for properties 
Amounts due to Group undertakings 
Other payables and accrued expenses 
Deferred income 

Trade and other payables 

Group 

Company 

2014 
£m 

16.6 
4.0 
– 
46.5 
34.5 

101.6 

2013 
£m 

16.5 
2.2 
– 
35.5 
31.0 

85.2 

2014 
£m 

– 
– 
59.6 
2.5 
– 

62.1 

2013 
£m 

– 
– 
59.4 
3.0 
– 

62.4 

Other payable and accrued expenses include £8.3 million (2013: £8.1 million) in relation to customer deposits. These will be 
returned at the end of the tenancy subject to the condition of the accommodation and payment of any outstanding amounts. 
Deferred income relates to rental income that has been collected in advance of it being recognised as revenue. 

5.5 Transactions with other Group companies 
During the year, the Company entered into various interest free loans with its subsidiaries, the aggregate of which are disclosed 
in the cash flow statement. In addition, the Company was charged by Unite Integrated Solutions plc for corporate costs of 
£2.2 million (2013: £2.2 million).  

As a result of these intercompany transactions, the following amounts were due (to)/from the Company’s subsidiaries at the 
year end. 

Unite Holdings plc 
LDC (Holdings) plc 

Amounts due from Group undertakings 

Unilodge Holding Ltd 
Unilodge Holdings (UK) Ltd 
Unite Jersey Issuer Ltd 

Amounts due to Group undertakings 

2014 
£m 

89.6 
404.8 

494.4 

(27.7) 
(30.5) 
(1.4) 

(59.6) 

2013  
£m 

81.2 
312.3 

393.5 

(27.7) 
(30.5) 
(1.2) 

(59.4) 

The Company has had a number of transactions with its joint ventures, which are disclosed in note 3.4c. 

The Company has guaranteed £154 million of its subsidiary companies borrowings (2013: £164 million). The guarantees have been 
entered into in the normal course of business. A liability would only arise in the event of the subsidiary failing to fulfil its contractual 
obligations. These guarantees are accounted for in accordance with IFRS 4. 

134
134

The Unite Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2014 

The Unite Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2014 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
SECTION 6: KEY MANAGEMENT AND EMPLOYEE BENEFITS 

r

e
p
o

r
t

The Group’s greatest resource is its staff and it works hard to develop and retain its people. The remuneration 
policies in place are aimed to help recognise the contribution that Unite’s people make to the performance 
of the Group.  
Over the next two pages you will find disclosures on wages and salaries and share option schemes which 
allow employees of the Group to take an equity interest in the Group. 

S
t
r

a
t
e
g
c

i

6.1 Staff numbers and costs 
The average number of persons employed by the Group (including Directors) during the year, analysed by category, was 
as follows: 

Managerial and administrative 
Site operatives 

The aggregate payroll costs of these persons were as follows: 

Wages and salaries 
Social security costs 
Pension costs 
Fair value of share based payments 

Number of employees 

2014 
323 
654 
977 

2014 
£m 

33.5 
3.6 
1.0 
2.1 
40.2 

2013 
286 
604 
890 

2013 
£m 

29.8 
3.3 
0.7 
1.1 
34.9 

The wages and salaries costs include redundancy costs of £1.0 million (2013: £0.4 million). 

Accounting policies 
The Group operates a defined contribution pension scheme. Obligations for contributions to defined contribution pension 
plans are recognised as an expense in the income statement as incurred. 

r

r

C
o
p
o
a
t
e
g
o
v
e
n
a
n
c
e

r

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

O
t
h
e

r

The Unite Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2014 

135 
135

The Unite Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2014Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statementsOther information 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED

SECTION 6: KEY MANAGEMENT AND EMPLOYEE BENEFITS CONTINUED 

6.2 Key management personnel 
The Board considers that the key management personnel within the Group are those appointed to the Board. As such, the 
remuneration of key management personnel is contained within the Remuneration Report on pages 62 to 83, which covers the 
requirements of schedule 5 of the relevant legislation. 

6.3 Share based compensation 
A transaction is classified as a share based transaction where the Group receives services from employees and pays for these in 
shares or similar equity instruments. The Group operates a number of share based compensation schemes allowing employees to 
acquire shares in the Company.  

a) Share schemes 
The Group operates the following schemes: 

Executive share option scheme – ‘The Approved Scheme’ 
Executive share option scheme – ‘The Unapproved Scheme’ 
Executive Long-Term Incentive Plan (LTIP) 

}  Details can be found in the Directors’ 

Remuneration Report 

Save As You Earn Scheme (SAYE) 

Employee Share Ownership (ESOT) 

Open to employees, vesting periods of three 
to five years, service condition 

Used to award part of Directors’ and senior  
managers’ bonuses in shares, vest after three 
years continued service 

b) Outstanding share options 
The table below summarises the movements in the number of share options outstanding for the Group and their average 
exercise price: 

Outstanding at 1 January  
Forfeited during the year 
Exercised during the year 
Granted during the year 
Outstanding at 31 December 

Weighted 
average  
exercise price 
2014 
£0.48 
£0.78 
£0.60 
£1.11 
£0.57 

Number of 
 options 
 (thousands) 
2014 
4,179 
(383) 
(1,076) 
898 
3,618 

Weighted 
average  
exercise price 
2013 
£0.52 
£0.18 
£1.34 
£0.51 
£0.48 

Number of 
 options  
(thousands) 
2013 
3,720 
(258) 
(277) 
994 
4,179 

Exercisable at 31 December 

£0.50 

133 

£2.21 

181 

For those options exercised in the year, the average share price during 2014 was £4.32 (2013: £3.75). 

For those options still outstanding, the range of exercise prices at the year end was 0p to 429p (2013: 0p to 319p) and the 
weighted average remaining contractual life of these options was 0.3 years (2013: 0.2 years). 

The Group funds the purchase of its own shares by the ‘Employee Share Ownership Trust’ to meet the obligations of the LTIP and 
executive bonus scheme. The purchases are shown as ‘Own shares acquired’ in retained earnings. 

The accounting is in accordance with the relevant standards. No further information is given as the amounts for share based 
payments are immaterial. 

136
136

The Unite Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2014 

The Unite Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2014 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
OTHER INFORMATION
FINANCIAL RECORD

EPRA NAV per share (pence)

NAV per share (pence)

EPRA NAV (£m)

IFRS net assets (£m)

Managed portfolio value (£m)

LTV adjusted see-through (%)

Net portfolio contribution (£m)

EPRA earnings (£m)

Profit/(loss) before tax (£m)

EPRA earnings per share (pence)

EPRA earnings per share (recurring)* 

(pence)

IFRS Earnings per share

(pence)

*  Excludes UCC promote in 2013 and UMS loss in 2011.

2014

434

416

881

843

2013

382

370

682

653

2012

350

321

567

516

2011

318

242

515

388

2010

295

242

475

388

2009

265

229

423

366

2,951

43%

2,736

49%

2,688

52%

2,502

54%

2,334

54%

2,039

56%

39

33

108

17

17

53

26

23

77

18

14

46

19

16

126

10

10

78

11

(17)

5

(11)

3

1

4

(5)

24

(3)

(3)

12

1

(4)

(35)

(3)

(3)

(26)

137

The Unite Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2014Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statementsOther informationOTHER INFORMATION
NOTICE OF ANNUAL GENERAL MEETING

Notice is hereby given that the Annual General Meeting of The Unite Group plc (the Company) will be held at The Core, 40 St Thomas 
Street, Bristol BS1 6JX at 9.30am. on 14 May 2015 for the purpose of considering and, if thought fit, passing Resolutions 1 to 15 (inclusive) 
as ordinary resolutions and Resolutions 16 and 17 as special resolutions.

ORDINARY RESOLUTIONS
Annual Report and Accounts
1. 

To receive the audited annual accounts of the Company for the year ended 31 December 2014 together with the Directors' and 
auditors' report on those annual accounts (the Annual Report and Accounts).

Annual Report on Remuneration 
2. 

To approve the Annual Statement by the Chairman of the Remuneration Committee and the Annual Report on Remuneration for 
the year ended 31 December 2014 set out on pages 62 to 71 (inclusive) and pages 72 to 83 (inclusive) respectively in the Annual 
Report and Accounts.

Final dividend
3. 

To declare a final dividend for the year ended 31 December 2014 of 9p per ordinary share payable on 19 May 2015 to 
shareholders on the register of members of the Company at the close of business on 24 April 2015.

Re-election of Directors (Resolutions 4 to 12)
4. 

To re-elect Mr P M White as a Director of the Company.

5. 

To re-elect Mr M C Allan as a Director of the Company.

6. 

To re-elect Mr J J Lister as a Director of the Company.

7. 

To re-elect Mr R C Simpson as a Director of the Company.

8. 

To re-elect Mr R S Smith as a Director of the Company.

9. 

To re-elect Mrs M K Wolstenholme as a Director of the Company.

10.  To re-elect Sir Tim Wilson as a Director of the Company.

11.  To re-elect Mr A Jones as a Director of the Company.

12.  To re-elect Ms E McMeikan as a Director of the Company.

Auditors (Resolutions 13 and 14)
13.  To appoint KPMG LLP as auditors of the Company to hold office from the conclusion of this Annual General Meeting until the 

conclusion of the next general meeting at which accounts are laid before the Company.

14.  To authorise the Directors to determine the remuneration of the auditors.

Authority to allot shares
15.  That, in substitution for any equivalent authorities and powers granted to the Directors prior to the passing of this Resolution, the 
Directors be and are generally and unconditionally authorised pursuant to Section 551 of the Companies Act 2006 (the Act):

(a)  To exercise all powers of the Company to allot shares in the Company, and grant rights to subscribe for or to convert any 

security into shares of the Company (such shares, and rights to subscribe for or to convert any security into shares of the 
Company being ‘relevant securities’), up to an aggregate nominal amount of £16,796,593 (such amount to be reduced  
by the nominal amount of any allotments or grants made under paragraph (b) below in excess of £16,796,593; 

(b)  To allot equity securities (as defined in Section 560(1) of the Act) up to an aggregate nominal amount of £33,593,186 (such 

amount to be reduced by the nominal amount of any allotments or grants made under paragraph (a) above) in connection 
with an offer by way of rights issue:

(i) 

In favour of holders of ordinary shares in the capital of the Company, where the equity securities respectively 
attributable to the interests of such holders are proportionate (as nearly as practicable) to the respective number  
of ordinary shares in the capital of the Company held by them

(ii)  To holders of any other equity securities as required by the rights of those securities or as the Directors otherwise  

consider necessary

but subject to such exclusions or other arrangements as the Directors may deem necessary or expedient to deal with in relation  
to treasury shares, fractional entitlements or legal, regulatory or practical problems arising under the laws or requirements of any 
overseas territory or by virtue of shares being represented by depository receipts or the requirements of any relevant regulatory 
body or stock exchange or any other matter whatsoever, 

138

The Unite Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2014provided that this authority shall expire (unless previously renewed, varied, extended or revoked by the Company in general meeting) 
on the date falling 15 months from the passing of this Resolution or, if earlier, at the conclusion of the next Annual General Meeting of 
the Company to be held following the passing of this Resolution, save that the Company may at any time before such expiry make  
an offer or enter into an agreement which would or might require relevant securities to be allotted after such expiry and the Directors 
may allot relevant securities in pursuance of such offer or agreement as if this authority had not expired.

SPECIAL RESOLUTIONS
Authority to disapply pre-emption rights
16.  That, in accordance with Section 570(1) of the Act, the Directors be and are empowered to allot equity securities (as defined in 

Section 560 of the Act) of the Company wholly for cash pursuant to the general authority under Section 551 of the Act conferred 
on them by Resolution 15 above as if Section 561(1) of the Act did not apply to any such allotment, provided that this power shall 
be limited:

(a)  to the allotment of equity securities in connection with an offer of, or invitation to apply for, equity securities in favour of 
ordinary shareholders in the capital of the Company in the register of members of the Company on a date fixed by the 
Directors where the equity securities respectively attributable to the interests of all those shareholders are proportionate  
(as nearly as practicable) to the respective numbers of ordinary shares in the capital of the Company held by them on that 
date, but subject to such exclusions or other arrangements as the Directors may deem necessary or expedient to deal with 
treasury shares, fractional entitlements or legal, regulatory or practical problems arising under the laws or requirements of 
any overseas territory or by virtue of shares being represented by depository receipts or the requirements of any relevant 
regulatory body or stock exchange or any other matter whatsoever; and

(b)  to the allotment (other than under (a) above) of equity securities having a nominal value not exceeding in aggregate 

£2,519,489; and

(c)  to the allotment (other than under (a) above and in addition to (b) above) of equity securities having a nominal value not 
exceeding in aggregate £2,519,489 in connection with an acquisition or specified capital investment which is announced 
contemporaneously with the allotment, or which has taken place in the preceding six month period and is disclosed in the 
announcement of the allotment,

and, unless previously revoked, varied or extended, this authority shall expire on the date falling 15 months from the passing of this 
Resolution, or, if earlier, at the conclusion of the next Annual General Meeting of the Company to be held following the passing of  
this Resolution, save that the Company may, at any time before this authority expires, make an offer or agreement which would or 
might require equity securities to be allotted after it expires and the Directors may allot equity securities in pursuance of such offer  
or agreement as if this authority had not expired and provided further that this authority shall supersede and revoke all previous 
authorities under Section 570(1) of the Act.

17.  That a general meeting other than an Annual General Meeting may be called on not less than 14 clear days' notice.

By order of the Board
CHRISTOPHER SZPOJNAROWICZ 
Company Secretary
Dated 23 February 2015

Registered office:
The Core
40 St Thomas Street
Bristol
BS1 6JX

Registered in England and Wales with registered number 03199160

139

The Unite Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2014Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statementsOther informationOTHER INFORMATION
NOTICE OF ANNUAL GENERAL MEETING CONTINUED

NOTES
1.  A member of the Company who wishes to attend the meeting in person should arrive at the offices of the Company, The 

Core, 40 St Thomas Street, Bristol BS1 6JX in good time before the meeting, which will commence at 9.30am. In order to gain 
admittance to the meeting, members may be required to produce their attendance card, which is attached to the form of 
proxy enclosed with this document, or otherwise prove their identity.

2.  A member of the Company who is entitled to attend, speak and vote at the meeting and who is unable or does not wish to 

attend the meeting is entitled to appoint a proxy to exercise all or any of his/her rights to attend and to speak and vote on his/
her behalf at the meeting. A member may appoint more than one proxy provided each proxy is appointed to exercise rights 
attached to different shares (so a member must have more than one share to be able to appoint more than one proxy). A proxy 
need not be a member of the Company but must attend the meeting to represent his/her appointing member. Appointing a 
proxy will not prevent a member from attending in person and voting at the meeting although voting in person at the meeting will 
terminate a member's proxy appointment. A proxy must vote in accordance with any instructions given by the member by whom 
the proxy is appointed. A form of proxy which may be used to make such appointment and give proxy instructions accompanies 
this notice. You can only appoint a proxy using the procedures set out in these notes and the notes to the proxy form.

3. 

To be valid, any form of proxy, and the original or duly certified copy of the power of attorney or other authority (if any) under 
which it is signed or authenticated, must be received by hand or by post at Computershare Investor Services PLC, The Pavilions, 
Bridgwater Road, Bristol, BS99 6ZY, no later than 9.30am on 12 May 2015.

4.  CREST members who wish to appoint a proxy or proxies through the CREST electronic proxy appointment service may do so 

for the meeting and any adjournment(s) thereof by following the procedures described in the CREST Manual. CREST Personal 
Members or other CREST sponsored members, and those CREST members who have appointed a voting service provider, should 
refer to their CREST sponsor or voting service provider(s), who will be able to take the appropriate action on their behalf.

5. 

In order for a proxy appointment or instruction made by means of CREST to be valid, the appropriate CREST message (a CREST 
Proxy Instruction) must be properly authenticated in accordance with Euroclear UK & Ireland Limited’s (Euroclear) specifications, 
and must contain the information required for such instruction, as described in the CREST Manual. The message, regardless of 
whether it constitutes the appointment of a proxy, the revocation of a proxy or is an amendment to the instruction given to a 
previously appointed proxy must, in order to be a valid, be transmitted so as to be received by the Company’s agent (CREST ID 
3RA50) by the latest time for receipt of proxy appointments specified in note 3 above. For this purpose, the time of receipt will be 
taken to be the time (as determined by the timestamp applied to the message by the CREST Application Host) from which the 
Company’s agent is able to retrieve the message by enquiry to CREST in the manner prescribed by CREST. After this time any 
change of instructions to proxies appointed through CREST should be communicated to the appointee through other means.

6.  CREST members and, where applicable, their CREST sponsors or voting service providers, should note that Euroclear does not 
make available special procedures in CREST for any particular message. Normal system timings and limitations will, therefore, 
apply in relation to the input of CREST Proxy Instructions. It is the responsibility of the CREST member concerned to take (or, if 
the CREST member is a CREST Personal Member, or sponsored member, or has appointed a voting service provider, to procure 
that his/her CREST sponsor or voting service provider(s) take(s)) such action as shall be necessary to ensure that a message is 
transmitted by means of the CREST system by any particular time. In this connection, CREST members and, where applicable, 
their CREST sponsors or voting service providers are referred, in particular, to those sections of the CREST Manual concerning 
practical limitations of the CREST system and timings.

7. 

8. 

The Company may treat as invalid a CREST Proxy Instruction in the circumstances set out in Regulation 35(5)(a) of the 
Uncertificated Securities Regulations 2001 (as amended).

If you would like to submit your proxy vote via the internet, you can do so by accessing our registrar’s website (www.
eproxyappointment.com). You will require the control number, your unique PIN (which will expire at the end of the voting 
period) and your Shareholder Reference Number (SRN), printed on the proxy card, in order to log in and submit your proxy vote 
electronically. You can access this site from any internet enabled PC. If you submit your proxy via the internet it should reach the 
registrar by 9.30am on 12 May 2015. Should you complete your proxy form electronically and then post a hard copy, the form that 
arrives last will be counted to the exclusion of instructions received earlier, whether electronic or posted. Please refer to the terms 
and conditions of the service on the website.

9. 

In the case of joint holders of shares, where more than one of the joint holders purports to appoint a proxy, only the appointment 
submitted by the most senior holder will be accepted. Seniority is determined by the order in which the names of the joint holders 
appear in the Company’s register of members in respect of the joint holding (the first-named being the most senior).

10.  If you submit more than one valid proxy appointment in respect of the same shares, the appointment received last before the 

latest time for the receipt of proxies will take precedence.

11.  Any person to whom this notice has been sent who is a person nominated under Section 146 of the Act to enjoy information rights 
(a Nominated Person) may, under an agreement between him/her and the shareholder by whom he/she was nominated, have 
a right to be appointed (or to have someone else appointed) as a proxy for the meeting. If a Nominated Person has no such 
proxy appointment right or does not wish to exercise it, he/she may, under any such agreement, have a right to give instructions  
to the shareholder as to the exercise of voting rights.

140

The Unite Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 201412.  The statement of the rights of shareholders in relation to the appointment of proxies above does not apply to Nominated Persons. 

These rights can only be exercised by shareholders of the Company.

13.  Pursuant to Part 13 of the Companies Act 2006 and Regulation 41 of the Uncertificated Securities Regulations 2001 (as amended), 

the Company specifies that only those shareholders registered in the register of members of the Company at 5.00pm on 12 May 2015 
(or, if the meeting is adjourned, 48 hours before the timed fixed for the adjourned meeting) shall be entitled to attend or vote at the 
meeting in respect of the number of shares registered in their name at that time. In each case, changes to the register of members of 
the Company after such time shall be disregarded in determining the rights of any person to attend or vote at the meeting.

14.  As at 23 February 2015 (being the last practicable business day prior to the publication of this Notice), the Company’s issued share 

capital comprised 201,559,116 ordinary shares carrying one vote each at a general meeting of the Company. No ordinary shares 
were held in treasury and therefore the total voting rights in the Company as at 23 February 2015 are 201,559,116. 

15.  You may not use any electronic address provided either in this notice of meeting or any related documents (including the proxy 

form) to communicate with the Company for any purposes other than those expressly stated.

16.  Members attending the meeting have the right to ask and, subject to the provisions of the Act, the Company must cause to be 

answered, any questions relating to the business being dealt with at the meeting.

17.  The following information is available at www.unite-group.co.uk: (1) the matters set out in this notice of Annual General Meeting; 
(2) the total numbers of shares in the Company in respect of which members are entitled to exercise voting rights at the meeting; 
(3) the totals of the voting rights that members are entitled to exercise at the meeting; and (4) members’ statements, members’ 
resolutions and members’ matters of business received by the Company after the date on which notice of the meeting was given.

18.  It is possible that, pursuant to requests made by members of the Company under Section 527 of the Act, the Company may  
be required to publish on a website a statement setting out any matter relating to: (a) the audit of the Company's accounts 
(including the auditor's report and the conduct of the audit) that are to be laid before the meeting; or (b) any circumstance 
connected with an auditor of the Company ceasing to hold office since the previous meeting at which annual accounts and 
reports were laid in accordance with Section 437 of the Act. The Company may not require the members requesting any such 
website publication to pay its expenses in complying with Sections 527 or 528 of the Act. Where the Company is required to place 
a statement on a website under Section 527 of the Act, it must forward the statement to the Company's auditor not later than the 
time when it makes the statement available on the website. The business which may be dealt with at the meeting includes any 
statement that the Company has been required under Section 527 of the Act to publish on a website.

19. 

In accordance with Section 338 of the Act, a member or members of the Company may (provided that the criteria set out in 
Section 338(3) of the Act are met) require the Company to give to members notice of a resolution which may properly be moved 
and is intended to be moved at the meeting, provided that: (a) the resolution must not be, if passed, ineffective (whether by 
reason of inconsistency with any enactment or the Company's constitution or otherwise); and (b) the resolution must not be 
defamatory of any person, frivolous or vexatious. Such a request may be in hard copy form or in electronic form, must be 
authenticated by the person or persons making it, must identify the resolution of which notice is to be given and must be received 
by the Company not later than six weeks before the meeting, or, if later, the time at which notice is given of the meeting. (In the 
foregoing sentence, the terms 'hard copy form', 'electronic form' and 'authenticated' bear their respective meanings set out in  
the Act in relation to a communication, or a document or information sent or supplied, to a company.)

20.  In accordance with Section 338A of the Act, a member or members of the Company may (provided that the criteria set out  

in Section 338A (3) of the Act are met) require the Company to include in the business to be dealt with at the meeting a matter 
(other than a proposed resolution) which may properly be included in the business of the meeting, provided that the matter is  
not defamatory of any person, frivolous or vexatious. A request may be in hard copy form or electronic form, must identify the 
matter to be included in the business, must be accompanied by a statement setting out the grounds for the request, must be 
authenticated by the person or persons making it and must be received by the Company not later than six weeks before the 
meeting, or, if later, the time at which notice is given of the Annual General Meeting. (In the foregoing sentence, the terms 'hard 
copy form', 'electronic form' and 'authenticated' bear the respective meanings set out in the Act in relation to a communication, 
or  
a document or information sent or supplied, to a company.)

21.  A member that is a company or other organisation not having a physical presence cannot attend in person but can appoint 
someone to represent it. This can be done in one of two ways: either by the appointment of a proxy (as described in the notes 
above) or of a corporate representative. Members considering the appointment of a corporate representative should check  
their own legal position, the Company's articles of association and the relevant provisions of the Act.

22.  The following documents are available for inspection at the registered office of the Company during the usual business hours on 
any weekday (Saturday, Sunday or public holidays excluded) from the date of this notice until the conclusion of the meeting and 
will also be available for inspection at the place of the meeting from 9.15am on the day of the meeting until its conclusion:

(a)  copies of the Executive Directors' service contracts with the Company and any of its subsidiary undertakings; and

(b)  letters of appointment of the Non-Executive Directors.

141

The Unite Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2014Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statementsOther informationOTHER INFORMATION
GLOSSARY

ADJUSTED NET DEBT
The Group’s debt, net of cash and unamortised debt raising costs, 
excluding the mark to market of interest rates swaps.

ADJUSTED NET DEBT TO PROPERTY ASSETS
The adjusted net debt as a percentage of the value of 
Unite properties.

BASIS POINTS (BPS)
A basis point is a term used to describe a small percentage, 
usually in the context of change, and equates to 0.01%.

DIRECT LET
Properties where short-hold tenancy agreements are made 
directly between Unite and the student.

EPRA EARNINGS
EPRA earnings are prepared on the basis recommended for  
real estate companies by EPRA, the European Public Real Estate 
Association. This excludes movements relating to changes in 
values of investment properties and interest rate swaps and  
the related tax effects.

EPRA EARNINGS PER SHARE
The diluted earnings per share based on EPRA earnings.

EPRA NAV
EPRA NAV is prepared on the basis recommended for real estate 
companies by EPRA, the European Public Real Estate Association. 
This includes all property at market value but excludes the mark 
to market of interest rate swaps. This is recommended by EPRA  
as a going concern measure of net assets. 

EPRA NET ASSET VALUE PER SHARE
The diluted NAV per share figure based on EPRA NAV. 

EPRA NNNAV
As EPRA NAV but includes both debt and interest rate swaps 
carried at market value. This is recommended by EPRA as a ‘spot’ 
fair value net asset measure. 

FINANCING COSTS
Gross financing costs net of interest capitalised into developments 
and interest received on deposits. 

GROSS FINANCING COSTS
This includes all interest paid by the Group, including those 
capitalised into developments and operating lease rentals.  
It includes all receipts and payments under interest rate swaps 
whether they are effective or ineffective under IFRS as 
economically they all hedge interest rate exposures. 

INTEREST COVER RATIO (ICR)
The interest cover ratio is the income generated by a property  
as a multiple of the interest charge on the debt secured on  
the property. 

LEASE
Properties which are leased to Universities for a number of years 
and have no Unite management presence.

LSAV
The London Student Accommodation Joint Venture (LSAV) is a 
joint venture between Unite and GIC, alongside UCC. Both Unite 
and GIC have a 50% stake and LSAV has the same maturity date 
as UCC (September 2022). It is the primary vehicle through which 
Unite undertakes development activity in London and it has right  
of first refusal over Unite’s London development pipeline projects 
until such time as its capital investment targets are met. LSAV and 
UCC were merged during the year and the new combined entity 
is referred to as LSAV.

MINIMUM NET WORTH
Minimum net worth covenant measures the value of the 
Company against an absolute target.

NET INITIAL YIELD (NIY OR YIELD)
The net operating income generated by a property expressed  
as a percentage of its value, taking into account notional 
acquisition costs. 

NET OPERATING INCOME (NOI)
The rental income from rental properties less those operating 
costs directly related to the property, therefore excluding 
central overhead. 

NET RENTAL GROWTH
The annual growth in net operating income (measured on a like-
for-like basis, ie excluding impact of completion and disposals).

NOMINATIONS
Properties where Universities have entered into a contract to 
guarantee occupancy. The Universities nominate students to  
live in the building and Unite enters into short-hold tenancies  
with the students.

NON-CORE ASSETS
Properties which do not fit with the Group’s long-term investment 
strategy, because of either their location or their size. 

OCB
Established a joint venture with Oasis Capital (OCB) in August 
2009. The three assets located in London were all sold in 2014. 

RENTAL PROPERTIES
Investment and completed properties whose construction has 
been completed and are used by the Operations segment to 
generate net portfolio contribution. 

142

The Unite Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2014SALE AND LEASEBACK
Properties which have been sold to a third party investor then 
leased back to the Company. Unite is also responsible for the 
management of these assets on behalf of the owner. 

STABILISING ASSETS
Properties that have recently been developed and are not yet 
generating their optimal net operating income. 

TOTAL INCOME FROM MANAGED PORTFOLIO
This measure indicates the overall scale of the property portfolio 
that the Group manages. It comprises rental and related income, 
totalling £254.6 million from properties owned by Unite and its 
co-investment vehicles. 

The Group’s share of this gross income is shown in note 2.2(a).

UCC
Unite Capital Cities (UCC) was established in 2005 as a joint 
venture between Unite and GIC Real Estate. It is a closed-ended 
vehicle due to mature in 2022 and was established by Unite to 
develop and operate student accommodation in London and 
Edinburgh. UCC equity is now fully invested and all development 
projects have been completed. LSAV and UCC were merged 
during the year and the new combined entity is referred to 
as LSAV.

USAF/THE FUND
The Unite UK Student Accommodation Fund (USAF) is Europe’s 
largest fund that purely focuses on completed income providing 
student accommodation investment assets. The fund is an 
open-ended infinite life vehicle which has unique buying access 
to Unite’s development pipeline. Unite acts as fund manager for 
the fund, as well as owning a significant minority stake. 

143

The Unite Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2014Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statementsOther informationOTHER INFORMATION
COMPANY INFORMATION

Unite Group executive team
Mark Allan
Chief Executive Officer

Joe Lister
Chief Financial Officer

Richard Simpson
Managing Director of Property

Richard Smith
Managing Director of Operations

Registered Office
The Core
40 St Thomas Street
Bristol BS1 6JX

Registered Number in England
3199160

Company Secretary
Christopher Szpojnarowicz

Auditor
KPMG LLP
15 Canada Square
London E14 5GL

Financial Advisers
J.P. Morgan Cazenove
25 Bank Street
London E14 5JP

Numis Securities
The London Stock Exchange Building
10 Paternoster Square
London EC4M 7LT

Registrars
Computershare Investor Services PLC
PO Box 82
The Pavilions
Bridgwater Road
Bristol BS99 7NH

Financial PR Consultants
Bell Pottinger
Holborn Gate
26 Southampton Buildings
London WC2A 1PB

144

The Unite Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2014OTHER INFORMATION
WHERE TO FIND OUT MORE

THIS REPORT IS COMPLEMENTED 
BY A RANGE OF ONLINE 
INFORMATION ABOUT OUR 
BUSINESS INCLUDING OUR 
OPERATIONS AND PROPERTY 
DIVISIONS, OUR MARKETS, AND 
CORPORATE RESPONSIBILITY 
AND SUSTAINABILITY.
www.unite-group.co.uk

Designed and produced by Luminous 
www.luminous.co.uk

The Unite Group plc
The Core 
40 St Thomas Street
Bristol  BS1 6JX
+44 (0) 117 302 7000
info@unite-students.com

www.unite-group.co.uk
www.unite-students.com